Category: General

Definition of illustration images – When talking about images, of course there are many types of images. Of the many types of images, one of the types of images that many people like is illustrative images. Then, what exactly is meant by illustration? For those of you who want to know more about illustrative images, then you can see this article to the end, Readers.

Definition of Illustration

Drawing illustrations can be said as an activity that aims to clarify story ideas or narratives, where the main goal is to clarify, strengthen, reinforce and beautify the story both from the news and from the message. In creating an illustration, a graphic designer will certainly need a strong mind to combine design elements. So they can produce something different from the others.

Illustration comes from the Dutch language ( illustratie ) which means decoration with a picture or making something clear. The average use of this illustration is in the form of a book in cartoon form. Illustration as the highest element as an attraction in the design of a book. With an illustration, it will help readers imagine when reading a book. In other words, it is hoped that the meaning or message in the book can be conveyed more easily.

Meanwhile, according to the Big Indonesian Dictionary, an illustration is a picture to help clarify a book, essay and others. Then, the illustration is also an image, design or decorative diagram. In addition, the KBBI also says that an illustration is an additional explanation to explain an explanation.

Illustrative images are also images that provide explanations or tell the story or written text, so that illustrations are not only used as a means of supporting the story, but can also decorate empty space.

Examples include tabloids, magazines, newspapers and so on. Apart from that, illustrations can also take various forms such as painting, graphics, cultural, sketch artwork and even recently many have used bitmap images to work on a photograph.

With illustrations, it will be communicative, informative which is easy to understand, arouse feelings and desires, new ideas that are original are not plagiarism, have strong appeal and have good quality in manufacturing techniques and artistic value.

So, it can be said that illustration itself is a visual form of text and sentences by clarifying the scene description in a story. So that the picture in general will explain the character or the whole of the story. Not only that, illustrations also serve to attract readers so that reading interest increases.

Purpose of Using Illustration Images

The purpose of using illustrations is as follows:

1. Illustrations will make it easier for Readers who read to remember the ideas and concepts that have been conveyed through the existing illustrations.
2. Illustrations will provide variations on teaching materials, so that they become more motivating, interesting, communicative and better understand the Readers who are reading to be able to understand a message.
3. Illustrations are used to clarify information or messages conveyed.
4. In addition, illustrations can also save presentation. Because with illustrations, it can present a complex and broad concept in a limited space or place.

Types of Illustration Images

After discussing the meaning of illustration images and also their purpose, then at this point, we will discuss the types of illustration images.

1. Naturalist illustrations 

A naturalist illustration is an image that has the same color and shape as reality without adding or subtracting the image.

2. Figure decorative illustration

Decorative illustration image is an image that has a function to decorate something with a simplified form or vice versa, exaggerated. In this decorative illustration image made with a certain style as style .

3. Cartoon image

Cartoon images are images that have certain characteristic forms or are funny. It is usually used to decorate children’s magazines, illustrated stories and comics.

4. Draw a caricature

A caricature image is an image of satire or criticism or input which in its depiction has experienced a storage form of body proportions.

5. Illustrated stories

Picture story is a kind of comic or picture with text. The techniques for drawing comic strips are based on stories with various interesting depiction points of view.

6. Textbook illustration

In illustration, textbooks have a function to explain a text or a description of an event, both scientifically and in part pictures. The illustrations for this textbook have forms in the form of natural images, photographs or in the form of charts.

7. An imaginary illustration

As an image of the processing of creativity imaginatively or imaginatively. This depiction technique is commonly found in story illustrations, novels, romance and comics.

Illustration Image Function

Illustrative also has several functions, including:

1. Descriptive Function

The descriptive function is to replace a description of something narratively and verbally by describing or using long sentences. With the existence of illustrations can be used to describe so that it will be easier to understand and faster.

2. Expressive Functions

This function can express and show an intention, feeling, idea, abstract concept or situation to be real in a precise and striking manner so that it will be easily understood quickly.

3. Analytical or Structural Functions 

This illustration shows the details of one part with another in detail so that it will also be easy to understand.

4. Qualitative function

This function is used in commonly used illustrations, such as tables, lists, cartoons, graphs, pictures, sketches, symbols, and schematics.

 

Illustrated Figure Roles

Illustration is an art that has a role and purpose in conveying a certain purpose in order to explain the events that occur. The role of illustration, among others:

1. Can attract attention

In a magazine or book that is not accompanied by illustrations, it is less attractive, will be bland and the reader’s interest will decrease. However, if it is accompanied by an illustration, it will further invite the reader’s interest.

2. Make it easy to read the text clearly

The presence of illustrations in a story can cause the text to be read clearly, periodically then attention will also lead to illustrations. At the same time trying to find the relationship between the text and the illustration, during this process the two hemispheres of the brain are also involved in storing more memory of the newly incoming information.

3. Expressing the meaning of text or information

Provide a visual picture of what is in the content of a piece of writing related to the story being told and represent it in the form of an image. In addition, as a means of expressing the experience of an event that is expressed in an image. The characteristics of the image provide information in written form and then represent it with a representative visual image.

4. Make it easy to understand an explanation or description of an article

With illustrations, it will be easy for every reader to understand the meaning. Not infrequently, sometimes illustrations place positions as a form of understanding and explanation of an event. So, the benefit of having an illustration is to facilitate understanding of the text and describe the semantic process by providing connections for text elements in an image.

In addition to the four roles above, there are other roles of illustration, including:

5. As an information tool

With detailed, intricate shapes and black and white lines, illustrations are often used to record the physical and intellectual world. This can be found in educational books, knowledge and encyclopedias.

Illustrations are used as a tool to document and fully explain the subject being studied, from natural life to anatomy. In addition, illustration is also used as a means of reconstructing an important event in human history. For example, there is cooperation between experts and illustrators.

In general, illustration is a good medium of instruction, making information easily digestible visually. Illustrations can also explain simply to play musical instruments, sports or games to complex things, installation techniques, architectural structures and so on.

6. As an opinion 

This role can be seen Readers in the editorial world. This has the main function of being a symbiosis with journalism in a newspaper or magazine. The contents are themed such as lifestyle, politics and issues that are currently happening. Editorial illustrations will stimulate thought and debate, present questionable arguments and make provocative statements. For example, in writings with a lifestyle theme in a magazine, illustrations are made in a light form to make it more entertaining for readers.

 

7. As a tool to tell stories

This illustration is often found in children’s books, graphics, novels and comics. In adult books, illustrations are also often used for book covers that function as packaging and point of sale.

This illustration style depends on the genre of a piece of writing. If Readers is going to make an illustration, it is necessary to pay attention to the balance between text and images. Readers also has to be careful whether the images created must show in detail part of the script or give a more mysterious impression to produce an interesting narrative.

8. As a means of persuasion

The role of this illustration is evident in the commercial world of advertising. For illustrations in advertising are also planned in detail. The concept of a product forms the basis of how the illustration is created. Planning communication so that the message from a product is conveyed to the audience.

 

9. As identity

The role of illustration as a product or company introduction context. So, illustrators will work closely with graphic designers for placement in below the line media, point of sale, packaging and others. Apart from being a brand recognition tool, illustrations also serve as the identity of a company or an organization.

In addition, the role of illustration itself is widely used in retail and promotional media, so that it will provide a visual impact related to information and promotion of a product or service. In companies, illustrations are often used to describe an abstract theme, such as products from financial companies, banks and others.

With illustrations, it will make a product more attractive and can increase interest in consumers. For example, in children’s food products. Not infrequently, at first children will be interested in the outer packaging because it has cute illustrations that make them interested in buying.

In addition to food products, illustrations are found on book covers with visual product packaging. Therefore, understanding the contents of the book is also very important in determining the visual cover of the book. Apart from being a point of sale, the function of the cover is also an existing identity and marketing strategy.

10. As design

The close relationship between design and illustration provides opportunities for illustrators to also act as designers. Some examples are toki oki, an illustration product by illustrator Simone Legno. This illustration with a fashion theme is applied to t-shirts, bags and so on. Illustrations form the basis for designing products and other visual communications.

Illustration Image Characteristics 

Besides having a role, illustration images also have characteristics. The following are the characteristics of the illustrative image.

1. There is communication

Illustration as an image that implements or provides communication of a concept or message. This illustration can be a comment or opinion on a problem.

2. There is a relationship between pictures and words

The initial function of the illustration as a complement to the text. With the interaction between text and images creates a harmony. In line with developments, illustration develops and has a broader role than just a complement.

3. As an arousing factor 

The existence of visual communication makes Readers feel something, present drama and evoke existing emotions. This factor makes people interested in an illustration and determines whether this illustration will be successful or not.

4. Mass production and print media

The purpose of creating illustrations is to ensure that the message is received or not. This production technique has advantages and disadvantages that can affect the visual appearance of an illustration. In addition, the influence of color must also be adjusted to the marketing strategy that has been implemented.

5. Displays 

Unlike the art of painting, illustrations are not to be exhibited or displayed. In general, original illustration works may differ from the final result due to the effects of print and scale issues. If Readers want to enjoy an illustration in the media, they can visit or buy such as in print media, magazines, books or where the entire virtual concept is seen in detail.

Well, that’s a discussion about the meaning of illustration images to the characteristics of illustration images. After reading this article to the end, are you interested in making illustrative images? In this all-digital era, it can be said that it makes it easy to make illustrations. Therefore, understanding the nature and role of illustration is very important, yes.

Types of Money – Money is one of the massive transaction tools used by the majority of people. Usually, the physical form of money is paper and metal. However, in this modern era, transactions can use other than physical money, such as payments via Qris.

In Law Number 7 of 2011 concerning Currency, money is a legal means of payment. Meanwhile, in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), money is defined as a valid medium of exchange or a standard measure of value (unit of account), issued by the government of a country in the form of paper, gold, silver or other metal printed with certain shapes and images.

To understand more about money, Readers can listen to the opinions of several experts about money. In the view of Albert Gailort Hart, money is a wealth by its owner that can be used in making transactions or paying debts immediately and without delaying.

Meanwhile, according to Arthur Cecil Pigou, money is anything that is used as a medium of exchange. Meanwhile George N. Halm argues that money is a tool used to facilitate exchange and overcome all forms of difficulties in bartering or transactions.

Dennis, Holme Robertson also argues that money is considered as anything that can be accepted to make payments in order to obtain money. Meanwhile, Frederic S. Mishkin defines money from an economic standpoint as something that is generally accepted in payment for goods and services or payment of debt.

From the several expert opinions above, it can be concluded that money is a type of transaction tool used to obtain goods or services with the basic ingredients of making paper, silver, gold, or other metals.

Money Function

Launching from the Cnnindonesia.com and Id.wikipedia.org pages, money has several functions as follows.

1. Original Function of Money

Money has three original functions, namely as a legal medium of exchange, a unit of account, and a store of value. The legal medium of exchange means that the person who will make the exchange does not need to exchange it for goods, but only uses money.

Money as a calculating tool means that money can be used as a pointer or giver of value to various kinds of goods or services that are traded. Money can also show the amount of wealth. As well as calculating the loan amount.

Money as a store of value means that money can be used as a transfer of purchasing power from the present to the future. When someone receives money for the sale of goods or services, the money can be saved and reused in the future.

 

2. Money Derivative Function

In addition to the main function, money also has a derivative function as written in Id.wikipedia.org as follows.

• Money as Legal Instrument of Payment

Complex human needs cannot be met simply by bartering. Therefore, money appears as a transaction solution to make it easier and more efficient.

• Money as Debt Payment Instrument

Money can be used as a measure of payment in the future, one of which is for debt payments.

• Money as a Tool for Hoarding Wealth

When the money is left by the community, it will usually be saved. Or they deliberately set aside money for future needs.

• Money as a Transferring Tool for Wealth

Money can be used as a means of transferring wealth, for example land or other property is sold to be transferred in the form of money. The money can be used for various purposes, such as education, health, and so forth.

• Money as a Driving Tool for Economic Activity

When the value of money is stable, people will be more enthusiastic or passionate about investing. Investment can encourage economic activity to increase.

History of Money

In the beginning, humans fulfilled their daily needs by utilizing natural resources. They try to meet their needs with their own efforts. For example by making their own clothes, looking for their own fruit, and so on.

Gradually, people realize that their own products or efforts to meet their daily needs are not enough. Therefore, to meet their daily needs, they barter or exchange goods to complement each other’s needs.

However, this method is also not effective. Because of the difficulty finding people who have the desired goods and are willing to barter. Not only that, barter does not have an equal or nearly equal exchange value. The bad political situation also caused fear to barter.

From this anxiety, came the idea to use certain objects to barter. Objects designated as a medium of exchange are objects that are generally accepted, have high value (do not have magical or mystical value), or are different objects that are primary needs.

For example, salt was used by the Romans as a medium of exchange or wages. The Roman influence is still visible from the British people who call wages as salary which comes from the Latin, salarium which means salt.

Then, coins appeared in 1000 BC in China. Metal was chosen because it has a high value and is popular in general, is easy to break without reducing value, is durable, easy to move around, and is not easily damaged.

Gold and silver are used as a medium of exchange because they fulfill these conditions. Silver and gold money is also referred to as full money ( full bodied money ). Full money means the intrinsic value (material value) of money is equal to its nominal value (the value stated on the currency).

At that time, everyone had the right to forge money, sell it, melt it, or use it. Also has unlimited right to save it. Over time, the notion emerged that the need for coins was getting higher. but the amount of precious metals (gold and silver) is very limited.

Large transactions are also difficult when using coins. Therefore, paper money appeared. Paper money was first used by Chinese people in the Tang Dynasty. In the beginning, paper money was used as proof of ownership of gold and silver as a tool or intermediary for making transactions.

Simply put, banknotes (as proof of transactions) in circulation at that time were money guaranteed by 100% gold or silver kept at a gold or silversmith which could be exchanged at any time in full with the guarantee. Gradually, people no longer use gold as a medium of exchange, but use the evidence as a medium of exchange.

 

Types of Money

Money can be grouped based on four categories, namely the material it is made of, the institution that issues it, the value it has, and the area where it is used. The following details the types of money.

1. Types of Money Based on Materials Made

Based on the material it is made of, money can be grouped into several categories as follows.

• Paper Money

Paper money is made from paper with certain images and stamps. According to Law No. 23 of 1999 concerning Bank Indonesia, paper money is money in the form of sheets made of paper or other materials that resemble paper.

• Coin

Coins are usually made of gold or silver. The two types of metal were chosen because they met the requirements for efficient money. Not only that, the relatively high prices of gold and silver made these two materials more acceptable to people.

However, currently, the type of coin is not seen from the gold or silver weight, but the nominal value. Coins also have their own exchange rate. Among them are the intrinsic value or the value of the materials it is made of and also the exchange rate.

2. Types of Money Based on Institutions That Issue It

Based on the issuing institution, money can be categorized into several groups as follows.

• Currency

Currency is usually issued by the Central Bank. For example, in Indonesia, currency is produced by Bank Indonesia which is used throughout Indonesia. Currency consists of coins and paper money.

Following are the characteristics of currency which can be used by all Indonesian people; the nominal value of the currency has been stated and is limited; currency value guaranteed by the government; there is certainty of payment in accordance with the existing nominal.

• Giral Money

Demand deposits in the form of banknotes and coins issued by commercial banks. Not only that, the form of money issued was in the form of a check or giro. To better understand demand deposit, Readers can examine its characteristics, including that it can only be used in certain circles.

Not only that, the nominal must be written according to the desired needs, besides that the nominal of the demand deposit is not limited; the value is only guaranteed by the issuing commercial bank; there is no certainty of payment.

 

3. Types of Money Based on Value

Money can be categorized based on its value as follows.

• Full Value ( Full Bodied Money )

Money’s full value is intrinsic value and face value is the same. Usually applies to precious metal money made of gold or silver.

• Not Full Value ( Full Bodied Money Representative )

Incomplete value means that the intrinsic value is less than the nominal value. Money whose value is not full is usually found in banknotes.

4. Types of Money Based on the Area of ​​Use

Based on the area of ​​use, money is categorized into three groups as follows.

• Local Money

Local money only applies in one particular country. For example, the Rupiah currency is only valid in Indonesia.

• Regional Money

Regional money is money whose use is wider than local money. For example, the euro currency can be used in several European countries, such as Germany, Spain, Austria, and so on.

• International Money

International money applies all over the world. It can be used as a means of payment in any country. The international currency used and the standard for payment is US Dollars.

Money Terms

Launching from the Ruangguru.com page, an agreement regarding money must meet at least the following 7 conditions.

• There is a guarantee, meaning that it must be guaranteed by the government so that its use for various purposes can be trusted by the public.
• Generally accepted ( acceptability ), namely its use must be accepted as a medium of exchange, hoarding wealth, or paying debts.
• Its value is stable ( stability of value ) meaning it does not fluctuate (fluctuate) so that people want to use it as a medium of exchange.
• Easily stored ( storable ) means the physical form should not be too large.
• Portability means that it must be easily transferred from one hand to another.
• Not easily damaged ( durability ) so that it can last for a relatively long period of time.
• Easy to divide ( divisibility ) means that if the nominal amount of money only consists of one type of denomination, it does not allow us to make transactions. Imagine if you wanted to buy clothes for Rp. 80,000, but the nominal denominations available were only Rp. 100,000. Then, what about the return? It’s difficult if there is no other nominal?

Definition, Functions and Distribution of State Institutions – In managing a country, there will definitely be state institutions. The existence of these state institutions can help carry out their functions, with the aim of advancing the nation and state.

Therefore, the existence of state institutions is an important element in the establishment of a state.

Different countries have different state institutions. This is adjusted to the needs of the people in the country concerned.

Then, what exactly is the meaning of state institutions? What is its function for the survival of a country?

Come on, see the explanation about the following state institutions!

Definition of State Institutions

According to Dewi Oktaviani, state institutions are government institutions located at the center whose duties, functions and authorities are expressly regulated in laws.

Simply put, state institutions are government institutions ( Civilized Organizations ) created by the state, from the state, and for the state, in order to achieve the goals of the state.

In state institutions, its members also help maintain the stability of their performance in order to achieve the country’s goals.

According to George Jellinek, state institutions are divided into two major parts, namely 1) direct state equipment ( unmittebare organs ), and (2) indirect state equipment ( mitterbare organs ).

There are several state institutions in Indonesia, namely the legislative, executive and judicial institutions. However, the existence of state institutions in a country is not only limited to these three institutions.

The existence of state institutions in Indonesia is fully regulated by the 1945 Constitution and other laws and regulations. Thus, the position of every state institution in Indonesia depends on the authority, duties and functions granted by the 1945 Constitution.

Duties of State Institutions in General

1. Maintain security, political, legal, Human Rights and cultural stability in the country concerned.
2. Creating a conducive, safe, and harmonious country environment.
3. Maintain liaison between the state and the people.
4. Become a source of inspiration and aspirator of the people.
5. Help run the wheels of state government.
6. Eradicate acts of corruption, collusion and nepotism (KKN).

Distribution of State Institutions in Indonesia

Indonesia as a democratic country, runs the government by applying the trias politica theory . Trias Politica is the division of government power into three areas with equal positions. The three fields are Executive, Legislative and Judiciary.

1. The executive, in charge of implementing and implementing legislation, namely the President and vice president, along with the ministers.
2. Legislature, tasked with making laws, namely the People’s Representative Council (DPR)
3. Judiciary, tasked with maintaining the implementation of legislation, namely the Supreme Court (MA) and the Constitutional Court (MK).

Functions of State Institutions in Indonesia

Previously, it was written that the existence of state institutions is one of the important elements in a state. Based on the application of the trias politica , there are three state institutions in Indonesia, namely the Executive, Legislative and Judiciary institutions.

What are the duties, powers and functions of the three institutions?

Come on, see the following explanation so that you understand it better!

Executive Agency

The executive branch is a governmental institution whose function is to implement the laws stipulated by the legislature. In countries that adopt democratic government, usually the executive branch consists of the head of state, either the king or the president, accompanied by ministers.

In Indonesia, the executive branch is the MPR (People’s Consultative Assembly), the President and Vice President, and the ministers.

1. MPR (People’s Consultative Assembly)

Prior to the Amendment to the 1945 Constitution, sovereignty in the hands of the people was fully exercised by the MPR, therefore the MPR was often referred to as the “highest state institution” with authority under the Constitution.

However, after the Amendment to the 1945 Constitution, people’s sovereignty was no longer exercised by the MPR, but carried out “according to the Constitution”.

Members of the MPR are a combination of members of the DPR (People’s Representative Council) and DPD (Regional Representative Council) who are elected by the people through an election process. Provisions regarding the number of members have been regulated in the Act.

The MPR holds a session at least once in five years. The most “visible” authority of the MPR is to inaugurate the President and Vice President who have been elected by the people through an electoral process.

Based on Article 3 Paragraph 1 of the 1945 Constitution, the MPR has the following duties and powers:

• Amend and establish legislation
• Appoint the president and vice president
• Dismissing the president and vice president during their term of office according to the Constitution

MPR members in carrying out their duties and powers, have certain rights, namely:

• Submit proposals related to amendments to articles in the law
• Determine attitudes and choices in the decision-making process
• Choose and be chosen
• Self-defense
• Immunity (the right to carry out their duties and authorities without being prosecuted in court)
• Protocol (the right to obtain respect in relation to his position)
• Financial and administrative

 

 

 

2. President

Prior to the Amendment to the 1945 Constitution, the president was elected by the MPR. However, after there was an amendment to the 1945 Constitution, the president and his deputy were elected by the people through elections.

The president and his deputy serve a five-year term and may be re-elected only once in the next general election.

The president is the head of state as well as the head of government. As a head of state, the president has the authority regulated by the 1945 Constitution, namely:

• Make agreements with other countries with the approval of the DPR (People’s Representative Council)
• Appoint ambassadors and consuls to be stationed in the capitals of other countries and the state of Indonesia.
• Receive ambassadors from other countries.
• Giving titles, decorations, and honors to citizens, both Indonesian citizens and foreign citizens who have contributed.

Meanwhile, as the head of government who administers state government, the President has the following rights and obligations:

• Holds government power based on the 1945 Constitution
• Submitting the Draft Law (RUU) to the DPR
• Establish government regulations
• Uphold and implement the Constitution
• Granting clemency (pardoning convicts) and rehabilitation (restoration of the accused person’s good name) based on the considerations of the Supreme Court (MA)
• Provide amnesty (reduction of prison sentences) and abolition (cancellation of criminal charges) based on the DPR’s considerations.

Apart from acting as the head of state and head of government, the president is also the commander-in-chief of the armed forces, so he has the following powers:

• Declare war, make peace with other countries on the basis of the approval of the DPR
• Making international agreements based on the approval of the DPR
• Declare a state of danger to a situation and condition that takes place in the country.

Legislative Institution

The legislature is a government institution that has a general function in making laws. This legislative body has several legislative functions and control functions.

In Indonesia, the legislative body is the People’s Representative Council (DPR).

1. DPR (House of Representatives)

Members of the DPR come from political parties that are elected by the people through an electoral process. The DPR is located at the central level, while those at the provincial and district/city levels are the DPRD (Regional People’s Representative Council).

The duties and authorities possessed by the DPR are as follows,

• Forming legislation that is discussed with the President
• Provide approval of regional regulations in lieu of laws
• Receive and discuss the Bill (Draft Law) submitted by the DPD
• Considering the DPD on the draft APBN Law relating to taxes, education, and religion
• Establish the APBN (State Income and Expenditure Budget) with the President by taking into account the considerations of the DPD
• Select members of the Audit Board of the Republic of Indonesia with consideration of the DPD
• Choose three candidates for members of the constitutional justices and submit them to the President
• and others

In carrying out these duties and authorities, the DPR has certain rights, namely:

• Right of Interpellation, namely the right to ask for information from the President
• Right of Inquiry, namely the right to conduct an investigation of a government policy
• Right of Initiative, namely the right to submit a Draft Law to the government
• Amendment Right, namely the right to make changes to the Draft Law
• Budget rights, namely the right to submit a RAPBN (Draft State Revenue and Expenditure Budget)
• Right to Petition, namely the right to ask questions about government policy

Article 20A of the 1945 Constitution states that the DPR holds the highest authority in forming legislation. Therefore, the DPR has 3 important functions, namely:

• Legislative function, namely the DPR as a legislature maker with the President
• The function of the Budget, namely the DPR as the holder of authority in determining the APBN proposed by the President
• Oversight function, namely the DPR supervises the running of government.

The DPR holds a meeting at least once a year.

2. Regional Representative Council (DPD)

DPD members consist of representatives from the provinces who have been selected through an electoral process. DPD membership is inaugurated by presidential decree and takes place in his constituency.

DPD members are not from political parties, but from social organizations. The term of office for the DPD is five years.

Based on Article 22D of the 1945 Constitution, DPD members have the following powers:

1. Submitting draft laws to the DPR relating to regional autonomy, central and regional relations, formation, expansion and merger of regions, management of natural resources, and central regional finance.
2. Provide consideration to the DPR on the draft law on the state budget and bills related to taxes, education and religion.
3. Supervise the implementation of these matters and report it to the DPR.

Judicial Institution

The judiciary is a government institution authorized to interpret the contents of laws and provide sanctions for violations of their implementation.

In its implementation, the judiciary must be free from the interference of the executive branch. This is so that law enforcement and justice are not one-sided or too partial.

1. Supreme Court (MA)

The Supreme Court (MA) is the holder of the highest judicial authority in all judicial environments. The MA institution is chaired by a Supreme Court Justice who is assisted by several other judges.

The Supreme Court justices were proposed by the DPR from the Judicial Commission’s proposals. MA institutions have their own obligations and authorities, namely:

1. Tries at the cassation level, examines laws and regulations, and other powers granted by law
2. Nominate three members of the constitutional justices
3. Give consideration to clemency and rehabilitation proposed by the President

2. Constitutional Court (MK)

The Constitutional Court has the authority to exercise judicial power within the general, military, religious and state administration courts. The Constitutional Court has the authority to try at the first and last levels.

In the Constitutional Court, there are 9 constitutional judges who have been appointed by the President. The following are the duties and functions of the Constitutional Court:

1. Examine laws against the Constitution
2. Deciding disputes over the authority of state institutions whose powers are granted by the Constitution
3. Decide the dissolution of political parties
4. Resolve disputes regarding election results

 

 

 

3. Judicial Commission (KY)

This Judicial Commission (KY) institution was formed to oversee the behavior of judges and dirty practices in the process of administering justice.

In the 1945 Constitution (amended), the position of the Judicial Commission is independent, whose existence is formed and dismissed by the President with the approval of the DPR.

 

 

 

New Independent Institutions

1. The Supreme Audit Agency (BPK)

The BPK institution is a state institution that holds power in the field of auditors. BPK certainly has the main task of examining and managing state finances.

The results of the inspection of BPK institutions will be submitted to the DPR, DPD and DPRD in accordance with their authority. Members of the BPK are elected by the DPR and inaugurated by the President.

The BPK institution is based in the national capital and has representatives in each of its provinces.

2. Corruption Eradication Commission (KPK)

This institution was formed through the 1945 Constitution No. 30 of 2002 concerning the eradication of criminal acts of corruption.

The establishment of the Corruption Eradication Committee (KPK) is the government’s response to public pessimism about the performance and reputation of the prosecutor’s office and the police in eradicating corruption.

3. National Commission on Violence Against Women (Komnas Perempuan)

This Komnas Perempuan institution was founded in 1998 based on presidential decree No. 181 of 1998. This institution is independent as a form of national effort to eliminate violence against women.

Komnas Perempuan is a form of the government’s answer to the demands of civil society, especially women, in dealing with issues of violence.

In carrying out their duties and authorities as well as obtaining certain rights, members of state institutions still have the obligation to practice Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution. In addition, they are also obliged to prioritize the interests of the people over their personal interests.

Definition of Exothermic and Endothermic – Especially for Readers who have graduated from high school or are still in high school, chemistry is one of the subjects that must be studied. For most people, chemistry is a difficult subject to understand.

Although chemistry itself is very easy to find in everyday life. In fact, there are also many chemistry that can explain various phenomena in human life.

Just a reminder, you should know that in this chemistry subject there is a learning material that discusses the heat of a substance that accompanies a chemical reaction which is known as thermochemistry.

An example of a discussion in thermochemistry is the process of burning firewood. In the burning process, the wood that is burned and the environment around it have different temperatures. This difference eventually causes the transfer of energy from objects with higher temperatures to objects with lower temperatures.

This energy transfer will continue until the wood and the environment are at the same temperature. This transferred energy is also known as heat. The heat change will be expressed in an enthalpy change (∆H).

Now, if you look at the enthalpy change, chemical reactions can be divided into two parts: exothermic reactions and endothermic reactions.

thermochemistry

In order for you to understand more deeply about exothermic reactions, it is important for you to know thermochemistry. In short, thermochemistry is a science that discusses changes in heat (heat) of a substance that involves physical and chemical processes.

Thermochemistry enters into the section on thermodynamics which discusses energy changes in a chemical reaction and is manifested as the heat of reaction. The particles that make up the substance continue to move consistently resulting in kinetic energy. And this kinetic energy is directly proportional to the absolute temperature.

In other words, when an object is hot, its constituent atoms and molecules move quickly so that the kinetic energy generated is also large. The potential energy of the substance comes from the attractive and repulsive forces that occur between the particles that make up the substance. The most common form of energy is heat energy.

While heat itself is a form of energy that can be exchanged between the environment and the system. While the heat of reaction is the change in energy in a chemical reaction in the form of heat.

In general, to be able to detect heat in an object, you can measure the temperature of that object. If the temperature is high then the heat inside is also large, conversely if the temperature is low then the amount of heat is also small.

The tool that can be used to measure it is called a calorimeter. This tool utilizes the technique of mixing two substances in a container. The calorimeter is usually used to determine the heat of a substance. There are two types of calorimeters that you can use, namely the constant pressure calorimeter and the constant volume calorimeter.

Thermochemistry itself is an example of applying the laws of thermodynamics to chemical events that study heat in chemical reactions. Thermochemistry can also be interpreted as a science in chemistry that studies changes or dynamics in chemical reactions by simply observing heat.

An example of the application of this science in everyday life is the chemical reaction that occurs in the human body when producing energy needed for all daily activities. Or burning coal which is used to generate electricity.

You can find and also learn other terms in chemistry easily through Manihar Situmorang’s Environmental Chemistry book. Especially those related to chemicals, the composition of water and eels, drinking water treatment, water pollution, and so on.

Definition of Exothermic and Endothermic

1. Definition of exothermic

The term exothermic itself is taken from the Greek, namely exposed (outside) and also term (heat or heat). Therefore exothermic can be interpreted as a chemical reaction that can produce heat. This reaction occurs because of the transfer of heat (heat) from the system to the environment which causes the environment to become hotter.

Exothermic reactions can occur naturally (naturally) and also artificially (intentionally). Examples of natural exothermic reactions that occur in nature are burning wood, running water, or rusting iron.

While artificial (deliberate) exothermic reactions usually occur in the laboratory which are the result of an experiment. For example, a mixture of water and concentrated acid, the reaction of water and sodium peroxide, the reaction that occurs between HCl and zinc powder, or something else.

Even so, generally exothermic reactions occur just like that or spontaneously. Such as glucose fermentation or ethanol manufacture. Another example is the reaction that occurs in the formation of NaCl.

HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq) → NaCl(aq) + H2O(l)

In this sequence of reactions, the reactants are HCl and NaOH solutions. While the products are a solution of NaCl and H2O.

2. Definition of Endotherms

Just like exothermic, the term endotherm is also taken from the Greek words endon (in) and also term (heat). In other words, an endothermic reaction means a reaction in which heat from the environment enters the system. In short this is a reaction that absorbs heat.

In this endothermic reaction, heat is transferred from the environment to the system causing the temperature of the region to decrease and become colder. Because this endothermic reaction absorbs energy, it can cause the energy of the system to increase. Therefore the enthalpy also increases so that the change has a positive sign.

One example of an endothermic reaction in everyday life is photosynthesis. In this event, the trees absorb heat from the sun which then increases the enthalpy of the reaction.

System and Environment

In the discussion of the terms exothermic and endothermic above, you will find the terms “system” and “environment”. So what exactly is meant by the system and the environment itself? Here’s an explanation.

The term system is generally used in the process of analyzing energy changes associated with chemical reactions. The system is defined as that part of nature that is of concern to humans.
Meanwhile for chemists, systems are generally substances involved in physical and chemical changes. The remainder of nature that exists outside the system is then known as the environment or surrounding.

For example the reaction between water and calcium metal in a beaker. Water and calcium metal are part of the reaction system while the beaker, air pressure and air temperature are the environment.

Kinds of systems

Based on interactions with the environment, systems in chemistry can be classified into three types, namely open systems, closed systems, and isolated systems.

1. Open System

An open system is a system resulting from the transfer of energy and matter that occurs due to the interaction of the system with the environment. An example is the process of dissolving table salt in an open beaker.

2. Closed System

In a closed system, material transfer is not possible, but energy transfer can still occur between the system and its surroundings. For example, when observing the dissolution above, in this situation the material cannot get out or enter the glass beaker because the glass beaker is closed.

Even so, energy can still enter and leave the glass beaker. This is usually indicated by the presence of heat attached to the walls of the glass beaker. Or it could also be that the heat energy is channeled into the system by heating it over a burning fire.

3. Isolated System

While an isolated system is a system that does not support the transfer of matter or energy between the system and the environment. Like for example hot water in a thermos. The water is put in a thermos so that the heat does not dissipate and the volume of water remains constant. In other words, neither the heat nor the water undergoes a change.

Readers can also find a complete discussion of systems and the environment in chemistry in the book Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry by Don Shillady. This book has quite a lot of advantages such as a more interesting presentation, can be used as a guide to understand the principles of mathematical derivatives, and easy-to-understand explanations.

 

 

Characteristics of Exothermic and Endothermic Reactions

To identify an exothermic reaction, you can rely on its characteristics as follows:

• The system absorbs heat from the surroundings
• The surroundings absorb heat from the system
• The surroundings and the system have the same amount of heat
• When the ambient and system heats are added together, the result is zero
• At the end of the reaction, the heat in the environment is always less than the heat in the system
• Usually the sum of the enthalpies in the product value is less than the enthalpy of the reaction.
• The enthalpy change has a negative value
• When the system is releasing energy, the temperature increase can be seen by increasing temperature or fire. and when the heat is stopped, the reaction will still go on.

Like exothermic reactions, endothermic reactions also have their own characteristics. Here are some of its features:

• The products have more energy than the reactants
• The formation of chemical bonds can release energy
• The bond energy in the products is greater than in the reactants
• The enthalpy change is negative

Exothermic Reaction Theory

Combustion, fermentation or other chemical reactions date back to ancient times. The ancient Greek philosophers were figures who developed theories about these chemical reactions.

For example, Empedocles with his theory of the four elements. He said that every material has four basic elements namely earth, air, water, and fire. In medieval times, chemical transformations themselves were usually studied using alchemists.

An example is turning lead into gold by utilizing the reaction that occurs between lead and a mixture of sulfur and copper.

Many scientists are also trying to produce non-earthly chemical compounds such as nitric acid, and sulfuric acid synthesis. This process was carried out by the alchemist Jabir ibn Hayyan. He tried to heat sulfur and nitrate minerals.

Then in the 17th century, Johan Rudolph Glauber succeeded in producing hydrochloric acid and sodium sulfate by reacting sodium chloride with sulfuric acid. Later in 1746, a development of the lead chamber process was carried out and also the Leblanc process was able to produce large quantities of sodium carbonate and sulfuric acid. So that chemical reactions become possible in industry.

In the 1880s, advanced sulfate-origin technology was first introduced and from 1909 to 1910 the Haber process was developed for the synthesis of ammonia.

In the field of organic chemistry, it is believed that it is impossible for any compound found in living organisms to be obtained by chemical synthesis processes. Based on the concept of vitalism, these organic compounds have been endowed with “essential skills different from organic matter.”

Then Friedrich Wohler succeeded in solving this concept in 1828 with his urea synthesis. Other chemists who also contributed to the field of organic chemistry were Christopher Kelk Ingold with the Subs reaction mechanism and also William Williamson with the synthesis of ethers.

Examples of Exothermic and Endothermic Reactions

The easiest example of an exothermic reaction is a campfire. When you burn wood to make a bonfire, the heat released into the environment can make your body warmer when you are around the firewood.

Besides that, there are also other examples that can be found in everyday life, such as the eruption of fireworks which always celebrate the turn of the year.

While the most common and widely used example for defining an endothermic reaction is the process of frying tempeh in cooking oil using a frying pan. In this process, the system is tempeh, while the environment is cooking oil and air. While the type of system is open.

As time goes by, the fried tempeh will gradually get hotter. This means that tempeh gets heat from its environment, namely cooking oil, although some of the heat escapes into the air.

In this process there is a transfer of matter and heat from the system to the surroundings, therefore the system is an open system. The flow of heat transfer is that the fire transfers the heat to the pan, then the pan gives the heat to the cooking oil, and the cooking oil transfers the heat to the tempeh.

Difference between Exothermic and Endothermic Reactions

The first difference between exothermic and endothermic reactions is the enthalpy change. In an exothermic reaction, the change is negative. These changes are usually calculated by Hess’s Law. The law says that enthalpy is directly proportional to the change in temperature.

The temperature drop that occurs in an exothermic reaction can change the temperature to negative. As a result, the enthalpy change will also have a negative value. While the change in enthalpy in an endothermic reaction is positive because there is an increase in temperature resulting in a positive temperature change.

Other differences regarding exothermic reactions and endothermic reactions that you should know are as follows:

Exothermic Reaction:

1. There is liberation of heat
2. The system temperature level is higher than the environment
3. The position of heat is transferred from the system to the surroundings
4. The enthalpy of the system decreases
5. There is an increase in temperature

Endothermic Reaction

1. Requires heat to be absorbed
2. Ambient temperature level is lower than system temperature
3. The position of heat is transferred from the surroundings to the system
4. There is a drop in temperature

Thus a complete explanation of the meaning of exothermic, system and environment, characteristics of exothermic reactions, theory and examples. By knowing these things you will automatically increase the knowledge you have. Mainly in the field of chemistry. One of the subjects that is considered difficult to learn by students and students. See you in the next article, okay!

The Excretory System in Humans – Hello Readers friends , do you know the excretory system? There is a biological process in the human body called the excretory system. The excretory system is the process of removing metabolic waste products that are no longer used by the body. These substances can be carbon dioxide, urine, urea, sweat, and other toxic or toxic compounds.

If poisons or toxins are not removed immediately, all these substances accumulate in the body and can cause health problems. To get rid of this poison, there are several organs in the body that help excretion.

These organs include: organs namely the lungs, skin, liver, large intestine and kidneys. Each of these excretory organs has a different function and way of working to remove waste products and toxins from the body.

In general, the excretory system can be understood as the process of removing metabolic waste products that are no longer used by organisms. The remnants of this metabolism are in the form of toxic compounds or poisons, if not disposed of it can interfere with the function of organs in the body.

Definition of Excretory System

The excretory system is the system responsible for processing and metabolizing waste products and toxins and then removing them from the body. Indeed, these waste products and toxins can cause health problems if they are not removed from the body.

In the human excretory system, there are several organs responsible for the cleansing process such as the skin, lungs, liver, large intestine and kidneys. Each organ has a different function and way of working to remove metabolic waste and toxins from your body.

Understanding the Excretory System According to Experts

Excretion is the process of removing waste products of metabolism, either as liquid or gas. Residues in the form of urine are excreted by the kidneys, sweat is excreted through the skin, bile is excreted by the liver, and CO2 is excreted through the lungs.

These substances must be removed from the body because if not removed they can interfere with and even poison the body. Apart from excretion, there are also defecation and secretions. Defecation is the removal of waste products from the digestive process in the form of feces (feces) through the anus.

Meanwhile, the secretions released by cells and glands are in the form of latex and are still used by the body for other processes such as enzymes and hormones (Pratiwi et al., 2009: 58).

The urinary system consists of: The kidneys excrete urine. The ureters carry urine from the kidneys to the bladder. The bladder functions as a reservoir. The urethra drains urine from the bladder (Pearce, 2002: 25).

Functions of the Excretory System

As previously mentioned, there are several organs in the body that function for the excretory system. Below is a complete review of how the body’s system works to remove metabolic waste from the body. The following is an explanation of each organ in the body:

 

 

1. Liver

A rather large excretory organ is the liver, weighing about a kilogram. This organ is very important for the body’s metabolism because it acts as a defense organ and the immune system. Located in the upper right part of the abdominal cavity, just below the diaphragm.

In the body’s work system, the liver converts ammonia into urea. Then, urea which is processed in the liver will be excreted through the urinary system to the kidneys through urine. Apart from ammonia, other substances secreted or excreted by the liver are toxic substances in the blood, such as from drinking alcohol or drugs.

2. Kidneys

The kidneys are organs located below the back of the rib cage, near the middle of the back on either side of the spine. Kidney is one of the most important organs in the human body.

The kidney has the following characteristics, consisting of two parts (left and right). Simply put, the kidneys are a pair of organs that measure 10 to 12 centimeters or the size of a fist. Furthermore, the kidney has about a million nephrons which are very small and filter blood relatively small, but have enormous benefits.

The first organ responsible for the performance of the excretory system is the kidneys. This organ is located on both sides of the spine, precisely at the back of the abdominal cavity. Kidneys are shaped like kidney beans and have a reddish-brown color. Humans have a pair of kidneys located on the right and left sides of the body.

The function of the kidneys is to filter food waste, drugs or toxins from the blood. In addition, the kidneys also play a role in controlling fluid balance and electrolyte levels in the body. If your body has excess salt or minerals, your kidneys will excrete them. The collected waste will then be converted into urine and will come out when you urinate.

3. Colon

The next organ that acts as the excretory system is the large intestine. The large intestine is responsible for absorbing water and any remaining nutrients that the small intestine cannot digest. Once absorbed, the remaining food and drink is converted into feces and then excreted through the anus when you have a bowel movement.

4. Lungs

The next organ with an excretory system is the lungs. Its existence is the main support for the human respiratory system. During breathing, the lungs are responsible for transferring the oxygen obtained from the air into the blood.

Oxygenated blood will be distributed to all tissues and organs of the body to function properly. Upon receiving oxygen, every cell in the body produces carbon dioxide as a metabolite which is then excreted.

Carbon dioxide is a toxic substance that can be harmful to health if it accumulates in the blood. During the cleansing process, carbon dioxide is carried by the blood to the lungs and exhaled when you exhale. Coughing or sneezing is also a natural mechanism of the body that involves the lungs and respiratory tract to expel harmful chemicals or gases, dust, germs, viruses and foreign objects into the respiratory system.

In the excretory system, the lungs have the function of removing carbon dioxide (CO2) and water vapor (H2O). This carbon dioxide and water vapor are then released and expelled from the lungs through the nasal passages. Instead, oxygen is taken.

The amount of oxygen absorbed by the air varies with demand and is often affected by many different things. Call it the type of work, body size, amount and type of food consumed. As a result of metabolic waste, CO2 is transported by blood in three ways, namely:

1. Carbon dioxide dissolves in the plasma and forms carbonic acid with anhydrase enzymes (contributing 7% of total CO2);

2. Carbon dioxide is bound to hemoglobin as carbomino hemoglobin (23% of total CO2)

3. Carbon dioxide is bound to a bicarbonate ion group (HCO3) through a chloride exchange chain process (70% of total CO2).

In the body, the main function of the lungs is actually the respiratory organ, but because this organ also excretes metabolic waste, the lungs also play a role in the excretory system. Carbon dioxide and water from metabolism in the tissues are carried by the blood through the blood vessels to the heart.

From the heart, it is pumped to the lungs to diffuse into the alveoli. In addition, H2O and CO2 can diffuse into or be secreted into the alveoli of the lungs because the alveoli open many thin membrane capillaries.

5. Skin

Human skin contains three to four million sweat glands. These glands are scattered throughout the body, but are most numerous on the palms, feet, face and armpits.

Sweat glands are divided into two types, namely eccrine glands and apocrine glands. The eccrine glands are in direct contact with the surface of the skin and secrete a watery, odorless sweat.

Meanwhile, apocrine glands secrete sweat which contains fat and is concentrated and is found in hair follicles, such as the armpits and scalp.

There are several types of toxins that are secreted through the sweat glands in the skin, including metals, bisphenol A, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea, phthalates, and bicarbonates. Not only remove toxins, sweat glands in the skin also kill and eliminate bacteria.

The process of breaking down toxic compounds is called liver detoxification. As an organ that plays a role in the excretory system – because it secretes bile and urea, the liver has several functions, including:

Production of bile: Bile is a product of the breakdown of red blood cells. This resin consists of two components, bile salts and bile dyes. Bile salts emulsify fats, while bile dyes form faeces and urine, which are excreted with the yellow latex.

Urea and Ammonia Products: Urea and Ammonia are protein breakdown products that must be excreted from the body because they are toxic. This amount of urea will be absorbed into the blood, filtered by the kidneys and excreted from the body through urine.

Meanwhile, ammonia will be bound to ornithine and then excreted through the urine or into the bile. Ammonia is what makes urine smell sharp.

Breaking down old red blood cells: The products of this breakdown of red blood cells are called globin, iron and heme. Because the iron and globin itself will be reprocessed to make new hemoglobin, which can be reused by the body.

While heme will be converted into bilirubin and biliverdin in the intestine will be oxidized to urobilin, which is used as a urine and feces dye.

Synthesis of several substances: Apart from acting as a place to produce bile, the liver also functions to synthesize substances. Indeed, the liver secretes several enzymes, one of which is the enzyme arginase. This enzyme has the effect of converting arginine to urea and ornifi can increase NH3 and CO2.

6. Epidermis (Ari Skin Layer)

The epidermis is the outermost and very thin layer of the skin. The epidermis consists of the stratum corneum and a layer of scales. The stratum corneum is a layer of dead cells that sloughs off easily and doesn’t contain blood vessels or nerve fibers, so it can’t bleed when it’s detached.

While the squamous layer is the layer below the stratum corneum, which consists of living and dividing cells. The scab contains pigments that determine skin color and protect cells from sun damage.

7. Bronchus

The bronchi, commonly known as the tracheal branches, have the function of removing foreign bodies and debris that enter the respiratory tract. This function is performed by cilia on the walls of the bronchi.

The main bronchi are the first branches of the trachea, consisting of the right main bronchus (the bronchus leading to the right lung) and the left main bronchus (the bronchi leading to the left lung). Moreover, bronchial branches will become bronchioles.

8. Dermis

The dermis is the layer of skin beneath the epidermis. This layer is thicker than the epidermis and is made up of several tissues, including capillaries that deliver nutrients to the hair roots and skin cells.

Sweat glands are responsible for the production of sweat, sebaceous glands will produce oil so that the skin and hair do not dry out, blood vessels to circulate blood to all cells or tissues, nerve endings including taste, touch, pain, heat, and touch nerve endings; and hair follicles, which contain the hair root, shaft, and sebaceous glands.

9. Underlayer Skin

This layer is located beneath the dermis, between the layers of connective tissue under the skin, and the dermis is lined with fat cells. And this fat plays a role in protecting the body from shocks, as a source of energy and maintaining body temperature.

With so many components in the human body, from muscles, senses, brain, heart and much more, each with a function, my favorite Encyclopedia: The Human Body is here to help Readers find it all!.

10. Trachea

The trachea is the continuation of the airways from the larynx and serves as an intermediary between the larynx and the rest of the lungs. The trachea is also the boundary between the lower and upper respiratory systems. The upper respiratory system includes the nose and larynx.

Excretory System Disorders

1. Kidney Stones

Kidney stones are a disorder in which calcium salts are deposited in the cavities of the kidneys, renal tract or bladder. Kidney stones appear as insoluble crystals. These deposits are formed because a person consumes too much mineral salt and consumes too little water.

2. Jaundice

Jaundice is an illness caused by a blocked bile duct that prevents bile from flowing into the duodenum. Bile and also then in the blood and the color of the blood becomes yellow.

The skin of people with jaundice will be pale yellow. Then the whites of the eyeballs and nails are also yellowish.

3. Diabetes Mellitus

A person can get diabetes because the pancreas does not produce insulin or produces little insulin. Insulin is a hormone that controls the amount of sugar (glucose) in the blood. In this condition, the concentration of glucose in the patient’s urine and blood is very high, so care must be taken not to affect other diseases.

4. Prickly heat

Prickly heat is a disorder that attacks the skin organs. Prickly heat occurs due to clogged sweat glands. This condition causes the skin to appear red and accompanied by itching.

5. Albuminuria

Albuminuria is a kidney disease characterized by high levels of albumin in the urine. Albumin is protein, you guys. This condition occurs because there is too much albumin because part of the glomerulus plays a role in filtering blood.

6. Nephritis

Nephritis is a disorder of the glomerulus. Nephritis is caused by infection with the Streptococcus nephritis bacteria. This infection can cause acidic urine and urea to back up into the veins, as well as water retention in the feet due to poor water absorption.

7. Urethral

Apart from the kidneys, organs that can interfere with the excretory system are the ureters. The ureter itself is a tube-shaped organ. The ureters are also known to have muscles that are used to help the passage of urine from the kidneys to the bladder.

One of the diseases that can attack the ureter is urethritis. Urethritis can be defined as inflammation of the ureter caused by a bacterial or viral infection.

For patients, men and women have very different symptoms. Symptoms of urethritis in men are usually manifested by the appearance of blood in the urine and semen. Not only that, when you urinate, you also feel a burning sensation. While the symptoms of urethritis in women that can be observed are lower abdominal pain, pain when urinating, fever.

8. Pneumonia

Pneumonia is a disease of the excretory system in which the lungs function as a place for exchanging carbon dioxide and oxygen. Pneumonia is caused by a bacterial, viral, or fungal infection in the alveoli. As a result, oxygen becomes difficult to enter because the alveoli where exchange is filled with fluid.

9. Asthma

One condition that often attacks the lungs is asthma. Asthma is a lung disorder that may be familiar to many people. Asthma is caused by narrowing of the air passages in the lungs. People with asthma often experience shortness of breath or even chest tightness.

Asthma is a non-communicable disease, it can only be transmitted to children. Asthmatics are often caused by a bad air environment. Therefore, the first way to treat someone who is experiencing an asthma attack is to give medication to relieve the respiratory tract.

Some of these medications include injections (hydrocortisone), ventolin syrup (salbutamol), or nebulizers (salbutamol gas). Also discuss the function of the excretory system in humans. There are five human excretory systems, namely the kidneys, liver, colon, skin and lungs. By always maintaining the health of your internal organs, you can have a healthy body.

Definition of Phrases – In Indonesian, a sentence certainly consists of words, phrases, and clauses. Each of these elements has its own meaning. Likewise with the understanding of the phrase. Well, on this occasion, we will explore further about the phrase. So, see the review until it’s finished, Readers.

Definition of the Phrase

Phrases are one of the materials in Indonesian subjects. In addition, phrases can also be said to be the lowest syntactic units. Syntax is the study of sentences. However, the phrase is not the smallest unit in the group. Because, the word is still the smallest unit of syntax.

The phrase is used frequently in everyday speech, even though you may not realize it. Some opinions on the meaning of the phrase as follows:

1. The definition of a phrase according to the book Translation Skill by Kadaruddin is a combination of two or more words that form a single unit. However, these words do not form subject-predicate and do not form new meanings. In other words, it can be said that the new form does not have a different meaning from the meaning of the previous word.
2. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a phrase is a combination of two or more words that are non-predicative (for example, the high mountain is called a phrase because it is a non-predicative construction).
3. According to several sources, a phrase is a unit consisting of two or more words that occupy one sentence function. Phrases cannot form a perfect sentence because they do not have a predicate or are non-predicative.

From the several meanings of the phrase that have been mentioned, it can be said that the phrase is a combination or grouping of two or more words, but cannot form a perfect sentence because it does not have a predicate.

Phrase features

After discussing the meaning of phrases, it feels incomplete if you don’t discuss the characteristics of phrases. Here are some characteristics of the phrase you need to know.

1. Phrases must consist of at least two words or more.
2. Occupy or have a grammatical function in a sentence.
3. Phrases must have a grammatical meaning.
4. Phrases are nonpredicative.
5. Phrases always occupy one sentence function.

Phrase Types

1. Verb Phrases

A verb phrase is a phrase that has a core verb in its formation and can also function as a substitute for the position of a verb in a sentence. Verb phrases have a core verb and other words as modifiers.

It should be emphasized that the elements that fill in the subject, object and complement are not included in the verb phrase. Syntactically, verb phrases can be given the word ‘is’ for active verbs and the word ‘already’ for conditional verbs.

Verb phrases can be grouped into three, namely:

• Modifying verb phrase
• Coordinating verb phrase
• Appositive verb phrases

Examples of verb phrases in the following sentences:

• Two students are reading a book in the classroom
• Two students reading a book in the classroom

The phrase is reading in the sentence is a combination of the word being and the verb reading. So, the phrase is reading is included in the category of verb phrases. An example of a verb phrase with more than two words but a unit of language with a verb as its core is as follows:

• The ship has sailed
• My mother is cooking

2. Nominal Phrases

A nominal phrase is a phrase that has a noun core in its formation and can also function as a substitute for a noun. Noun phrases can consist of several nouns, but there are also noun phrases consisting of nouns and words from other word classes.

The essence of a noun phrase is a noun, while other accompanying words are delimiters or explanations of these nouns. Noun phrases can consist of nouns with nouns or nouns with words from other word classes.

The following forms of noun phrases are as follows:

• Noun + Noun, namely all the words contained in a phrase in the form of words from the noun word class. For example:
• My sister doesn’t know where the fish pond is.
• Serena looks for blotting paper.
• Noun + Verb means that noun phrases are composed of nouns accompanied by verbs as modifiers. For example:
• Jodi brought a lunchbox.
• Andi is a new student in his class
• Noun + Adjective is a noun phrase formed from a noun followed by an adjective as a modifier. For example:
• Budi came with a beautiful girl.
• Santi studies diligently so she doesn’t become a stupid child.
• Noun + Numeral is a noun phrase formed from a noun followed by a number. For example:
• Dani brings three candies.
• Sintia is the second person to enter the final.
• The noun is preceded by the article si or sang. For example:
• Redhead is my favorite character
• The King has arrived.

3. Adjective Phrase

An adjective phrase is a phrase that has a core in the form of an adjective in its forming element. This phrase consists of a core and a delimiter. Adjective phrases have a core in the form of adjectives or adjectives and delimiters in the form of other word classes, usually adverbs or adverbs, verbs or verbs, and nouns or nouns.

The construction of adjective phrases can be distinguished as follows:

1) Coordinating adjective phrases

Coordinating adjective phrases are composed of two main words that complement each other.

Adjective + Adjective , this construction has a grammatical meaning of ‘choice’.

• good bad
• far near

Adjective + Adjective , this construction has a grammatical meaning ‘very’.

• old age
• young young

Adjective + Adjective , this construction has a grammatical meaning ‘set’.

• tall skinny
• safe and peaceful

Adjective + Adjective , this construction has the meaning of ‘opposite’ so that the word but can be inserted.

• hassle but fun
• cheap but good

2) Subordinating adjective phrases

Subordinating adjective phrases are composed of two words, each of which functions as a core and a delimiter.

Adjective + Noun , this construction has a grammatical meaning ‘like’. The first element has a meaning component (+color), while the second element has a meaning component (+comparison).

• blood red
• blue sky

Adjective + Verb , the first element has a meaning component (+inner attitude) and the second element has a meaning component (+action or event).

• embarrassed to ask
• dare to die

Adverb + Adjective , this construction has a grammatical meaning ‘deny’. The first element has a meaning component (+ denial), while the second element has a meaning component (+ inner state or attitude).

• not afraid
• not angry

Adverb + Adjective , this construction has a grammatical meaning of ‘degree’. The first element has a meaning component (+ degree or level), (+ necessity), (+ completion), (+ limitation, or (+ denial), while the second element has a meaning component (+ situation or nature).

• not good
• smarter
• pretty good
• kinda smart
• getting fed up
• must recover
• not ready
• just sad
• do not like

Adjective + Adverb , this construction has a grammatical meaning ‘very’. The first element has a meaning component (+state), while the second element has a meaning component (+most), (+repetition), (+inclusion), or (+limitation).

• long time
• sick again
• not bad
• just lazy

The construction of adjective phrases in the form of idioms has neither lexical nor grammatical meaning. Some idioms of adjective phrases, among others:

• stubborn
• persistent
• thick face
• helpful
• topic

4. Adverb phrases

Adverb phrases are phrases that contain the core elements of adverbs and can be substituted for adverbs in a sentence.

The function of the adverb phrase syntax is to modify sentences or other expressions which include verbs or verbs, adjectives and adverbs or adverbs.

Adverb phrases are divided into two types, namely complementary adverbs and modifier adverbs. For example:

• He ran very fast, the adverb very fast is an adverb phrase that modifies the verb to run. If examined more deeply, the word very fast also consists of two adverbs, namely very and fast, where the word fast modifies the verb to convey information about how to run (for example, he runs fast or he runs slowly).

Meanwhile, words greatly change the degree of information conveyed, regarding the extent to which the act of running fast is achieved (for example, he doesn’t just run fast, he runs very fast).

5. Numeral Phrase

Numerical phrases are phrases formed from number words. This phrase expresses the amount, quantity, and order in a series.

6. Prepositional Phrases

Prepositional phrases are phrases that contain prepositions and prepositional objects that can act as adverbs in a sentence.

Basically, prepositional phrases show several meanings, including:

• ‘place’, as in the market, to the house and against the wall.
• ‘origin of direction’, such as from the village and from school
• ‘origin of materials, such as (rings) from gold, (cakes) from rice flour
• ‘destination’, such as to Lampung, to Campus
• ‘shows a turn’, as I say, (belief) in God
• ‘regarding’, such as about the economy, (remembered) the goodness
• ‘purpose’, as for you, for me
• ‘because’, such as because, since, because, because of (you)
• ‘becoming, as because of, for that
• ‘participation’, as with you’, with him
• ‘way, as well, with pleasure
• ‘tools’ such as with hoes and with tractors
• ‘continuation’, such as since yesterday, from earlier, until tomorrow, until later
• ‘equal’, as in tune with, in accordance with, in line with
• ‘comparison’, as like him, in comparison.

7. Conjunction Phrases

Conjunctional phrases are phrases that contain conjunctions or conjunctions.

8. Endocentric Phrases

Endocentric phrases are phrases that have the same distribution that have a relationship or equality, so that when one of the elements is omitted, the phrase will still be used.

The location or position of the core components can be located in front, for example in the phrases loyal husband, good house, fast runner, and diligent student; it can also be located at the back, for example in further phrases, very diligent, a memory, currently teaching, and really like it.

In addition, this phrase also has one part called the superior component and the subordinate component. These two components are due to the fact that endocentric phrases have the same distribution and one of them acts as a support or limit.

9. Coordinating Phrases

Coordinating phrases are phrases whose constituent components consist of two or more equal or equivalent components. Because of the equivalent form, this phrase can be connected with a single coordinating conjunction such as and, or, but, nor and other conjunctions.

Therefore, the elements can be connected by coordinating conjunctions, for example the word and, or, but (single conjunction) or divided conjunctions such as either…good, more…more, good…nor. For example husband and wife, education and training, parents, the sooner the better, and both now and in the future.

In general, there are three types of endocentric phrases, namely attributive, appositive, and coordinating endocentric phrases.

10. Attributive Phrases

Attributive phrases are phrases that consist of a main and a modifier. So, this phrase contains only one body which can be preceded or followed by a modifier. The core and the modifier can consist of one of the word classes, such as nouns, verbs, adjectives or adverbs.

So, there is only one central element or core element, while the other elements are unequal attributes because they cannot be connected by conjunctions and or. For example, diligent students, public libraries, good kids, beautiful girls, big houses.

11. Appositive Phrases

Phrases that have added or clarified information. This phrase is synonymous with a noun (noun). The interesting thing about phrases is that they always consist of free morphemes.

In a sense, when a word combination consists of a combination of free morphemes such as, the neighbor’s grass or has eaten, the word combination can be said to be a phrase.

The building blocks of a positive phrase have the same position so they can replace one another. For example:

• Siti Sunarsih, daughter of the Regent of Serang, yesterday afternoon gave birth to her fifth child at the Serang General Hospital.
• new teacher phrases on sentences,

“Mr. Ahmad is a new teacher at our school,”. The new teacher’s phrase serves to explain Pak Ahmad’s identity.

12. Exocentric Phrases

Exocentric phrases are phrases that do not have a core element. Because it does not have a core element, this sentence cannot be separated or differentiated.

In general, there are three forms of exocentric phrases that are commonly used in words. The three forms of these phrases are directive, non-directive, and connective exocentric phrases.

13. Equivalent Phrases

Equivalent phrases are phrases that have equivalent elements between them.

14. Stratified Equivalent Phrases

Equivalent multilevel phrases are phrases that have elements that are not equivalent or have certain levels.

15. Common Phrases

Ordinary phrases are phrases that are formed from denotative meanings (true meanings).

16. Idiomatic Phrases

Idiomatic phrases are phrases that have no real meaning or have certain connotations.

17. Ambiguous Phrases

Ambiguous phrases are phrases that have multiple meanings that can raise doubts. Therefore, ambiguous phrases generally require more explanation.

18. Subordinating Phrases

A subordinating phrase is a phrase whose elements do not have an equal position. This resulted in the elements being unable to replace each other and the word and or could not be inserted. For example, long short phrases can be inserted coordinating conjunctions into long and short and long or short.

From the definition of the phrase above, it can be concluded that the phrase is a part of the syntax that is written after the word. In other words, a phrase is a collection of words. Even so, phrases don’t have a predicate or are non-predicative, so sometimes phrases are only connected by conjunctions.

Thus the discussion about the meaning of the phrase to the types of phrases. Hopefully all the discussion above is useful for you and makes it easier for you to make phrases.

Photosynthesis is – Photosynthesis is a natural phenomenon that occurs in plants to get their food substances. This process is also very necessary so that plants or plants can develop and survive in all conditions. Every plant that lives on planet Earth can then generally carry out photosynthesis. In addition, this process also requires sunlight to convert carbon dioxide and water into carbohydrates.

According to a number of experts, photosynthesis is a reaction that will occur in plants in order to obtain glucose and oxygen with the help of sunlight. In short, this process is then the same as how other living things get energy intake.

Lessons about photosynthesis are usually given when someone enters junior high school (SMP). However, there is nothing wrong if this material is studied again because it is closely related to everyday life. Compiled from a number of sources, below is an explanation of what photosynthesis is and how this natural process occurs in plants. So, see the explanation about photosynthesis until it’s finished, Readers.

Definition of Photosynthesis

Photosynthesis as a natural event that occurs repeatedly in plants. Leaves are the main organ in plants where photosynthesis takes place. Apart from plants, photosynthesis then becomes a natural process that plays an important role in the life of organisms, such as in humans and animals. This is because when the process of photosynthesis occurs, it will produce oxygen which is needed by living things to breathe.

After that, photosynthesis will also help recycle carbon dioxide (CO2) produced in the respiratory system. That way, air pollution can be reduced thanks to photosynthesis.

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), the word photosynthesis means the utilization of light energy in plants or bacteria to then convert carbon dioxide and water into carbohydrates. In the process, photosynthesis will then result in net photosynthesis if the amount of this photosynthetic product has been reduced by respiration. Materials regarding photosynthesis are also often discussed in plant physiology.

By knowing this knowledge, we can know more deeply how important sunlight is in the process of photosynthesis, especially in producing carbohydrates from an inorganic raw material in the form of water and carbon dioxide. Later, these carbohydrates will then become nutrients as well as a source of energy for plants. These carbohydrates will be stored as food reserves. When plants are consumed by humans or by animals, there will be a transfer of energy.

Photosynthesis Process

In the process, this chemical change then really needs these 4 things, namely water, carbon dioxide, chlorophyll, and sunlight. The following is the process of photosynthesis that you need to know:

1. Plants will obtain water from the soil which is then absorbed by the roots, and from these roots it is distributed using a transportation system, namely xylem tissue and phloem tissue which are then distributed to all plant organs including leaves.
2. Carbon dioxide will be obtained from the air which then enters through the stomata. The location of these stomata is on the underside of the leaf.
3. Then, photosynthesis occurs in the leaf area. This photosynthesis process will also occur when the chlorophyll in the leaves has captured sunlight, which is then used to convert water and carbon dioxide into sugar and oxygen.
4. Sugar produced from photosynthesis can be directly used by plants, or can be stored in other organs in plants, for example in fruit.
5. In addition to sugar, the oxygen produced will later exit through the stomata and then into the air. This oxygen is also used by humans and animals to breathe.
6. Through polymerization reactions, the glucose or sugar produced through this process will be arranged into a starch or starch substance. This starch substance will then be stored in the roots of plants

The Occurrence of Photosynthesis

According to the Supercomplete Middle School Biology book , green plants will then obtain food by producing it themselves. This process is then called photosynthesis. Green plants are also producers which can then convert inorganic substances into organic ones. Considering that only green plants can carry out photosynthesis, animals and humans then need these plants to be used as their own food.

As mentioned above, photosynthesis can then only occur in an organism that has chlorophyll. Chlorophyll as a plant pigment found in chloroplasts. This natural green dye then functions to absorb energy from sunlight. Humans can also experience the health benefits of chlorophyll by consuming a variety of green leafy vegetables, for example, in spinach or wheatgrass .

This process of photosynthesis then consists of two series which are divided according to the need for light and where it occurs. The following is a complete explanation of the series of photosynthetic processes in plants and organisms that have natural green pigments:

Light reaction

In the light reaction there is a hill reaction which then really needs light in the process of making sugar and oxygen. The light energy captured by chlorophyll functions as a breaker for water molecules. This splitting of water molecules is also known as photolysis.

Meanwhile, different types of chlorophyll pigments can only absorb wavelengths with different magnitudes of photons (light energy). The grana are where the light reactions take place. These grana are stacks of thylakoids. The light energy in the grana will then help accelerate the release of electrons from the photosystems inside the thylakoid membrane.

Thylakoids, proteins, and other molecules in the leaf cells will then form a photosystem. The photosystem is the site of hundreds of photosynthetic pigment molecules. This photosystem is divided into two, namely photosystem 1 and photosystem II. Then, the two will work together to produce ATP and NADPH2 as the main products of the light reactions.

Dark Reaction

The dark reaction is known as the Calvin-Benson cycle. In the dark reaction or in the Calvin reaction, sunlight is not required in the process of producing sugar and oxygen. This dark reaction phenomenon then occurs after the light reaction.

The dark reaction is the process by which ATP and NADPH are fertilized by CO2 and then become sugar. The stroma is also where the dark reactions take place. In the stroma fixation, reduction, and regeneration occur. The phases that occur in the stroma, namely:

• CO2 binding (fixation).
• reduction
• Formation of RuBP (Ribulose Bisphosphate).

This dark reaction is then divided through several processes, including carbon dioxide which is bound by RuBp to give rise to phosphoglycerate (PGA). PGA is reduced giving birth to PGAL (phosphoglyceraldehyde) . PGAL will then be regenerated into glucose and RuBp.

Conditions for the Occurrence of Photosynthesis

The place where photosynthesis occurs is in the leaves. Then, so that plants can produce carbohydrates more quickly in the photosynthesis process, there are a number of conditions that must then be met, such as the following:

1. This leaf consists of cells that are arranged regularly so that sunlight can then be received efficiently.
2. These regularly arranged cells must contain chloroplasts within them.
3. Between the cells that are arranged in an orderly manner, there are spaces between the cells so that air and the outside can enter through the spaces between the cells.
4. These tightly arranged cells must be protected by epidermal tissue so that they are not scattered later.

Factors Affecting Photosynthesis

The success of plants and autotrophic organisms in a process of making food through the process of photosynthesis is influenced and requires several factors. As for the factors of photosynthesis, among others?

Light

Light as a main component so that photosynthesis can take place properly:

Light intensity

Each plant has different light requirements. C3 type plants (ie legumes, cotton, soybeans, potatoes and wheat) have very low light tolerance, so when they are exposed to high light intensity, they will not increase their photosynthetic intensity. Meanwhile, C4 plants (sugarcane, corn, and sorghum) have very high light tolerance. At high light intensity it will then help increase the intensity of photosynthesis.

Light Wavelength

Each color spectrum then has a different wavelength. However, chlorophyll can absorb more red and blue colors, because the wavelength of light is very effective.

Temperature

All plants will require different temperatures. For C3 plants, the optimal temperature then needed is around 20-26℃. Meanwhile for C4 plants the optimal temperature needed to photosynthesize is around 35-40℃. When the plant is mature, all the tissues in the plant or plant will then be formed more perfectly, so that it can help increase the effectiveness and rate of the photosynthesis process.

Carbon Dioxide (CO2) and Oxygen (O2) Concentrations

Carbon dioxide will greatly affect a photosynthesis. The higher the concentration of carbon dioxide in the air, the rate of photosynthesis will increase. In contrast to carbon dioxide, the more O2 concentration, the lower the intensity of photosynthesis.

Water and Nutrient Content

The process of photosynthesis will then be disrupted if a plant lacks water. Likewise with abundant water, this will also interfere with the process of photosynthesis. Chlorophyll also really needs the elements Mg (magnesium) and N (nitrogen). When these two elements are deficient, the rate of photosynthesis will decrease.

Benefits of Photosynthesis

The benefits of the process of photosynthesis and the chemical processes that occur in autotrophic organisms are not only beneficial for plants, but also beneficial for all living things. Some of the benefits of photosynthesis that you need include:

Producing Oxygen for Living Things

In the process of photosynthesis, plants will also help remove by-products, including oxygen. This oxygen itself is needed by living things to breathe. In addition, when this chemical change occurs, plants will then absorb carbon dioxide that comes from pollution. When carbon dioxide is absorbed, the air around the plants will then feel cleaner and fresher.

Forming Fruits and Tubers in Plants

Fruits and tubers are food reserves resulting from this chemical process. Fruits and tubers can also be used by humans and animals as a food source. These fruits and tubers contain vitamins and compounds that are beneficial to the human body.

Produces Glucose

Besides oxygen and fruit, there is also glucose. Glucose in plants is then used as fuel in building other food substances, such as fat or protein. Both of these substances are needed in animals and humans, especially protein is also very good for the body. This is because protein can repair cells and help boost human immunity.

Humidify the Air in the Surrounding Environment

Natural 10% air humidity comes from plants. This increased humidity will then have an effect on humans, namely a calming effect, overcoming fatigue, and making sleep more restful.

Producing Foodstuffs

The main function of a photosynthetic process, is its ability to produce food. For example, fruit, tubers and glucose. The content of nutrients in this plant itself is very useful for consumption by humans and animals. Therefore, the ability of plants to convert sunlight energy into chemical energy (food substances) is then always a link in a food chain.

Closing

Based on all the explanations above, it can be concluded that photosynthesis is a process of compiling simple compounds to become complex compounds, in plant parts which then contain chlorophyll.

The process of photosynthesis will also help produce the main product in the form of carbohydrates which are stored as a food reserve including fruit. This process will also really need the help of sunlight. When fruit is eaten by other living things, a phenomenon of energy transfer has occurred.

Definition of fiscal – The government uses fiscal as a form of state revenue that is collected from the public, for example obtained from taxes paid by its people. Thus it can be said that this policy is one of the factors that shape a country’s economy.

Does the word fiscal sound familiar to you? So what exactly is fiscal? Check out the explanation of the article below so that you know more about what fiscal is.

Fiscal & Monetary Policy: Theory & Empirical

Fiscal Definition

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary

Fiscal / fis·cal / a relating to matters of tax or state income.
The word fiscal itself comes from the Latin word fiscus which is the name of someone who has or holds power over finances in ancient Roman times.

Then, in fiscal English it is called fisc which means treasury or regulation of the entry and exit of money in the kingdom.

According to the Financial Services Authority (OJK)

Matters concerning finance, especially with regard to matters of tax or state revenue (fiscal) .

In general

Fiscal is all matters relating to taxes or state income, Fiscal comes from the community and is considered by the government as income that is used for spending various programs. Fiscal is used to produce achievements on national income, production and the economy and is used as a balance device in the economy.

Definition of Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy is an economic policy carried out by the government in managing state finances. Fiscal policy is limited to sources of state revenue and state expenditure allocations, which are listed in the State Revenue and Expenditure Budget (APBN). The purpose of fiscal policy is to make the country’s economic conditions better

According to the Financial Services Authority (OJK), fiscal policy is a policy on taxation, revenue, accounts payable, and government spending with specific economic goals.

For developed countries, the role of fiscal policy from the government will be even greater in the mechanism for establishing the level of national income. Meanwhile, in developing countries, the role of fiscal policy is more directed at efforts to increase investment through capital formation.

Fiscal Policy Objectives

Broadly speaking, the objective of fiscal policy is to influence the course of the economy with the following objectives:

1. Increasing GDP (country GDP and GDP per capita)

Fiscal policy will affect various lines of the economy, so that every time the government makes changes or updates to fiscal policy, it is expected to be able to stimulate growth in various sectors. In this case, various economic lines are meant, i.e. customs and excise, land and building taxes, income taxes, foreign exchange, imports, tourism, and others.

The more state income grows, the industrial sector will grow as well, so that a country’s economy can continue to experience growth. To measure the level of the country’s economy usually uses the calculation of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) or commonly called the Gross Domestic Product (GDP). Currently, Indonesia is one of the countries with the largest GDP in Asia, namely 15,434 trillion rupiah in 2020.

The greater the country’s GDP value, the more fiscal policies issued by the government will also affect the level of GDP per capita or per capita income of the people which is also increasing.

2. Expanding Employment and Reducing Unemployment

Unemployment is a problem that is a scourge in a country. In Indonesia, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Central Statistics Agency (BPS) noted that the number of unemployed people in Indonesia in the February 2021 period was 8.75 million people.

This number continues to grow and even rises 26.26% compared to the same period last year and the number of poor people in March 2021 reached 27.54 million people. This number has also increased compared to March last year which amounted to 26.42 million people.

As the economy develops, the industrial sector and the business world also develop, the labor market will also be boosted. The greater the economic growth in the country, the demand for labor from the labor-intensive sector will also increase. Therefore, fiscal policy will also affect labor conditions.

3. Stabilize the prices of goods/ Overcome Inflation

Government policies in regulating inflation will then affect economic and social conditions. When the government decides to increase fuel or food prices, many people will be affected economically, so demand will also decrease.

The response from the public will affect the condition of the oil and gas industry which will then have wider implications for various other economic sectors. Meanwhile, inflation can provide benefits such as creating full employment opportunities.

The problem of unstable inflation has the potential to reduce public trust in the government. Fiscal policy, ideally issued by the government with the aim of fixing prices, for example increasing prices when the value is too low or controlling prices and lowering them when prices are too high.

Through fiscal policy, it is hoped that the level of national income, employment opportunities, the level of national investment, and the distribution of national income will increase and run well.

Introduction to Fiscal Policy

Types of Fiscal Policy

Fiscal policy is basically divided into two kinds, namely according to theory, according to the amount of income and expenditure, and according to its application. Here is the full explanation:

Theoretical Fiscal Policy

1. Functional Fiscal Policy

Functional policy is to improve the quality of the economy at the macro level, the effect of which can only be seen in the long term, such as looking at the indirect effects on national income, especially to increase employment opportunities. For example, by awarding college scholarships, initial financial assistance, and others.

2. Intentional or Planned Fiscal Policy

This policy is a policy in overcoming the economic problems that are being faced by deliberately manipulating the budget, either through changes in taxation or changes in government spending.

The function of this fiscal policy is to deal with certain problems, such as epidemics and economic crises. For example, the state budget allocation for the health sector during a pandemic.

There are three forms of intentional fiscal policy, namely first, making changes to government spending. Second, make changes to the tax collection system. Three, make changes simultaneously either in government management or the tax collection system.

3. Accidental Fiscal Policy

Unintentional fiscal policy is a policy in controlling the speed of the business cycle so that it is not too volatile. This policy protects the economic stability of the non-government sector in the form of decisions or rules, such as fixing maximum retail prices. Types of involuntary fiscal policies, such as proposals, progressive taxes, minimum price policies, and unemployment insurance.

Fiscal Policy of Total Receipts and Expenditures

1. Surplus Fiscal Policy

This fiscal policy is oriented towards the goal of creating a surplus in income, or the value of income that the government records is more than expenditure. The purpose of this surplus fiscal policy is to avoid a spike in the inflation rate.

To achieve this, it can be done by reducing the budget for spending. In addition, it can accelerate a number of revenue components, such as taxation and excise. Intervention on taxation and excise policies will affect the realization of government revenues.

2. Deficit Fiscal Policy

Deficit fiscal policy is the opposite of the type of surplus fiscal policy, this type is oriented towards the goal of making the value of spending greater than the value of income.

Usually, this policy is taken to inject the economy so that it is more vibrant, in the sense that the state government is usually willing to experience a deficit by increasing budget spending so that the economy can be boosted more.

One of the advantages of this policy is overcoming the sluggishness and depression of economic growth. As for the drawback, the country is always in a state of deficit.

3. Balanced Fiscal Policy

Balanced fiscal policy is a policy that makes revenue and spending the same amount. There are positive and negative impacts of this one fiscal policy. On a positive note, the state does not need to borrow a certain amount of funds, both from within the country and abroad. Negatively, economic conditions will deteriorate if the country’s economy is in unfavorable conditions.

4. Dynamic Fiscal Policy

This type of policy is a fiscal policy that is looser in nature or easy to regulate when conditions change significantly. The purpose of this policy is to provide revenue that can be used to meet the growing needs of the government over time.

Application Policy

1. Expansive Fiscal Policy

This type of policy is usually used when the unemployment rate is higher and or during periods of a low business cycle.

The purpose of expansionary fiscal policy is to provide money to the public. That way, people can use the money to carry out economic activities, so that it will stimulate the country’s economic rate.

2. Contractive Fiscal Policy

Contractive fiscal policy is generally used rarely. The goal is to slow economic growth and stamp out inflation. The long-term impact of inflation can damage people’s living standards due to recession. This policy is carried out by tightening or reducing state spending or spending activities and increasing taxes.

Fiscal Policy Instruments

Practically, financial (fiscal) policy instruments can be divided into several types, such as:

1. State Income

According to Law no. 17 of 2013, State Revenue is money that enters the state treasury. the main sources of state revenue are tax revenues, Non-Tax State Revenues (PNBP) and Grants, from these three sources which are commonly used as active instruments are Tax Revenues.

Tax revenue can be regarded as the main source of state revenue. Tax revenue itself can be categorized into two types, namely Domestic Tax and International Trade Tax. Domestic Tax is divided into several types, namely Income Tax (PPh), Value Added Tax and Sales Tax on Luxury Goods (PPn and PPnBM), Land and Building Tax (PBB).

With an optimal tax ratio measure, it will encourage the country’s development without burdening the economy as a whole. Taxes can also support overall economic growth, the ability of taxes to stimulate the economy is called tax buoyancy.

Another source of state revenue is Non-Tax State Revenue (PNBP). PNBP consists of Revenue from Natural Resources (SDA) which consists of oil and gas natural resources and non-oil and gas natural resources, profit share of State-Owned Enterprises (BUMN) which is specified based on banking and non-banking SOEs, Revenue from Public Service Agencies such as Hospitals , Universities and others as well as other PNBP Revenues such as payment of ticket fines, results of auctions of confiscated goods and so on.

2. State Expenditures

According to Law no. 17 of 2013, State Expenditure is an obligation of the central government which is recognized as a deduction from net worth. there are 2 types of state spending namely Central Government expenditure and Transfer Expenditures to Regions and Village Funds (TKDD).

Central Government Expenditure is generally divided into two categories, namely Expenditure Based on Organization and Expenditure Based on Function. When viewed based on the organization, Central government spending can be subdivided into spending for ministries or institutions and spending on non-ministerial institutions (such as subsidies and debt interest payments).

State spending can be said as a form of government commitment to the economy as a whole. The amount of state spending on the economy is the government’s contribution to growth. Therefore, state spending is expected to be used as an instrument to achieve development goals, such as reducing poverty, reducing inequality, increasing growth and so on.

3. Financing

According to Law no. 17 of 2013, Financing is any revenue that needs to be repaid and/or expenses that will be received back, both in the relevant fiscal year and in subsequent fiscal years. Financing is an implication that occurs when State Expenditure is greater than State Revenue (based on Law no. 2013 article 12 paragraph 3). Financing consists of Debt Financing, Investment Financing, Lenders, Borrowing Obligations, and other financing.

Debt financing can be done by issuing government securities and making loans. Furthermore, loans can come from domestic sources and foreign sources. The government always maintains the quality of its credit in order to obtain optimal debt financing.

Examples of Fiscal Policy in Indonesia

The following are examples of fiscal policies in Indonesia:

1. Tax Incentives During the Covid-19 Pandemic

The government provides relief in the form of eliminating a number of taxes for corporations during the Covid-19 pandemic. This affects the performance of the government’s revenue from taxes, which in terms of the percentage portion in the state budget is quite high. When tax incentives are implemented, it means that the government will give up less and less value of tax revenue to be received. But on the other hand, this step was taken as an effort to keep the economy stable.

When the corporate tax is abolished, the company’s burden will be smaller, so that it can help the company’s activities in carrying out production. In this way, it is hoped that the tax relief stimulus will be able to stimulate the economy so that the effects of the pandemic on the economy are not too severe.

2. Increasing the Budget for Handling Covid-19

The government has also again increased the value of the budget for handling Covid-19 through the 2021 national economic recovery program (PEN) to more than IDR 700 trillion, this is up from around IDR 690 trillion last year.

This large budget certainly sucks up a lot of the government’s budget which was originally allocated for certain programs and then diverted to deal with the pandemic. In addition, this increase in the value of the budget makes the need for funds even higher which, at the same time, the government experiences a decrease in revenue. To finance the budget deficit, the government will be more diligent in withdrawing debt.

Closing

Well Readers, that’s an explanation of the meaning of fiscal, to examples of fiscal policy in Indonesia. Hopefully all the discussion that has been explained can be useful for Readers.

 

Understanding Physics – When studying the nature of physics, maybe Readers will like it, because he is really interested in that science. Even so, there are those who are guaranteed to feel otherwise, because they are not really interested in physics. Physics itself is almost the same as mathematics, which many say is a science that is difficult to understand.

If pure mathematics contains numbers with calculations, then physics contains a combination of theory with calculations. Physics is a subject that has been known since sitting on the bench class VII junior high school. If Readers at the high school level enters the science major, then physics lessons will also become friends because this subject will appear more frequently in the lesson schedule every day.

In certain departments or study programs, students at tertiary institutions will also get physics courses. So, check again the types of courses that will be obtained. If you have avoided physics all this time, then also avoid study programs that provide these courses.

Although, few people like physics, but this one lesson is actually interesting to learn. After understanding the formula and how to calculate each material, it is guaranteed that the calculation process will become easier and the same goes for the process of understanding word problems.

Therefore, it never hurts to learn about the nature of physics which is one of the most useful lessons in everyday life. This means that physics is an important science to understand because it is from this knowledge that many useful things can be found.

What is Physics?

Learning about physics can begin with understanding the meaning of physics itself. Physics according to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) has a definition as a science that discusses and studies matter and energy, which includes light, heat, and sound energy.

The definition of physics continues to develop and is put forward by many experts. Among them are:

1. Efrizon Umar

According to Efrizon Umar, physics has a definition as one of the most basic sciences of all sciences. So that physics becomes a basic science that is useful for understanding, studying, and developing other knowledge from various fields.

2. Young Hugh D

Meanwhile, according to Young Hugh D, physics is said to be one of the sciences which is the underlying science of other sciences. This definition is of course no different from the definition stated by Efrizon Umar.

3. Bambang Ruwanto

Bambang Ruwanto also expressed his opinion regarding the understanding and nature of physics. Physics is characterized by Ruwanto as basic sciences (science) and is included in the fundamental sciences. So Ruwanto also mentioned that physics is a science that forms the basis of various other sciences.

4. Osa Pauliza

Osa Pauliza also expressed his opinion related to the understanding of physics. Pauliza said that physics is a science that studies something that can be measured and has a value expressed in a certain unit. This unit varies according to the type of substance or object being measured.

5. Goris Seran D

Goris Seran D also explained the meaning of physics. According to Goris, physics is a branch of natural science and is one of the foundations for advanced and modern technological developments now and in the future.

6. Ari Damari

Ari Damari also conveyed the understanding of physics as a science that studies various phenomena and natural phenomena. So that all events and phenomena in nature will be studied in depth through physics.

History of the Development of Physics

After understanding the meaning of physics in terms of the definition in the previous explanation, Readers also needs to know the history of physics from birth to development and becomes the basis of other sciences.

Since ancient times, people have been curious about the nature of matter on earth. For example, why can fruit fall from a tree and then fall not far from the tree? Then, the question is why every different material has different properties?

Another thing that makes human curiosity and curiosity arise is about various things that exist on earth. For example, with the shape of the earth, the appearance of the sky during the day and night. the process of rising and setting the sun in the afternoon, and so on.

Various things and events as well as all kinds of objects around humans basically attract human interest. So that this encourages the birth of basic knowledge in science, namely physics.

Dikp from various sources, the nature of physics continues to grow rapidly since the Egyptian people began to do various kinds of research which then gave birth to a lot of practical knowledge. This physics was then used by the ancient Egyptians to create pyramids.

Because, in physics, all the processes of calculating inclined planes and the mechanical advantages of pyramid construction are studied. These two things then encouraged the construction of the pyramids and is one of the wonders of the world.

Then, the Greeks also had a high interest in physics and made the Greeks widely known as a society that admired physics. In the end, many physicists or scientists emerged from Greece and Egypt.

The theory of physics then continued to develop, starting from the 17th century, when many theories of physics were still wrong. Entering the early 17th century, Galileo Galilei conducted experiments to find out more about physics. Research conducted by Galileo later became the key to the scientific method to the present.

For example, being the originator of Newton’s Law of Motion and then also sparking the theory of Newton’s Law of Gravity. Since they were first released and published, these two basic laws of physics are still relevant and studied today by many people.

The theory and development of the nature of physics then continues and finds various things in the scientific field of physics. In his time scientists Robert Boyle, Thomas Young, and others were the forerunners of the presence of the best physicists and physicists around the world.

Properties of Physics

The next point to be discussed is regarding the various properties of physics. What is meant by the nature of physics is all the properties of matter that can be seen directly by the sense of sight, namely the eye. In addition, physical properties can also change shape.

For example changes in shape from liquid to solid, from solid to gas, from gas to liquid, and so on. All these changes indicate the existence of physical properties of an object that is being treated in a special way. Whether it’s warmed, frozen, and so on to observe the results.

1. Physical Form of Substance

The first type of physical property is the state of matter, which is the study of all states of matter that exist in nature. The form of this substance is then divided into three, namely:

A. Solid

The first state of matter in physics is solid, that is, a state of matter that has a fixed shape and volume. Solids are composed of particles that are arranged regularly and close together, so that their shape and volume are always the same.

B. Liquid

Next is liquid, which is a form of a substance that has a fixed volume, but its shape can easily change. The particles that make up liquids are close together, but are loose and arranged in an orderly manner like solids, but the attractive force is weak.

The state of the liquid is easy to change, but the volume is fixed because the particles in the liquid cannot leave other particles. So even though the shape is easy to change, the volume will remain the same.

C. Gas

The last form is gas. Gas is a form of matter that has shape and volume properties that can easily change. The particles that make up the gas are far from each other, irregular, and the attractive force between the particles is also weak.

This makes the gas form easy to change because the particles that compose it can move freely without being bound by anything. In addition, the volume is also easy to change.

2. Substance Turbidity

The second physical property is turbidity or what can be said to be the degree of turbidity of a liquid. Because the term turbidity is only owned by liquid substances. Turbid liquid can deflect light or light that is shot at it, while clear liquid will continue the light.

3. Substance Boiling Point

In the essence of physics there is also a physical property called the boiling point. The boiling point is the temperature of a liquid when it boils (is heated). Some people after knowing the definition of the boiling point may feel confused about the difference between yawning and yawning.

So, boiling and evaporating are two different things. Boiling means the temperature at which a substance comes to the boiling point. While evaporating means the temperature at which a substance is below the boiling point. For example, clothes that are dried in the sun, the water inside the cloth will evaporate and not boil.

However, when boiling water on the stove, the water will boil and not evaporate. Boiling does not change the structure and volume of liquids. However, when it evaporates, it changes state, from liquid to vapor or gas.

4. Substance Solubility

The next property is the solubility of substances, or what is often referred to as a solution. Solution is a condition in which a homogeneous mixture is formed between two substances or two different components. One of these two substances has a role as a solvent, and the other becomes a solute.

Substances that are solvents generally have a greater amount, and vice versa. In substances that have a role as a solute has a smaller amount. For example, when dissolving detergent in a bucket of water, the amount of detergent is generally only one or two tablespoons, while the amount of water can be up to one liter.

The solubility process is also known to be influenced by various factors, for example:

1. Temperature, because it dissolves substances at high temperatures faster than substances dissolved at room temperature. For example, stirring sugar dissolves faster in warm water than in cold water.
2. The volume of solvent, the greater the amount or volume of the solvent, the faster the dissolution process. For example, dissolving a teaspoon of sugar in 100 ml of water will be slower than dissolving it in 500 ml of water.
3. The size of the solute, because the larger the size of the substance, the more difficult it will be for the substance to dissolve. For example, dissolving granulated sugar in 100 ml of water will be faster than dissolving rock sugar in 100 ml of water. Because the size of rock sugar is bigger when compared to granulated sugar.

5. Viscosity

The next characteristic in the nature of physics is viscosity or what is more familiar with the name viscosity. Viscosity itself is the resistance of a liquid to flow, so that a dilute liquid will flow faster when compared to a thick liquid. An instrument for measuring the viscosity of liquids is known as a viscometer.

Branch of Physics

Physics is included in the basic science of all sciences and then has many branches of science. Some of them are:

1. Mechanics, namely the branch of physics that specifically studies motion.
2. Quantum Physics, which is a branch of physics that studies atoms and sub-atoms.
3. Electronics, namely physics that studies about the flow of electrons in a device. For example on TV and various electronic equipment.
4. Thermodynamics, namely the branch of physics that studies heat energy or temperature transfer.
5. Astronomy, namely a branch of physics that specifically studies about the stars or about objects in outer space.
6. Medical Physics, which is a branch of physics that studies medicine.
7. Biomechanics, namely studying the forces and laws of fluids that exist in the human body.
8. Biooptics, namely studying the organs of the eye and also its use of various optical devices such as glasses and contact lenses.
9. Bioelectric, namely studying about striated cells in cells in the body.
10. Geometric Optics, namely a branch of physics that studies light and various tools that can be used to help human vision.

Benefits and Role of Physics in Life

Physics for most people is a science that is difficult to understand, understand, and so on. Even so, physics has been taught since junior high and even elementary school and is still integrated with science lessons. This is inseparable from the benefits of physics in everyday life, such as:

1. Physics will help humans to always think logically, because they can think about everything and all events in a systematic and explainable manner.
2. Helping to understand all natural phenomena that are good for the development of human civilization, so that they can understand which natural phenomena can be enjoyed and which ones are classified as dangerous.
3. Make it easy to learn science from other fields because physics is very relevant to all fields of science.
4. Supporting technological progress, because all technology until now is based on physics.

 

Definition of Firma – In running a business, there are several business entities that can be selected. You can choose it according to your needs. Because choosing the right business entity will affect many things in the future.

These business entities include limited liability companies (PT), firms, limited liability companies (CV), and other business entities. The most frequently found business entities in Indonesia are firms. If you want to know the meaning of a firm further, then there’s nothing wrong with reading all of the following articles about firms.

Definition of Firm Business Entity

Where each member has full responsibility for the progress of the company. So, in Indonesia, firms have entered and are regulated in the Commercial Code (KUHD) and the Civil Code (KUHPerdata).

The definition of a firm in the Indonesian Criminal Code is any association established to run a company under one common name. Then the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) also mentions the definition of a firm, namely a trade association established to run a joint business under one name in which each member has full responsibility. So when running a firm, each member must play an active role for the progress of the company. Then for business activities that can be run on a small scale or large scale.

It should also be noted that in a Firm Alliance there is only one type of partner, namely complementary or pledge. Complementary partners or the firm are in charge of running the company. This also includes entering into legal relations or cooperation with third parties. So partners are personally responsible for the progress of the company.

Furthermore, it should also be noted that in establishing a firm, its members will hand over all personal assets in accordance with the provisions stated in the deed of establishment of the company. So if the established firm suffers a loss or goes bankrupt, all members of the firm are obliged to take responsibility.

So, this firm cannot be said to be a business with a legal entity. Because there is no separator between the wealth of one member and another. So each member has full responsibility for the firm.

In addition, a firm cannot be called a legal entity because it fulfills the material requirements but does not yet have formal requirements, namely ratification or recognition from the state in the form of legislation.

What Are the Requirements for Establishing a Firm?

1. Founded by a minimum of two people

The first requirement for the establishment of a firm is the minimum number of members consisting of two people. If you want to set up a business independently with your own members, then set up a trading business or UD.

2. Determine the name to be used and registered

Both you and the members have to come up with a name for the firm. Do not decide the name of the firm yourself, because the firm is not privately owned. So have discussions with other members openly to decide on a name.

3. Have a governing body and members who are actively involved

Third, each member of the firm must have their respective positions and responsibilities. With this division of tasks, it is expected that the operational and management activities of business entities can run smoothly and in a structured manner.

4. Having clear and directed business goals

The fourth requirement is to have a clear business establishment objective. That way, the firm will be easier to run. Without a goal, of course the company cannot run well.

5. Has determined the domicile of the firm’s business

Before setting up a firm, of course you must already have a domicile or place of business. Because this domicile will be the address for your business and members. In addition, this address is also a requirement for registering a firm as a business entity and making a deed of establishment of a business entity later.

What are the characteristics of a firm business entity?

1. Use a name that is approved by all members

The firm’s business entity has members who all must be responsible and take part in the progress of the firm. Therefore, everyone will influence the sustainability of the firm. So that the name used must also be the result of discussion and approval of all its members.

2. Have members who are active in managing the company

The second feature is that each member must be active in managing the company. Because the responsibilities of each member are the same, all members must actively participate in making decisions and running the firm.

3. Liability liability is unlimited

The third feature is unlimited liability. That is, if there are dependent obligations such as debts that must be repaid by the firm, then all members are legally obliged to spend money to pay off these debts.

4. Has a limited time period

Fourth, namely the establishment of a firm business entity in general has a limited period of time or age. That is, if a member decides to leave, then the firm is considered legally dissolved. However, if later a new member joins, the firm is considered to be still operating.

5. Profits and losses are shared over a number of members

The next feature of the firm is the distribution of profits or profits, namely proportionally according to the activeness of the members. So all members, without exception, are entitled to receive profit sharing from the company. The provisions for the distribution of profits and losses are all stated in the deed of establishment of the business entity at the beginning.

6. Wealth belongs together

The final characteristic is that the firm’s assets are shared property. Any wealth owned by members invested in the firm will automatically become shared rights. So every member when they want to use firm funds must obtain approval from all members. The responsibility of a member is also not limited to the amount of investment.

Because all investments in the firm are no longer owned separately. Then the rights of members to the assets of the firm will appear in the final capital balance, which consists of investing in the initial and additional balances, taking prive, adding to profit sharing and deducting from sharing losses.

What Are the Types of Firm Business Entities?

1. Trading firm

The first type of firm is a trading firm, which operates in the trading industry. The main activity is the buying and selling of goods. Examples of trading firms are Nike, Crocks, Diadora, and others.

2. Service or non-trade firms

Then the second type of firm is a non-trade (service) firm that operates in the service sector or focuses on selling services based on expertise. Examples are accounting firms (public accounting firms) and law firms (legal consultants).

3. General firm (general partnership)

That is a firm whose all members have unlimited power. So all members are responsible for the operational activities and accounts payable of the company.

4. Limited Partnership

Fourth is a limited firm, where all members in this firm do not have free powers like a public firm. So the responsibilities and obligations of each member are also limited.

What are the Firm’s Strengths and Weaknesses?

1. The amount of capital that can be obtained is far greater than that of an individual. Because capital is a combination of each member, making it possible for firms to obtain large amounts of capital. That way, expanding the network of cooperation and business will be easier to do.
2. If you still need additional capital, then a fairly large initial capital can be used to seek credit. In addition, applying for credit will also be easier because there is a notarial deed.
3. Because it has several members, the division of tasks can be done more evenly. Management within the firm has also become more organized, because everyone will play a role according to their expertise in their respective fields.
4. Each member has a genuine concern for the company. Because in the firm, all members have responsibility for the progress of the company.
5. The procedure for establishing a firm business entity can also be said to tend to be easier and less complicated.
6. Distribution of profits or profits is based on the initial capital, so the system is almost the same as investing in shares. The difference is, every member of the firm who invests has the right and responsibility to manage the company.

Besides having advantages, firms also have disadvantages. By knowing the firm’s deficiencies, you will be able to map out a strategy to overcome these deficiencies. So that when running the firm, all the problems that arise have a solution. The deficiencies of the firm are as follows:

1. All members of the firm have responsibility for the firm’s debts. So each member must participate in paying off the debt that is the obligation of the firm.
2. There is no separation between ownership rights and company-owned assets.
3. Because the company is run by more than one person, it is also prone to conflict between members. Especially when their respective opinions for the betterment of the firm conflict.
4. Because all members are fully responsible for the firm, if one day the firm goes bankrupt, the assets owned by its members can be confiscated to serve as collateral for the company’s losses.
5. If one member gets into trouble with the law or whatever, the other members will get involved.
6. The survival of the company is not guaranteed, because if a member leaves, the firm will automatically disband.

So, those were some of the firm’s advantages and disadvantages. By knowing both, you can make judgments when choosing a firm as a joint venture. If each member understands the above matters, then the firm’s journey after its establishment will certainly be much better.

This is because all members are well aware of the ins and outs of a firm and what the consequences will be if they choose to set up a firm. Apart from that, you and your allies can also make an agreement in advance to prevent as well as find alternative solutions if you encounter problems that were previously known.

What are the Procedures and Conditions for Dissolving a Firm Business Entity?

1. The term of the firm has expired in accordance with the deed of establishment
2. One of the partners or members has resigned or left
3. The destruction of merchandise or the completion of the business carried out by the firm
4. There is a will to dissolve the firm by one or several partners
5. If one of the partners dies or is declared bankrupt.

Apart from things that can dissolve a firm, Articles 31-35 of the Criminal Code also explain the following matters:

1. Changes to the firm must be stated in the deed
2. Changes to the deed must be registered with the Registrar of the District Court
3. Changes to the deed must be announced in the state news
4. As for changes to the deed that are not announced, they will be binding on third parties
5. Settlements made by the company are other parties that have been mutually agreed upon or have been appointed by the court.

It should also be noted that the documents that will be needed to dissolve the firm include a deed of dissolution, a court decision declaring the dissolution of the firm, as well as other supporting documents declaring dissolution. Then, after the dissolution process is complete, it is necessary to carry out a settlement or liquidation. So, in Article 32 of the Criminal Code it is stated that the election of a liquidator can be carried out under the following conditions:

1. The first step is to look back at the provisions in the partnership establishment agreement that existed at the beginning of the establishment
2. If it is not listed in number 1, then the management’s partners are obliged to make arrangements
3. In the establishment agreement, one person who is not a partner can be appointed to be the liquidator.
4. The partners may jointly discuss and appoint one partner who is not an administrator to make arrangements.
5. If the majority of votes from the results of discussions or deliberations have been obtained, the partners can ask the court for help to determine a liquidator.

That was the meaning of the firm and various other things about this business entity. There are various types of business entities that can be established. But of course it’s much better when you understand the ins and outs of each business entity, because that way the business you run will be more optimal. 

What is Firm? The word firma comes from the Dutch language, namely vennootschap onder firma or VOF which can be interpreted as a trade union between several companies.

In general, the firm itself is usually called a form of partnership between two or more companies to run a business using a common name. In the distribution of ownership, a firm is owned by several people or companies that are allied with the provisions that each member of the partnership surrenders personal assets according to what is stated in the deed of establishment of the company.

Definition of Firm According to Experts

1. Willem Molengraaff

According to Willem Molengraaff, a firm is an association, association or association established to run a company under one common name and where its members are not limited in their responsibility to the company’s engagement with third parties.

2. Wery

Meanwhile, Wery argues that a firm is a company operating under a joint name, but not as a limited liability company.

3. Slagters

Furthermore, Slagter revealed that the word is a cooperation agreement between two or more people with a common name to carry out the activities of a company, with the aim of obtaining benefits from shared property rights. This is done so that the company can achieve the objectives of the parties between them which require them to bind themselves by entering money, goods, good name, rights or a combination thereof into the association.

4. Indonesian Commercial Law Law

In accordance with the Commercial Law of the Republic of Indonesia, a firm is any company established with the aim of running a company under one common name.

In conclusion, a firm is a business entity established and run by two or more people (called Firmant) using a common name or one name used together to develop the company.

According to Article 16 and Article 18 of the Criminal Code of the Ministry of Finance, a Firma Company is each company (maatschap) that is established to run a company or business under one common name, where each member immediately gets full responsibility for all actions carried out by third party people.

Even so, the firm is not a legal entity. Conceptually, the firm does not recognize the term separation of assets between its members, each member is personally responsible for the overall and sustainability of the company. In addition, the reason why a firm cannot be said to be a legal entity is because the firm has met the material requirements but does not yet have the formal requirements in the form of ratification or recognition from the State in the form of legislation.

What is Theory of the Firm?

The Theory of the Firm or commonly called Firm Theory contains several economic theories that describe and imagine the nature of a company (company), from its structure, relationship with the market, behavior, to its existence.

The theory aims to answer the following questions:

1. Presence

Existence is important because it is the basis for why companies emerge.

The question that usually arises is: Why aren’t all transactions in the economy mediated in the market?

2. Limits

Boundaries become indispensable as to why the boundary between the market and the firm lies exactly there. It is closely related to the variety and size of the output.

The usual questions that arise are: Which transactions are negotiated in the market and which are carried out internally?

3. Organization

The existence of an organization can be a picture of a firma so that it can answer the question, why is the company structured the way it is, with a hierarchy, a central point, etc.?

4. Heterogeneity of Corporate Actions/Performance

Company performance serves to answer the question why companies do things, what drives them?

5. Evidence

Evidence is crucial because what tests are currently available for each theory?

A Scottish moral philosopher who pioneered the science of political economy, Adam Smith. Adam Smith is still known by many as the ‘father of modern economics’, in his monumental work – The Wealth of Nations. He emphasized that in the world of manufacturing, they can work more efficiently in production than workers or craftsmen when working alone.

Adam Smith revealed that a manufacturing company employs a more intense form of division of labor than can be arranged through market exchange. His perspective on the firm in terms of different types of division of labor was widely shared by classical economists.

Firm Features

Some of the characteristics that can be the characteristics of a firm business entity compared to other business entities. Understanding the characteristics and characteristics of a firm can provide knowledge about the various types of business entities in the business world. This insight can certainly be a provision if you want to set up companies and firms. Following are the characteristics of firms in Indonesia:

• Firm members are generally familiar with each other and know each other so they trust each other.
• Firm agreements can be made entrusted to a notary or privately.
• Using the same name in business activities.
• Has unlimited liability and risk of loss.
• If there is an unpaid debt, then each owner is obliged to pay it off with personal assets.
• Every member of the Firm has the responsibility and right to be a leader.
• As a member of the Firm, you are not entitled to admit new members without the permission of other members.
• Firm membership is valid for life.
• Firm members have the right to dissolve the firm.
• Increasing capital from business loans is easier.
• Firm establishment does not need a deed of establishment.

What are the Firm Types?

After understanding the meaning of a firm, the next is knowledge of the types of firms in Indonesia.

1. Trading Firm (Trading Partnership)

A trading firm is one of many types of firms engaged in trading. Trading activities that primarily focus on the buying and selling of products.

Examples of trading firms in Indonesia are: Nike, Diadora, Crocs, and so on.

a. Nike Firm Company

Nike company is well known in almost all parts of the world. Nike company comes from Uncle Sam’s country, United States of America. Nike does not only provide sports equipment such as clothing, Nike’s flagship product is shoes. Nike has become a brand for sports fans, the application of technology in each of its products makes people really like Nike products. As a result, it is very fast for Nike to develop and expand its market to various countries, one of which is also Indonesia.

Until now, the Nike company has quite a lot expanded its branches in Indonesia. This development is carried out from the start of the production process and its management. However, not only that, Nike continues to use standards for its implementation and management procedures according to Nike’s central company in the United States.

b. Diadora firm company

Firma Diadora has the activity of producing sporting goods. Various sports equipment produced for sports such as rugby, sports shoes, athletes, football, tennis, cycling, and so on. The Diadora company was founded by an Italian businessman named Marcello Danieli along with several other people.

c. Crocs Firm Company

Types of firm companies that are also engaged in the fashion sector in Indonesia, one of which is the Crocs firm which has fashion products with the types of shoes and sandals.

This proves that the Crocs firm is one of the many types of trading firms that have succeeded in producing goods that people need. Crocs produces rubber sandals and shoes to make various shapes and colors that attract the public.

2. Non-Trading Firms (Service Firms)

The opposite of a trading firm, a non-trade firm is engaged in services. The company’s main activities focus on selling a product by relying on certain expertise or commonly called services or services.

The following are examples along with explanations regarding non-trade firms in Indonesia, including law firms, accounting firms, management consulting, and many more.

a. Law Firm

As we often see, lawyers’ offices and legal consultants’ offices are usually called law firms. Law firms are included in the category of firms whose activities are non-trade because their activities are related to legal institutions.

The law firm is an example, one of many firms in Indonesia because it was founded and run by a group of people. Law firms exist from active and passive partners with the aim of providing legal services to the community.

b. Accounting Firm

Not only law firms, there are also accounting firms which are a type of non-trade firm in Indonesia. The formation of this accounting firm aims to provide accounting services outside the accounting institutions of a company.

This accounting firm is coordinated by a small group of people who aim to provide accounting services, both services needed by individuals, legal entities, and companies.

4. General Firm (General Partnership)

Different from trading and non trading firms. A public firm is a type of firm where each member has unlimited responsibilities or powers. This means that every member in a public firm must be fully responsible for the survival of the company.

If the company has a debt and is unable to pay it off, then each member of the public firm is obliged to pay the debt with his personal wealth.

5. Limited Partnership

Almost the same as a public firm, it’s just that a limited firm limits the powers of its members. If in a public firm the company members have unlimited power, in a limited firm each member holds a limited power.

Examples of limited firms in Indonesia include Sumber Rezeki Firm, Multi Marketing Firm, Indo Eternity Firm, and so on.

Firm advantages

• The firm’s business entity management system has proven to be more professional due to clear coordination regarding the division of tasks for each organizational structure.
• The initial capital to build a firm is relatively large because the source of funds comes from the cooperation of each member who is a member of the firm.
• Leaders are selected based on their expertise, skills, abilities and skills, thereby minimizing the selection of leaders due to excess power. In addition, there are many firms that have more than one leader in their firm’s business entity.
• Profit sharing is fair because it is based on the initial paid-up capital so that the system resembles investing in shares. The difference is, all members who provide capital in the firm have the active right to manage the running of the company.
• The existence of a notarial deed can make it easier for firms to get capital loans if they really need a very large additional capital.
• Firm decisions depart from the considerations and decisions of all members.

Lack of Firm

• When a company goes bankrupt, as a result the personal wealth and assets of the company owner can be confiscated as collateral to compensate for the company’s losses.
• Firm members are not only responsible for capital. Members of the firm as owners of the company are also responsible for their personal wealth or property.
• If one member of the firm suffers a loss, all members who are members of the firm are obliged to share in the loss. In short, the firm’s losses are shared by all company owners, including if it requires the use of personal wealth to cover losses.
• The firm does not recognize the term separation between personal wealth and company assets.
• Threats of dispute will usually arise if there is an unfair distribution of benefits.

Difference between Firm and Company

Registering your business as a company or firm is more important than developing the right product to be able to meet business needs and provide growth in the coming years.

In the business world, the terms company and firm are often used interchangeably, but conceptually they have different meanings, properties and characteristics. The most prominent differences between companies and firms are as follows:

1. Number of Members

The most important difference between a company and a firm is the number of members. Firms themselves must have a minimum of two people in the company and a maximum of 20 people required to register a firm. Meanwhile, a company only has a maximum number of people or employees when it registers itself.

2. Accountability

Another difference between a company and a firm is responsibility. Each member of the firm has unlimited liability and may be personally liable for the company and its personal assets. As a result, if the company fails to pay debts, the company members are obliged to pay off debts from the firm. This is one of the main weaknesses of the firm, but all can be overcome if based on fairness and professionalism.

Unlike a corporation, in a business entity in the form of a company, founders or partners only have limited liability. That means they are limited to shares due to their investment in the company, but have no personal obligation to the debtor’s affairs. In short, they have no responsibility if the company goes bankrupt or is corrupt.

3. Share Ownership

A registered company is a shareholder in the company, it does not include company employees. In contrast, the firm is owned by many members in partnership. It can distinguish between stakeholders and shareholders who may differ slightly

In a membership firm, members who have a lower number of individuals, partners have greater power to influence decision making in the company when compared to company operations.

4. Annual and Financial Reports

Business actors who have registered as a public limited company are required to follow the public company policy and are required to disclose results and issue an annual report to investors and public shareholders.

Meanwhile, business entities that are registered as firms have no obligation to report their financial information to external parties or third parties and they are not required to publish any reports or maintain their business in discretion.

Firm Establishment Procedure

The procedure for setting up a firm with a group, then what you need to do is understand the process of establishing a firm properly and carefully. The regulations and procedures regarding firm business entities are already listed in article 22 of the Criminal Code. Article 22 of the Criminal Code explains that the establishment of a firm must be based on an authentic deed without the possibility of being denied by a third party.

In accordance with articles 23 and 28 of the Criminal Code, it is also explained that the deed must be registered at the Registrar’s Office of the District Court. This means that the deed is made and then the deed is mandatory to be announced in the News of the Republic of Indonesia.

The deed can contain everything about the firm such as the business agreement, the type of business, when the business was founded, and when the business will end. As a result, establishing a firm business entity is closely related to the legal court process for registering firm deed. If you set up a firm but do not have an authentic deed from the court, then your firm is deemed to have run various businesses and for an unlimited period of time.

• International Organization
• Meaning of Summons
• Example of a column balance
• Example of Bank Reconciliation
• Economic Principles
• Definition of Scarcity
• Definition of Macroeconomics
• Microeconomics
• Economic Recession
• Economic Globalization
• People’s Economy
• Economic agents
• Economic Problems in Indonesia
• Economics
• Types of Economic Systems
• People’s Economy

Referring to the previous understanding of the firm, a business entity can be said to be not a legal entity if the company has met the material requirements and does not meet the formal qualifications. The firm business entity has the obligation to register a NPWP which is separate from the obligations of its owner members, in this case including taxpayers.

Definition of Fintech – Does Readers know about the definition of fintech? Ever heard of but don’t know what fintech is? Currently, we can do almost all activities using our mobile phones , such as transacting online with mobile banking or even opening an account.

The definition of Fintech or financial technology is an innovation in the field of financial services that has been on the rise in Indonesia in recent years. This fintech can provide services in a practical, efficient and economical way. So, in the explanation below, we will discuss further about what fintech means.

Definition of Fintech

The definition of Fintech is an innovation in the financial services industry that utilizes the use of technology. Fintech products are usually in the form of a system built to carry out a specific financial transaction mechanism. Fintech is here for those of you who want to access financial services in a practical, efficient, comfortable and economical way.

The existence of fintech greatly influences the lifestyle of the economic community. The combination of effectiveness and technology has a positive impact on society in general.

Development of Fintech in Indonesia

Along with the rapid development of technology and the growth of startup companies, the greater the development of fintech in Indonesia. In Indonesia, fintech itself started in 2006, but unfortunately at that time there were still companies that used this technology little.

In 2015, the Indonesian fintech association was then established and then public trust started to grow after that. Fintech companies in Indonesia are also experiencing rapid growth, with up to 140 companies listed on the OJK fintech list.

Then, in 2017 sharia fintech began to develop. Sharia fintech is a type of fintech that operates on the basis of Islam. After that, the Indonesian Sharia Fintech Association was formed which oversees Islamic fintech in Indonesia.

Legal Basis for Application of Fintech in Indonesia

Then, the application of fintech in Indonesia has also been regulated by the government through the issuance of Bank Indonesia regulations. The following is the Legal Basis for Fintech in Indonesia

1. Bank Indonesia Circular No. 18/22/KSP regarding the Implementation of Digital Financial Services.
2. Bank Indonesia Regulation No. 18/17/PBI/2016 regulates matters related to Electronic Money
3. Bank Indonesia Regulation No. 18/40/ PBI/2016 stipulates the Implementation of Payment Transaction Processing.

Benefits of Indonesian Fintech

The development of fintech in Indonesia brings many benefits to its users. The following are the benefits of fintech:

1. Financial Transactions Are Easier

The first benefit is that financial transactions become easier. When you make financial transactions, you don’t need to go to a bank or an ATM to make a transaction. You can do this using your smartphone . Therefore, fintech also makes it easier for the community.

2. Better Access to Funding

Thanks to fintech, financial technology is developing rapidly, so that it can reach various groups of people. This also causes more and more people to understand how to get financial assistance to support their daily activities.

3. People’s Standard of Living Has Improved

After the benefits of getting better access to funding, then the community can use these funds to finance the consumptive and productive activities they want. Then, the standard of living and welfare of the community will increase.

4. Supporting Financial Inclusion

Financial inclusion is community involvement in economic transactions, from buying and selling contributions to savings and loans. The ease with which fintech exists bridges various economic accesses, so that financial inclusion is increasing.

5. Accelerating Economic Turnover

Access to finance and ease of transactions will encourage faster and more practical economic circulation. In addition, fintech can help business people to get capital with low interest through online loans, which are a form of fintech product.

6. Helping MSMEs for Business Capital

Before the emergence of financial technology, all MSMEs used to rely on bank loans for their business capital. Bank loans usually have quite high interest and quite difficult procedures and requirements.

For fintechs that have received OJK supervision and are registered with OJK, this fintech can provide solutions for MSME business capital.

Types of Fintech in Indonesia

There are several types of fintech in Indonesia that have helped people solve various problems. The following are types of fintech in Indonesia.

1. Crowdfunding

This type of fintech can also be interpreted as fundraising. Crowdfunding is a fintech model that is currently popular not only in Indonesia but in various countries.

With this technology, people can raise funds or donate to an initiative or social program that is of concern to them. An example of a fintech startup with this model that is currently popular in Indonesia is Kita Bisa.com

2. Microfinancing

Microfinancing is a fintech service that provides financial services for the lower middle class to help with their daily lives and finances. Usually, people with a middle to lower economy will experience difficulties in obtaining venture capital to develop their businesses or livelihoods.

Therefore, micro financing seeks to bridge this problem by channeling business capital directly from lenders to prospective borrowers. This business system is designed so that returns are competitive for lenders and remain attainable for borrowers.

An example of a startup engaged in this field is Amartha, which connects rural micro-entrepreneurs with online investors.

3. P2P Lending Services

This type of fintech is known for lending money. This fintech helps people who need access to finance to meet their needs. With this fintech, consumers can borrow money more easily to meet various needs of life without having to go through the long and convoluted process that is often found in conventional banks.

One example of a fintech engaged in the field of money lending is AwanTunai, which is a start-up that provides safe and easy digital installments.

4. Market Comparison

With this fintech you can compare various kinds of financial products from various financial service providers. This fintech also functions as a financial planner. With the help of this fintech, users can get several investment options for their future needs.

5. Digital Payment Systems

This type of Fitech is engaged in providing services in the form of paying all bills such as credit and postpaid, credit cards, or PLN electricity tokens. One of the fintechs engaged in this field is Payfazz which is agency-based to help Indonesian people, especially those who do not have access to a bank to make monthly bill payments.

6. Payment Gateways

The increasing number of e-commerce platforms in Indonesia will also trigger fintech payment gateway companies. This company has a function as a bridge between customers and e-commerce fintech companies.

You no longer need to go to a bank or ATM to make transactions because by writing a nominal amount of money, the payment transaction process via virtual can be done immediately.

This fintech is also based on a legal umbrella from Bank Indonesia, so all transactions made are of course safe. From a technological standpoint, the payment gateway is equipped with 3 tracking systems to protect against data theft, namely the Address verification System (AVS), Card Security Code (CV2) and 3D Secure password.

7. Insurtech

The development of insurance in Indonesia is growing rapidly. One proof of the development of insurance is the number of e-commerce platforms that trade insurance products. The existence of this fintech makes it easy for the public to be able to access insurance services, starting from products, evaluating customer data to buying policies that can be done via a smartphone.

8. Asset Management

Managing finances is something that is still difficult to do. However, with this type of fintech, you can manage your finances and can track where your money has gone and how much you have used.

For those of you who are still having trouble managing personal money, this type of fintech really helps you. What’s more, it’s not just individuals, you can manage money on a large business scale with this type of fintech.

9. Remittances

This type of fintech provides money transfer services between countries. Remittances aim to help people who do not have domestic or foreign bank accounts to make transfers.

The existence of this fintech helps TKI, TKW or those who have family who are abroad to send money easily and cheaply.

10. Investment

Currently, investment is in great demand by young people, this is because investing is no longer difficult to do. Many investment applications provide online services. There are also many products that you can choose for investment, such as online mutual funds to bitcoin.

Characteristics of Illegal Fintech to Watch Out for

The presence of fintech companies makes it easy for people who need fast funds. Thus causing illegal fintech to also emerge and increasingly harm people who do not have any knowledge.

This is because illegal fintech will ask its victims to pay loan bills and the interest will increase. The following are the characteristics of illegal fintech that you need to be aware of.

1. Illegal fintech does not have legality, meaning that illegal fintech is not registered and does not have an official permit from the OJK.
2. Provides very high interest, fines and other fees and tends to be unclear in the billing process.
3. The billing process is carried out unethically and tends to be abusive and even threatening
4. Illegal fintech will access consumer data such as contacts, cameras, microphones and others.
5. Illegal fintech also lacks services such as complaint contact.

Referring to the OJK website , recently the Financial Services Authority (OJK) has again blocked 3,193 illegal online loans because they were caught using customer data to collect debts in an intimidating way.

Features of Legal Fintech

To find out the list of legal fintech companies, you can see them on the OJK’s official website. So, here are the characteristics of a legal fintech company, namely:

1. Licensed and registered with OJK

Legal companies are companies that have official licenses and are registered with the OJK. So that in running its fintech business, companies must follow the regulations set by the OJK.

If fintech commits a violation, the OJK has the authority to revoke the license or even block the company. That way, people are also calmer when making loans.

2. Information about the company is clear

Obtaining a permit from the OJK is not an easy thing to do for an ordinary company that is not clear. OJK will definitely ensure that the company really exists and is not as fraudulent as illegal fintech services.

As you know, to create a company that is a legal entity, you must attach a clear office address. OJK will check whether the office address listed is correct.

Make sure you look for clear information about fintech companies before applying for a loan, starting from the company address, assessments from other people who have borrowed funds, so that the website or application is guaranteed to be safe.

Also find out whether the company has a consumer contact service that can be contacted so that you can easily get help if a problem occurs.

3. Fees charged are in accordance with OJK

As explained above, a legal fintech company is definitely obliged to follow all the rules that have been given by the OJK, including those related to the issue of interest rates. Fintech companies that already have licenses and are registered with the OJK are only allowed to charge consumers a maximum interest of 0.8 percent per day.

There are several advantages for you if you trust a fintech that is licensed by the OJK. Borrowing money from legal fintech is certainly cheaper with a more transparent process.

In addition, the security of your data has been guaranteed by ISO. Legal fintech is also directly monitored by OJK, as well as handling restructuring when needed. Socialization activities are also continuously pursued so that people are no longer entangled in unlicensed fintech.

Examples of Popular Fintech Companies in Indonesia

Here are the most popular Fintech companies in Indonesia

1. My Capital

This platform is of the peer to peer lending type which allows MSME owners to apply for loans of as much as 50 million to 500 million rupiah within three to twelve months. Modalku will receive a commission of 3 percent from the loan and 3 to 4 percent from the investor.

2. My finances

Finansialku (PT Solusi Finansialku Indonesia) is a financial planning company that has educational channels, financial applications, and financial consulting. As of August 2020, this Indonesian fintech company has collected seed funding with a total of US$3.3 million.

3. Kredivo

Kredivo is an example of fintech in Indonesia with a loan concept without a credit card with a fast registration and disbursement process. Kredivo also offers convenience in cash loans with the lowest interest compared to similar companies.

4. GO-PAY

To support the various services owned by the GO-JEK on demand application, GO-JEK finally created a service called GO-PAY to support non-cash payment services. Currently, the majority of GO-JEK users have used this service because many customers are spoiled with various tempting discounts and prizes that can be exchanged for points earned.

5. OVO

OVO can be said to be a strong competitor for GO-PAY. OVO, like GO-PAY, is a digital wallet application that makes it easy for users to make non-cash transactions. With promos that attract customers, one of the largest fintech companies in Indonesia also collaborates with many merchants and has even worked with more than 200,000 SMEs across Indonesia.

6. TaniFund

TaniFund is a fund loan service that is different from loans for businesses or businesses only. However, this platform provides solutions for farmers, ranchers and fishermen in Indonesia to gain access to finance in an effort to develop their respective sectors.

 

Understanding Finance – Surely many of us are familiar with what finance is. Because, almost everywhere, this term is often used. Especially by people who are struggling in the economic field. So, finance is a term that exists in the economic sector and also in discussions about finance.

Many define finance as finance. Indeed, this is not wrong, the definition of finance in a broader sense is an economic field that focuses on finance. In this article, we will discuss what finance is and the importance of finance in everyday life. Here is a full explanation:

Financial Definition

Finance is a word that comes from English. When interpreted, financial means finance. However, in the KBBI dictionary, finance is defined as something that deals with finance. If we examine more deeply, to discuss our own finances is not only about financial conditions that are in a large scope. Finance is how we study the financial condition of a business, individual, organization, and also a country. Starting from how it is managed, increasing, allocating, empowering, calculating risks, as well as future prospects related to finance.

Even within a company or institution, finance can enter into the administration aspect. In an administrative context, finance itself can be interpreted as an activity of managing an incoming and outgoing money transaction within a company or institution.

This activity is defined as financial management, namely a series of activities that begin with obtaining money and managing the finances as a whole. Not only are financial conditions in good condition, often financial conditions are also in a difficult position. This can happen due to improper financial management, be it individually, organization, institution or business.

Financial Types

When studying finance, of course we will also know the various types of finance itself. Here are some types of finance that need to be understood:

1. Individual Finance

Individual financial conditions can be seen based on the income or salary they have. Then, how their financial condition can meet all aspects of that person’s needs. Individual finances will usually also look at a person’s financial condition in the short, medium and long term.

How do they spend the budget they have to meet their living needs. An individual who has a healthy financial condition, will have greater income than his expenses. Meanwhile, those who do not have a healthy financial condition will generally have large amounts of debt, have a consumptive lifestyle, and have no savings.

2. Company Finance

The next type of finance is the finance of a company. Where this type of finance is the financial condition that exists in a company, be it a company that is still small, medium, to large companies. The same goes for government owned companies. A company that has a healthy financial condition will have a stable financial condition.

If the company has large enough cash and has relatively little or no debt. That is a sign that the company has a healthy financial condition. The development and growth of the balance which is always positive every month is one aspect of the company’s excellent performance.

3. Government Finance

The next type of finance is government finance. One of the factors that can determine the financial condition of a country is the level of welfare of the people in that country. Benchmarks for assessing the state’s financial condition are very complicated and also complex. This is due to the many assessment factors of unemployment, poverty, currency exchange rates, and also the purchasing power of the people in that country.

Financial Function

From the explanation above, we already understand what finance is and also the types. In the following we will discuss the function of finance. Both for companies, individuals, and other institutions. Because finance is one of the most important aspects in the life of an individual, business or country. Below is a full explanation.

1. Planning

The main function of finance is as a means of financial planning. When we have a large amount of funds. Whether it’s an individual, a company, or a business owner. We must still be able to plan our finances or finances. Because, it can not be done spontaneously. In planning good finances, we must have the main focus on meeting basic needs. Make it a balance between income and expenses. Everything must be well planned. So, we will not experience boncos or losses. Maximum budget management can be a sign that the finances we have are relatively healthy.

2. Control

As an ordinary human being who often still makes mistakes. This also includes mistakes in terms of financial use that are not properly controlled and according to plan. Even though all the financial posts have been done, things like that can still happen. Where we neglect to use funds that have been posted for things that are consumptive or something that is not too important.

3. Examination

Finances or finances also need to be examined. In the language of accounting this is usually referred to as an audit. Where the audit process must be carried out routinely and periodically. Starting from monthly, quarterly, semester, and also on an annual basis. Every time there are posts that seem suspicious, we can immediately carry out an evaluation to prevent the same thing from happening in the next period.

4. Reporting

Finances do require reports, especially for companies and governments. Everything must be reported to show transparency in the use of finance. For companies, the report is done by making financial reports according to the accounting period. Then the results will be reported to stakeholders and shareholders in the company.

Financial Goals

Of course, many are wondering what the actual purpose of financial existence is for individuals or companies. So, good financial management will help us to manage finances optimally and be more adept at managing finances in personal and business life. Here are some of the goals of financial existence in the life of individuals and businesses.

1. Instill a Disciplined and Organized Attitude

As previously explained that finance is all activities related to finance, carried out in a disciplined and orderly manner. That way, we can control, plan, and make good use of financial conditions. Every thing we want to buy must be planned in advance. Even though the price of the product to be purchased is relatively cheap. In a business, discipline and regular financial management will greatly impact the stable financial condition of the business and also avoid the threat of loss.

2. Maximizing Profits or Profits

As an individual, when the financial process is carried out in a planned manner. Then it will help us to achieve financial success. We can better prepare something bigger for our own future. Then we can also plan for old age, so that we feel safer without having to think about debt and other financial problems.

Meanwhile for the company itself, financial management will greatly impact profits which have the potential to always increase or can guarantee financial security in the future. Because, we all never predict with certainty the economic condition of a company in the future.

3. Avoiding Debt

Some people think that humans can never be separated from debt. At first glance, this is indeed true, humans cannot live without debt. Whether it’s a debt of money or debt of goods or services. Especially with increasing needs, sometimes it’s easy for someone to go into debt to meet those needs.

Even though sometimes the desired needs are types of needs that are actually not important or not urgent. Likewise, when running a business, business owners who want fast-paced business usually find it easy to get into debt. Even though this can actually disrupt the financial condition of the business. It’s better if you want to owe it, try to think it over carefully, before you have trouble paying it off.

4. Optimal Planning

By understanding what finance is, benefits, types, and purposes, we will have optimal planning. With careful planning, we can plan for the future better. We can live more frugally without thinking about debt. As for business owners, optimal financial planning will help maintain maximum profits. Thus making the future of the business more focused and the use of company cash can also be used wisely.

5. Successfully Achieve Financial Goals

With regular and disciplined financial planning, of course it will make it easier for us to achieve financial goals. Whether it’s by collecting emergency funds, preparing for retirement funds, marriage funds, and also financial freedom. We will also have no more difficulties in managing finances.

6. Develop Owned Money

With finances, we will be more easily encouraged to develop the money we now have. This is because we understand that relying on income alone will not be enough to fulfill future needs. From there, we will be compelled to build a business to earn additional income. We can also start utilizing investment instruments to gain profits.

Signs Someone Is Financially Independent

Being financially independent is a process of developing, both emotionally and spiritually, to become a successful and happy person according to our wishes. That means, being financially independent doesn’t just have abundant wealth and assets. But also we can achieve anything we want. The following are some signs of someone who can be said to be financially independent:

1. Have Health Insurance

One of the things that must be owned by someone who is financially independent is self-protection. Therefore, insurance is very important because it can minimize risks that may occur in the future. Without protection through insurance, this risk could have a negative impact on our financial stability. For example, health insurance can help us pay for hospital fees without burdening our finances.

2. Start Investing

The sign of someone who is financially independent is that they will think ahead by making the money they have work and make a profit. To obtain this, one thing that can be done is to invest. Investment is one way to achieve financial independence. We can invest in any form. But most importantly, the investment we make can provide a return above inflation. If we can manage investments well, then we will achieve financial freedom more easily.

3. Have a Pension Fund

Who doesn’t want their old age to be safe and secure? Everyone certainly wants that right? Retirement is one of the most important periods in people’s lives. The amount of income and savings while still working will affect one’s retirement. The sooner we think about retirement, the bigger the savings we will have when we are old. Therefore, preparing for a retirement fund should be done early when we are still in our productive period. In addition to saving, retirement can also be prepared by investing.

4. Owe For Productive Things

Debt can be a very dangerous thing if it is used for consumptive things. However, life will never be separated from debt, both for personal debt and debt to financial institutions. One of the conditions for achieving financial independence is to free our lives from consumptive debts. People who are financially independent will certainly be wiser in debt. Usually they will be in debt for something productive and productive.

5. Have an Emergency Fund

Emergency funds are one of the most important investment activities for our survival in the future. We can do this activity by saving half of the salary received each month. With an emergency fund, we no longer need to be confused and worried when there is a sudden need and require substantial funds. In addition, if there is no sudden need, emergency funds can also be used as future savings.

Being financially independent is certainly a dream of many people. Where in that period a person has succeeded in fulfilling all financial goals in life. Starting from the preparation of retirement funds, emergency funds, insurance, and others. With the fulfillment of these needs, it is certain that we are included in the group of people who are already financially independent. 

 

Definition of Philosophy –  Philosophy is a study of all human experience. What is in philosophy contains something that is used to build theories about humans and is served as a basis for belief. Besides that, philosophy also critically examines all things that can be used as the basis of a belief and attitude. However, what is the true meaning of philosophy?

Philosophy itself has many meanings, Readers , there are philosophical meanings that you can understand in general, there are also philosophical meanings conveyed by various experts. Even though they are different, all of these philosophical meanings have one thing in common. Apart from knowing the meaning of philosophy, Readers can also understand various branches of philosophy and their characteristics.

Well, for Readers who wants to know and understand the meaning of philosophy. Through this article. You can understand the meaning of philosophy both in general and from experts and you can also find out about the branches of philosophy and their characteristics. Come on, just look at the article about this philosophy, Readers !

The Meaning of Philosophy in General

Before Readers understands philosophy more deeply, you need to understand the meaning of philosophy in general first. Etymologically, the meaning of philosophy is the love of wisdom, while the person or actor who studies philosophy is called a philosopher. The person who first used the word philosophy, philosophy, or philosophy was Pythagoras (582-496 BC), a philosopher who came from Greece.

According to KBBI, philosophy or philosophy is knowledge and investigation with reason regarding the nature of all that exists, its causes, origins, and laws. Philosophy can also be interpreted as a theory that forms the basis of the mind or an activity, as well as a science that has the core of logic, aesthetics, metaphysics, and epistemology.

In general, this philosophy is a study of fundamental and general issues regarding various issues such as existence, knowledge, reason, values, mind, and language. In a broader sense, philosophy is an activity that people engage in when they are trying to understand fundamental truths about themselves, the world in which they live, and their relationship to the world and to one another.

Then not only that, according to Britannica the meaning of philosophy is a rational, abstract, and methodical consideration of reality as a whole or a fundamental dimension of human existence and experience. Philosophical inquiry is a central element in the intellectual history of many civilizations.

The Meaning of Philosophy According to Experts

Not only the meaning of philosophy in general, but Readers can also understand the meaning of philosophy that comes from the opinions of various experts. Yes, some experts reveal how philosophy is understood from their point of view that you can understand. The following is the meaning of the philosophy of these experts:

1. Plato

According to Plato (427-347 BC), philosophy is a science of nature. Philosophy is an attempt to gain knowledge and to know the real truth.

2. Aristotle

According to Aristotle (384-322 BC), the meaning of philosophy is a science of truth which includes logic, physics, metaphysics and also practical knowledge.

3. R. Berling

According to R. Berling (1968) the meaning of philosophy is a big thought inspired by the ratio of everything that comes from experience.

4. Bertrand Russell

The meaning of philosophy is nothing more than an attempt to answer various recent questions, not superficially or dogmatically as has been done by humans in everyday life and also in science.

5. WJS Poerwadar Minta

The meaning of philosophy is knowledge and investigation by using reason regarding various causes, all legal principles and so on of everything that exists in the universe or to know a truth and meaning of the existence of something.

6. Immanuel Kant

Immanuel Kant formulated philosophy as a science which is the base and culmination of all knowledge which includes four issues, namely:

1. What can we know? (Metaphysics)
2. What should be done? (Ethics)
3. Where is our hope? (Religion)
4. What is human nature? (Anthropology)

Philosophy Branch

It turns out that philosophy also has various branches that Readers can know and understand. This branch is useful for distinguishing one philosophy from another, such as for classifying types of philosophy. Here are the various branches in the world of philosophy:

1. Metaphysics

Metaphysics is a branch of philosophy concerned with the analytical process of fundamental nature and its accompanying existence and reality. The study of metaphysics in general revolves around fundamental questions regarding the existence and various properties that encompass the reality being studied.

The meaning of metaphysics has various variations in each era and each philosopher certainly has a different view. In general, the topic of metaphysical analysis includes discussions about existence, possibility, actual existence along with its accompanying characteristics, space and time, relations between existences such as discussions about causality, and also other metaphysical discussions.

2. Epistemology

Epistemology comes from the Greek word ἐπιστήμη epistēmē; meaning “knowledge”, and λόγος, logos, which means “knowledge”. Epiatemology is a branch of philosophy that is concerned with or focuses on the nature or theory of knowledge. In the field of philosophy, epistemology includes various discussions regarding the origin, sources, value validity, scope, and also the truth of existing knowledge.

Epistemology studies the nature of knowledge, justification, and the rationality of beliefs. Epistemology is the subject of discussion in various fields, epistemology has been centered into four areas, namely:

1. Philosophical analysis is concerned with nature and knowledge and how these relate to conceptions such as truth, belief, and justification
2. Various issues of skepticism
3. Sources and scope of knowledge and justification of beliefs
4. Criteria for knowledge and justification..

3. Methodology

Methodology is a branch of systematic philosophy that deals with methods. Method is a procedure, technique, or way that has been designed and used in the process of obtaining knowledge of any type.

Methodology comes from the Greek yaj = kni “methodos” and “logos,” the word methodos consists of two syllables, namely “metha” which means through or passing and “hodos” which means is there a way or way. Method means a path traversed to achieve a goal and logos means science.

Science consists of four principles:

1. regularity (order)
2. causation (determinism)
3. simplicity (parsimony)
4. observable (empirical) experience

With such scientific principles, it can be interpreted as there are many paths that can be taken to find the truth.

4. Logic

Logic is a branch of philosophy that deals with reasoning. Reasoning is a distinctive style of thinking possessed by humans from knowledge that is useful for obtaining other knowledge, especially as a means of solving a problem. Logic as a branch of philosophy that can be practiced in everyday life. In the field of philosophy itself, logic cannot be separated in the process of obtaining truth or validity.

Viewed from the side of logic as a science, logic studies the human ability to think in parallel, orderly, and precise ways. The material object used by logic is to think according to reason, while the formal object of logic is thought which is studied based on aspects of its accuracy.

5. Ethics

Ethics is a branch of systematic philosophy that discusses morality. Morality is a set of ideas about what is good and what is bad in human behavior and what is right and wrong in human action. Ethics is a science that studies good and bad, obligations, rights and responsibilities, both socially and morally, for each individual in his social life. It can also be said that ethics includes all values ​​that have a relationship with individual morals regarding right and wrong.

Ethics in general are rules, norms, rules, or procedures that can be used as guidelines or principles of an individual in carrying out actions and behavior. The application of this norm is closely related to the good and bad qualities of individuals in social life.

6. Aesthetics

Aesthetics is a branch of philosophy that deals with beauty. Aesthetics is the science that discusses how beauty can be formed, and how to feel this beauty. Further discussion of aesthetics is a philosophy that studies various sensory values ​​which are sometimes considered as judgments of taste and sentiment. Aesthetics is the branch closest to the philosophy of art.

History of Philosophy

The history of philosophy is a study of a particular period, individual, or school. This field is still related, but very different from the philosophy of history. The history of philosophy is a very broad field of knowledge and is the seventh branch of systematic philosophy and discusses the development of philosophy from the earliest times to the present.

The development of philosophy developed on the basis of philosophical thought that had been built since the 6th century BC. There are two philosophers whose style of thought can be said to have contributed to philosophical discussions throughout the history of its development, namely Herakleitos (535-475 BC) and Parmenides (540-475 BC).

Periodization of western philosophy is divided into ancient times, medieval times, modern times, and the present. The streams that emerged and gave influence to philosophical thought were Positivism, Existentialism, Marxism, Pragmatism, Phenomenology, and Neo-Kantianianism and Neo-tomism. Periodization of Chinese Philosophy is divided into ancient times, assimilation, Neo-Confucianism, and the last is modern times.

The main theme in Chinese philosophy is the problem of humanity. The periodical division of Indian philosophy is the Vedic, Epic, Sutra and Scholastic periods. As for Islamic philosophy, there are only two periods, namely the Muta-kallimin period and the period of Islamic philosophy. For the history of the development of science here the discussion refers to philosophical thought in the West.

The period of Greek philosophy is one of the most important periods in the history of human civilization because at that time there was a change in the human mindset from various myths to a more rational one. The myth-myth mindset is a people’s mindset that relies heavily on myths to explain natural phenomena, for example, earthquakes and rainbows. Earthquakes are not seen as an ordinary natural phenomenon, but rather as the Earth God shaking his head. However, when philosophy was introduced, these natural phenomena were no longer regarded as activities of the gods, but became natural activities that occur causally.

This change in mindset may seem simple, but the implications are not that simple because so far nature was initially feared and shunned and then approached and exploited at the same time. Humans who previously tended to be passive in dealing with natural phenomena became more proactive and creative, so that nature was used as an object of research and study. From this process, science develops from the womb of philosophy, which in the end we can enjoy in various forms of technology. Therefore, the period of development of Greek philosophy is an important point in entering a new civilization for mankind.

So, the development of science as it is today does not take place in a sudden or sudden way, but occurs gradually and evolutionarily. Because to understand the history of the development of science, we inevitably have to do a division or classification based on the periodical, because each period has a certain characteristic in the development of science. Theoretical development of thought always refers to the Greek civilization. The periodization of the development of science starts from the Greek civilization and ends with contemporary times.

Philosophical characteristics

Not only the meaning of philosophy and also branches of philosophy, you can also find out the characteristics of a philosophy. Yes, these characteristics can help Readers to understand a philosophy. And here are the characteristics of the philosophy:

1. It is universal or comprehensive, so it’s not just in one view or a certain aspect.
2. Radicals are fundamental. Philosophy is a thought that is carried out in depth to get to the roots so that fundamental results are obtained.
3. Systematic or sequential. In accordance with the pattern by using logic even though it can be interpreted as mere assumptions.
4. A philosopher always has the nature to question everything.
5. Philosophy describes all explanations accompanied by detailed descriptions, for example the reasons why something can happen.
6. His thinking uses studies that have been researched carefully and in detail, including the basic concepts so that from these concepts other ideas about the world and life can be developed.
7. Provide an assessment of all existing problems carefully and earnestly. Even from the results of the philosophy that has been made, it is necessary to re-evaluate with the aim of ensuring that it is closest to the truth.
8. The study of philosophy in the form of parables, suppositions, and fiction. It is used to explore issues more broadly and without any boundaries.

 

Definition of Exclusivism – Exclusivism in the characteristics of social groups actually has many meanings, but in several definitions there are similarities in interpreting the word exclusivism. This similarity is the attitude of individuals and groups isolating themselves from other parties.

Meanwhile, depictions of exclusivism on the other hand are very easy to find in everyday life. An example is the existence of a terrorist network that tends to think radicalism by participating in community activities in general.

It has been acknowledged that some forms of social groups have an ideology of exclusivity, so that it is very difficult for other members to become part of that group, due to their exclusive attitude. In fact, in many things and places, some groups often oppress other groups, causing aggressive and discriminatory attitudes to emerge.

Humans as social beings tend to live in colonies, groups by forming certain groups. Actually. The purpose of group formation is carried out by having good goals, namely as a forum for realizing group goals and as a forum for carrying out types of social interaction that help each other with each other.

The notion of exclusivism in its history has left a bad or dark historical track record, which is none other than wars and conflicts that are triggered by something (not standing alone). These conflicts are always supported by the existence of certain religious views, and the resulting consequences are religious understandings that do not have nuances of enlightenment and liberation, but instead have conflict and violence motives.

It is undeniable that within the notion of exclusivism there has been or has formed a religious understanding which is unable to then develop a culture of dialogue and tolerance. Let alone in the context of inter-religious, even intra-religious contests, this exclusivism has become a stumbling block in itself. All groups, both fundamentalists and liberalists alike, are trapped in their own truth claims, because this notion of exclusivism has created new anxiety and anxiety in the context of forming a peaceful and tolerant religious life.

Definition of Exclusivism

Exclusivism is an ideology that has a tendency or a desire to alienate itself from society. Visible signs of exclusivism can be seen directly by people who have an understanding of exclusivism, namely prioritizing personal interests and having a tendency to withdraw or separate themselves from specific or general norms agreed upon within the group. Therefore, exclusivism is a form of individual social relations that closes itself from the outside world or excludes certain groups or groups.

1. General Understanding

Exclusivism is an understanding that emphasizes the tendency to separate oneself from the surrounding environment. In other words, there is a desire to withdraw from all existing forms of interaction such as individualism. They will tend to do everything on their own, without asking for help from others.

In addition, people who hold this understanding often prioritize personal interests rather than group interests. That’s because, according to them personal interests are absolute interests that must be prioritized. In fact, not infrequently, they think that they can survive without the help of other humans.

He prefers to exclude himself. Most people who adhere to this view, will look for other people who also have the same principles as them. This, of course, is done to make it easier and support them to do what they already believe in.

2. Understanding According to Experts

To add to our insights about this notion of exclusivism. Here are some opinions of experts and trusted sources regarding the meaning of exclusivism.

• According to El Rais (2012), this exclusivism is a series of understandings that tend to separate themselves from society.
• According to Raimundo Pannikar, this exclusivism is not an instant understanding, because this understanding requires rationality and also the continuity of the existence of religious doctrines.
• According to Zamakhsari, exclusivism is a psychosocial condition that tends to choose, accept people who it deems appropriate and according to its wishes, both individuals and groups. Furthermore, he stated that exclusivism is an attitude that feels the most righteous of the others.
• According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), exclusivism is a tendency to separate oneself from society.

The characteristics or characteristics that adhere to this exclusivism are:

• Prioritizing personal or group interests.
• Tend to separate themselves with a special attitude that is agreed upon or approved within a class or group.

Factors Causing the Development of Exclusivism

The act of withdrawing from existing social interaction is not possible without the things behind it. The following are the factors that cause the rise of the notion of exclusivism.

• The emergence of social inequality is so sharp between layers of society.
• There is social jealousy between people.
• The assumption arises that the existing norms are not in accordance with one’s personality.
• There are differences in status and strata in the social environment.
• There is an assumption that what is believed is the most correct understanding.
• Pressure from the people around.
• There is a past trauma associated with the interaction between people.
• Technological developments that facilitate all forms of activity carried out by humans.

Characteristics of Exclusivism

The characteristics that describe the meaning of the notion of exclusivism make it easier for us to classify various social problems that are related to this exclusivism. These are the characteristics of exclusivism.

• There is a tendency to prioritize personal interests over group interests.
• Tends to avoid activities that connect many people.
• More apathetic towards the circumstances and conditions that occur around him.
• Withdraw slowly from the social circle.
• Respect their opinions and beliefs more.

Forms of Exclusivism

The following are types of exclusivism quoted from the book Introduction to Sociology by Trisni Andayani, Ayu Febryani, and Dedi Andriansyah (2020).

1. Religious Sector

It is a fanatical, exclusive, and discriminatory attitude towards certain religious groups, groups that despise other religious groups. Several views that underlie the attitude of exclusivism are the fault of several individuals or groups who are then judged with a low view of the group. There is an assumption that associating is only permissible with people of the same faith. This becomes a gap for humans who want to interact with other humans.

This act of exclusivism which is closely related to the field of religion is often caused by the emergence of boundaries. The boundaries that are made are of course related to whether or not an individual is allowed to associate with other individuals. Exclusivism in the field of religion certainly emphasizes intolerance.

In everyday life, an individual who has a different faith or belief is prohibited from making friends. The emergence of this separation causes a religion to tend to exclude itself from the differences that exist.

In the Christian context, it assumes that only those who hear the Gospel proclaimed and explicitly confess Christ are saved ( only those who hear the Gospel proclaimed and explicitly confess Christ are saved ). In essence, exculivism, as described by George Lindbeck, establishes solus Christus , salvation only through Christ, and also fides ex auditu , faith through hearing.

The theological argument for this exclusivism claim is supported by the text of the Bible: “ I am the way, the truth and the life. No one reaches the Father except through Me (John 14:6). “ And salvation is found in no one but in Him, for there is no other name under heaven given to men by which we can be saved ” (Acts 4:12).

This Christian exclusivism view is also supported by the understanding of the pre-Vatican II Roman Catholic Church which stated extra ecclesiam nulla salus (outside the Church there is no salvation). In addition to theological arguments, D’Costa presents phenomenological arguments. This exclusivism group in fact recognizes the differences between existing religions, but this recognition without having to acknowledge the truth claims of these religions.

More than that, the effort and dialogue of this exclusive group with other groups is in order to make the person or group repent. They want other people to become followers of Christianity, as the only religion.

In the context of the Islamic world, this exclusivism view also lives and grows strongly. The view that only one perspective or one way of interpretation is correct. And of course, the correct view is, as he claims, his own, while the other views are wrong and misguided.

The scriptural basis of this group is their understanding of the verses of the Koran, such as QS Al ‘Imrân/3:85 which reads:

“Whoever seeks a religion other than Islam, then it will never be accepted (that religion) from him, and he will be among the losers in the hereafter. “

Likewise the statement in QS Âl ‘Imrân/3:19

Indeed, the religion (which is acceptable) in the sight of Allah is only Islam. there is no dispute among those who have been given the Book except after knowledge has come to them, out of envy (which exists) among them. Whoever disbelieves in the verses of Allah, indeed Allah is very quick to reckon .

These verses of the Qur’an are understood by the exclusivism group as a normative argument that only the Islamic religion is the most correct and pleasing to God, while other religions are wrong and misguided. In addition to this scriptural basis, Islamic theology also often assumes that the arrival of Islam was to supersede (perfect) or even abolish ( naskh ) the previous religions.

In addition to the theological/normative arguments above, Sachedina presents phenomenological/empirical arguments. According to him,
this exclusivism claim is considered as an important instrument for the self-identification of a group to differentiate it from other groups. This claim also functions as a tool of legitimacy and integration for others in the group, and as an effective basis for aggression and resistance against other groups.

This is what embodies the concept of jihad against certain groups, as well as the formation of dâr al-Islam (Islamic areas, or areas controlled by Muslim groups) and dâr al-harb (war areas, or areas that must be subdued).

2. Cultural Sector

A group of people who live choose a remote place to separate themselves from the community, because if they later mingle with the general public they will be influenced by a culture that is outside themselves. This fear made him choose to separate himself from society in general so that his cultural elements would not be contaminated with other influences.

They choose to separate themselves from trusting others. They believe that the culture in their group is the best and the best, so they don’t need anything to change. What is most striking and obvious is that in terms of the cultural characteristics of certain groups or ethnicities, it is not permissible for people within that cultural group to marry outside their group. This is also an effort to maintain the cultural purity of the group.

Exclusivism in this cultural context often occurs in remote areas that are far from modern. These areas tend to maintain the culture and customs that have existed since ancient times. To maintain this culture, they prefer to close themselves off from various existing developments and modernization. They do not want all their original culture to fade due to globalization and other developments.

Examples of Exclusivism

Examples of the manifestation of exclusivism that have existed include:

1. German Society

In Germany there used to be a leader who was known for his dictatorial leadership style, this character was named Hitler. Hitler really hated the Jewish people, his hatred of the Jews led him to suppress the behavior of the Jews.

In another context it is stated that Hitler’s behavior was to get recognition and appreciation that he was the best among others, in order to get awards and power to become the number one leader of that era. This is an example of group exclusivism.

2. Indonesian

Let’s flash back to the past, do we still remember our memories of the bomb tragedy on the island of Bali which was carried out by a terrorist group. Amrozi and his friends launched their action on the island of the gods, Bali, under the pretext of fighting for the pure religion against disbelief.

This incident is a result of the notion of exclusivism, thus fostering fanaticism towards one’s own group and discrimination against other groups. The result is a feeling within him that his group is the biggest and most correct among the other existing groups.

3. Regionalism

The manifestation of exclusivism in the regional environment can be seen from several tribes and races that live side by side but greet and admonish one another. The reason is because they see that it will make them lower. Behavior like this of course will make someone think exclusivism.

4. Everyday Life

Closer to our daily life, is there a society that understands exclusivism that we can even find in our social environment. Of course there are, maybe we have even seen friends who only want to hang out with friends who are from the same social class, rich people only want to be friends with rich people, officials’ children who only hang out with officials’ children, or people who hang out with officials’ children.

People who only want to be considered that they are cool, have a higher education, have a high social status. This is the closest example to us people who have an understanding of exclusivism

Most of us hear the word exclusive and immediately have the image that exclusivism is a group with a class or type of high social status. It turns out that in our social life there are many examples and up to the individual level they are also infected with this attitude of exclusivism.

Impact of Exclusivism

The attitude of exclusivism clearly has two things in its development and the resulting impact. Exclusivism has both positive and negative impacts. The explanation;

1. Positive Impact

• The emergence of conditions in society whereby being closed to the rest of the world can still maintain the culture that is in the group.
• There is an assumption in individuals that their group is the best group and must be maintained.
• Has the ability to distinguish himself from others around him.
• There is a firm belief in the group, so it is not easily carried away by other groups.

2. Negative Impact

• There is an assumption in the individual that the interests of the group are the most important interests above other interests.
• Individuals tend to be closed to the outside world and difficult to be influenced by other cultures.
• Cultural development within the group tends to be static and stagnant, making it difficult to make gradual and progressive changes.
• It is prone to internal conflicts within the group, so that it can divide the unity within the group.

How to Overcome Exclusivism

Here’s how to overcome the development of exclusivism.

• Develop a pattern of thinking as a multicultural society.
• Open minds and views on all developments and changes that occur ( open minded ).
• Respect each other’s differences and also diversity.
• Do not be prejudiced against other people’s opinions, before getting an explanation.
• Build lots of relationships and interactions.
• Filter all forms of radical understanding that enters Indonesia to be adjusted first to Pancasila.

That is the description of the article that we can give you regarding the definition of exclusivism according to experts, types, impacts, and examples in society. Hopefully it can provide references for all people.

Definition of Fidyah – For Muslims, carrying out the fasting of Ramadan, the law is obligatory. Therefore, someone who leaves it must pay the fast. In paying the fast, it can be done by replacing the fast after the end of Ramadan fasting or you can also pay fidyah. Then, what is meant by fidyah?

Definition of Fidya

As Muslims must know about the pillars of Islam. The pillars of Islam are the five basic actions in Islam which are the conditions for becoming a perfect Muslim. These five actions are saying the two sentences of creed, performing prayers, fasting, paying zakat, and performing Hajj for those who can afford it. All of these pillars are mentioned in the hadith of Gabriel.

Whereas in the Hadith Gabriel is a hadith that contains definitions of Islam, Faith, Ihsan, and the signs of the Day of Judgment according to the Islamic creed. This hadith was narrated from the companions of Umar bin Al-Khaththab and Abu Hurairah. This hadith can be found in both Shahihain’s books, Sahih Bukhari and Sahih Muslim, as well as the 2nd Arbain Nawawi hadith.

Fasting that is obligatory for Muslims is fasting in the month of Ramadan, which is the ninth month of the Islamic month. A Muslim must intend to fast before dawn (dawn) light. Then refrain from eating, drinking and jima’ (going to the wife) until the sun sets and then breaking the fast. All of these things are done by Muslims during the month of Ramadan.

Therefore he wants to please Allah ta’ala and worship Him. There are countless benefits in fasting. Among the most important, such is the worship of Allah and carrying out His commands. A servant leaves his lust, eats and drinks for the sake of Allah. That is among the greatest means of attaining piety to Allah ta’ala.

The benefits of fasting from a health, economic and social point of view are numerous. No one can know except those who fast on the encouragement of aqidah and faith. As contained in the Hadith History of Bukhari, Muslim, Ibn Majah, Ahmad, Ibn Khuzaimah, Ibn Hibban).

Hadiths and Verses about Fasting whose Responses Come Directly from Allah SWT

Carrying out fasting in the month of Ramadan is mandatory for every Muslim who is mature, intelligent, and able to carry it out. However, there are times when a condition makes a person unable to fast so that they have to make up the fast (qadha) or pay fidyah.

Fidyah can be done directly on the day someone is not fasting, but it can also be done in a rappelling until the end of Ramadan so that you pay it all together. The main requirement is that you don’t fast before you can pay fidyah. For example, if someone is almost certain not to be able to fast during Ramadan, his fidyah cannot be paid before Ramadan of the same year.

In the Al-Quran surah Al-Baqarah verse 184, it is explained that it is permissible for anyone not to fast. Among them are sick, giving birth and breastfeeding, as well as the elderly. The following is Surah Al Baqarah verse 184 namely:

In language, fidyah means to redeem or replace. Meanwhile, according to the Shari’a, fidyah means a fine that is obligatory for a Muslim to pay when they do things that are prohibited or leave things that are obligatory.

One of the most common fidyah payments is to redeem the fast of Ramadan. The fasting fidyah is worth 1 mud and must be paid by those who cannot pay by fasting or have run out of time to pay the fast. Fasting is obligatory and there is a special door in heaven, as in the hadith narrated by Bukhari, Muslim, At Tirmidhi, Ibn Majah).

Hadith about Fasting and a Special Door in Heaven

Criteria for People Who Are Obligated to Pay Fidyah

Fidyah must be made to replace fasting by paying according to the number of fasting days left for one person. Later, the food or rice is donated to the poor, widows, orphans and so on.

According to Imam Malik, Imam As-Syafi’i, the fidyah that must be paid is 1 mud of wheat (approximately 6 ounces = 675 grams = 0.75 kg or the size of the palm that is raised when praying).

Meanwhile, according to the Hanafiyah Ulama, the fidyah that must be issued is 2 mud or the equivalent of 1/2 sha’ of wheat. (If 1 sha’ equals 4 mud = about 3 kg, then 1/2 sha’ means about 1.5 kg). This second rule is usually used for people who pay fidyah in the form of rice.

The criteria for people who can pay fidyah include:

1. Parents (Elderly)

Old grandparents who are no longer able to fast are not subject to the demands of fasting. His obligation is replaced by paying the fidyah of one mud of food for each missed fasting day.

The limitation of being unable here is if being forced to fast causes fatigue (masyaqqah) which allows tayammum. People in this type of category are also not subject to demands to make up for missed fasts.

Elderly who are unable to fast are not required to fast. This obligation is replaced by paying 1 mud fidyah multiplied by the number of missed fasts.

2. Seriously Ill People

Seriously ill people who have no hope of recovery and are unable to fast, are not subject to the demands of the obligation to fast during Ramadan. Instead, he is obliged to pay fidyah.

In contrast to sick people who still have hope of recovery, they are not subject to fidyah obligations. He is allowed not to fast if he experiences fatigue with fasting, but is obliged to make up for his fast at a later date.

3. Pregnant or Breastfeeding Women

Pregnant women or women who are breastfeeding are allowed to leave fasting if they experience fatigue with fasting or are worried about the safety of the fetus they contain. At a later date, he is obliged to make up for the missed fast, either for fear of his own safety or that of his child.

Regarding fidyah obligations, they are detailed as follows:

• If you are worried about your own safety or that of your child or fetus, then there is no fidyah obligation.
• If you are only worried about the safety of the child or the fetus, then you must pay fidyah.

4. The Dead

In Syafi’i fiqh, dead people who leave fasting debts are divided into two, namely:

• People who are not obligated to make fidyah due to old age and do not have the opportunity to make up qadha. For example, a person whose illness continues until he dies.
• People who are obligated to be given a fidyah without any excuse or due to old age, but have the opportunity to make up the fast but don’t do it. Therefore, the heirs must issue a fidyah for the deceased in the amount of one mud of staple food for each missed fasting day.

Regarding the second point, the guardian or heir may choose between two options, namely paying fidyah or fasting for the deceased.

5. People who Delay or End Fasting Qadha

People who delay making up the fasts until the next Ramadan comes, then he is sinful and is obliged to pay fidyah one mud of staple food for each day of missed fast.

This fidyah is obligatory as a reward for late making up the fast of Ramadan. Fasting debt must be paid off before the next Ramadan arrives. If you postpone it until it is not paid when Ramadan comes, then it is obligatory to pay fidyah in the amount of one mud multiplied by the amount owed on the fast.

According to Al-Ashah, this fidyah applies multiples. For example, the fasting debt in 2020 has not been paid until we meet Ramadhan 2022, so the fidyah obligation is doubled to two mud.

According to Imam Malik, Imam As-Syafi’i, the fidyah that must be paid is 1 mud of wheat (approximately 6 ounces = 675 grams = 0.75 kg or the size of the palm that is raised when praying).

Meanwhile, according to the Hanafiyah Ulama, the fidyah that must be issued is 2 mud or the equivalent of 1/2 sha’ of wheat. (If 1 sha’ equals 4 mud = about 3 kg, then 1/2 sha’ means about 1.5 kg). This second rule is usually used for people who pay fidyah in the form of rice.

Law of Paying Fidyah

How to pay fidyah for pregnant women can be in the form of staple food. For example, if he does not fast for 30 days, he must provide fidyah of 30 measures, each of which is 1.5 kg. Fidyah may be paid to 30 poor people or just a few people (for example, 2 people, meaning each gets 15 measures).

According to the Hanafiyah, fidyah may be paid in the form of money according to the prevailing rate, such as 1.5 kilograms of staple food per day converted to rupiah. Based on the Decree of the Head of BAZNAS No. 10 of 2022 concerning Zakat Fitrah and Fidyah for the Capital City of DKI Jakarta Raya and its surroundings, it is stipulated that the value of fidyah in the form of money is Rp. 50.000,-/day/life.

The way to pay fidyah fasting with money according to the Hanafiyah version is to give a nominal amount of money equivalent to the price of dates or grapes weighing 3.25 kilograms per day of missed fasting, and the rest follows the multiples of the fast. Fidyah is paid by giving one mud of staples to the needy or poor. One mud is equivalent to 675 grams, so to calculate it is 675 grams of rice x the number of fasting days left.

How to pay fidyah can be paid with money. That means, you pay for 675 grams of rice to the poor. In its distribution, one mud of staples/money equal to the price of one mud may only be given to one person, but one poor person can receive more than one fidyah. Like zakat, paying fidyah also starts with intention. The intention of fidyah varies depending on the payment criteria and is recited when handing over rice/money to the poor or to a trust.

The amount of Fidyah that must be paid

If you are included in the group that is allowed to pay fidyah, then how much is the fidyah that must be paid? There are different opinions about the size of the fidyah that must be paid. Following are the differences in the amount of fidyah:

1. Pay One Mud

A hadith narrated by Daruquthni, “from Ali bin Abi Talib and from Ayyub bin Suwaid, stated that the Messenger of Allah SAW commanded a man who had intercourse with his wife one afternoon in the month of Ramadan to carry out expiation or a fine of fasting for two months. consecutive.

If he cannot afford it, he must pay a fine of 1 araq (basket) containing 15 sha’ dates.” If roughly calculated, the fine or fidyah carried out in the hadith, 1 Sha’ is equivalent to 4 mud.

In the hadith, the fined dates are 4 x 15 = 60 mud, to be given to 60 poor people. The same amount to replace fasting for two months (60 days). In today’s calculations, 1 mud is equivalent to 0.6 kg or ¾ liter.

So, the payment of one mud fidyah is equivalent to the price of basic food, if in Arabia they used dates, in Indonesia they used rice. If the price of rice is Rp. 11,000 per liter, so ¾ costs Rp. 8,250.

2. Pay Two Mud

Giving food to the poor costs Rp. 8,250 seems less feasible. Moreover, maybe our daily food is more than twenty thousand rupiahs. Therefore, there is the opinion of other scholars such as Abu Hanifah, of the opinion that ½ sha’ or 2 mud of wheat, is equivalent to half a sha’ of dates or flour which the Prophet recommended.

Given for lunch and dinner until one poor man is full. half sha’ weighs the equivalent of 1.5 kg of staple food.

3. Pay One Sha’

There is also an opinion from the Hanafiyah, who thinks that one sha’ is equivalent to 4 mud. Its size is equivalent to zakat fitrah. When measured by scales, the weight of 1 sha’ is 2,176 grams. If the volume is measured, then 1 sha’ is equivalent to 2.75 liters.

From the comparison of the amounts above, we can see that the minimum amount of fidyah to be paid is 1 mud. However, it would be better to give a fidyah equal to one portion of the daily food we eat, to every poor person.

Prayer of Intention to Pay Fidyah

When they want to pay fidyah, many people do not understand that there is an intention. So, below will explain the intention to pay fidyah:

1. Intention of fidyah fasting for seriously ill people and old people

Meaning: “I intend to issue this fidyah because of breaking the fast in the month of Ramadan, fardu because of Allah.”

2. The intention of fidyah fasting for pregnant or breastfeeding women

Meaning: “I intend to issue this fidyah from the responsibility of breaking the fast of Ramadan because I am worried about the safety of my child, it is fardhu because of Allah.”

3. The intention of fidyah fasting for the dead (carried out by the guardian/heir)

Meaning: “I intend to issue this fidyah from the responsibility of fasting Ramadan for Fulan bin Fulan (mention the name of the corpse), fardhu because of Allah”.

4. The intention of fidyah for those who are late to make up the fast of Ramadan

Meaning: “I intend to issue this fidyah from being dependent on the delay in making up the fasting of Ramadan, fard for Allah.”

As previously explained that fasting in the month of Ramadan is obligatory, so for those who cannot fast in that month, it is obligatory to replace it by fasting or paying fidyah. From the definition of fidyah, we also know that fidyah should not be done casually. 

Understanding Invoices – In the transaction process, especially in buying and selling valuables, of course there will be important documents that serve as proof of the existence of these transactions. Keep in mind again that the existence of this invoice is only for buying and selling transactions of valuables, so if you buy and sell vegetables at the market, you will not get an invoice as proof.

Invoices are almost the same as receipts, the difference is that invoices are proof of transactions while receipts are proof of receipt of money from the buyer to the seller.

The use of invoices ( invoices ) is usually found in trading companies that have a sales system on credit. In this case, the invoice can function as a document proving debt or a credit sales transaction between the buyer and the seller.

Then actually, what is the invoice? What are the types of invoices in this trading world? Let’s look at the following review so that Readers understands it!

Definition of Invoice

According to KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary), an invoice is a list of consignments accompanied by a description of the name, amount and price to be paid . Meanwhile, according to Mulyadi, these invoices are business documents used in business transactions, and can affect the efficiency and effectiveness of transaction activities .

In fact, an invoice is the same as an invoice, it’s just that “invoice” sounds foreign.

Furthermore, according to Sugeng Hariyanto, an invoice or invoice is a note that describes what items will be sent to the buyer along with the price. 

So, based on these definitions, it can be concluded that an invoice is an important written document that contains buying and selling transactions in the business world . Usually, this invoice is made in triplicate. The first copy is the archive of the company that has the sales system, the second copy is for the buyer, while the third copy can be used as a financial file.

Invoice Functions In The Business World

Previously, it was written that invoices are important documents related to buying and selling transactions, especially those using the credit system. Therefore, invoices certainly have many functions, especially in the business world.

• As legal evidence when you want to add transactions to the financial books
• Become evidence of a valid referral source if the related goods or services will be resold to other parties
• As a valid report for goods receipt and tax invoice
• As a guardian of legal certainty, especially for sellers and buyers
• As a storage container for financial records or sales. This is because the invoice has complete information about the buyer and the goods purchased
• As analytical material to see consumer buying patterns, so that it can be used as a promotional reference in the future

Invoice Function For Companies

The existence of invoices is actually an important document that cannot be omitted by the company, because it can be evidence that the sale and purchase transaction has been carried out before. So, here is the invoicing function for the company.

• As information regarding the amount of payment bills that must be made by the buyer
• As information on goods or services provided to the buyer
• As a basis for reference, if there is an error in the selling transaction, especially in calculating the total invoice

Invoice or Invoice Basic Components

An invoice is an important document that can be used as proof of a transaction, and therefore there must be several special components so that it can be considered a valid document. The following are the basic components that must be included in an invoice or invoice.

1. Written as “INVOICE”

As with other important documents, at the top there must be clear identification of the document. Therefore, the words “INVOICE” or “INVOICE” must be written on the top and front so that readers can understand that the document is an invoice.

2. Invoice Number

The existence of this invoice number is actually almost the same as other important documents. In invoices, this invoice number is a code number that is unique and not used haphazardly, because it can be used as a reference, both internal and external to the company concerned.

3. Seller Information

Previously it was written that an invoice is an important document containing a sale and purchase transaction using a credit system, so clear and detailed seller information is required. This is to minimize any confusion regarding invoices and when confirming with the buyer it will be easy.

4. Invoice Date

The date stated on the invoice shows the time when the sale and purchase transaction occurred and was officially recorded. Not only that, the date of this invoice also plays an important role in determining the payment due date.

Usually, the buyer will be given a deadline from the time he first received the invoice until he has to pay off the invoice.

5. Payment Terms

Not only the nominal amount of payment contained in an invoice, but also the terms of payment. Even if there is a discount or discount, it will also be included in this invoice. Including the down payment that may have been paid up to the amount of the fine (if the bill is late paid).

6. Product Details

It should be remembered again that an invoice is an important document that contains buying and selling transactions using a credit system, therefore this invoice can also be used as a billing tool.

Therefore, the invoice must contain clear product details, be it the price of the product per unit, the number of products purchased, handling fees, shipping costs, and the tax costs of the product.

Invoice Types

There are several types of invoice or invoice documents. Generally, all of these types are often used by entrepreneurs and business people (both class and middle class) for their buying and selling transactions. Following are the types of invoices:

Based on the Display Form

1. Invoice or Ordinary Invoice

This type of invoice is the most common debt collection document. It is usually used in simple product buying and selling transactions. Therefore, the interface looks simple, sometimes it only contains the product name and selling price.

2. Invoice or Proforma Invoice

This type of invoice or invoice is usually also called a temporary invoice. This is because the proforma invoice document will be provided when product supply is still incomplete.

Therefore, later this invoice will be given to the buyer in stages, or as temporary evidence to show that the product has been shipped.

3. Invoice or Consular Invoice

This type of invoice or invoice is the most exclusive, because it will also include proof of high-end buying and selling transactions, namely between countries. Transactions that most often use this type of invoice are export and import transactions, because they are buying and selling transactions between countries which of course cannot be arbitrary.

Even in the invoice document or consular invoice there must be written approval from the trade attache of the country (embassy) doing the transaction.

Based on the Parties Concerned

1. Sales Invoice

Sales invoice is proof of invoice issued by the seller (usually the entrepreneur) to the buyer (consumer) for the purchase transaction of a number of products (both goods or services). Usually, this type of invoice will be given after the product has been received by the consumer.

This sales invoice or sales invoice will contain detailed information regarding the type of product (goods or services) purchased, the amount of the purchase, the discount obtained by the consumer (if any), and the nominal price to be paid.

Therefore, the existence of this sales invoice can be a form of agreement in the process of buying and selling transactions, including the time lag given by the seller since the fulfillment of the product order until the time of payment.

Then, is this sales invoice very important, especially in the business world? Of course yes, here are some important functions of the existence of sales invoices.

• As legal evidence of tax reporting
• As billing information that must be completed by the buyer
• As a basis for filing a complaint by the buyer
• As written evidence regarding the quantity and price of products that have been purchased
• As a reference document, especially when the product will be resold to other parties
• As a tool to track products that have been sold along with the time and amount of the transaction amount

2. Purchase Invoice (Purchase Invoice)

If there is a sales invoice, then it must also be a purchase invoice because in a transaction there must be two parties, namely the seller and the buyer. As a buyer or consumer, you will not issue a purchase invoice, because this has been taken care of by the producer or seller.

Purchase invoice is an invoice document that will later be received by the consumer or buyer, originating from the producer or seller. Simply put, this purchase invoice is proof that you have purchased a product from the seller.

Please note, that Purchase Invoice and Purchase Order are different …

In a purchase order, it is a document sent by the buyer to the seller, when they want to order an item or service produced by the seller. In this purchase order document , there will be details of the order, date of delivery, to the price of the goods or services.

If a flow is made, the buyer will create a Purchase Order (PO) and send it to the seller. After that, the seller will confirm the existence of the Purchase Order (PO) and immediately prepare a product order based on the Purchase Order (PO) document.

As with sales invoices, this type of invoice also has many functions, especially for the consumer, namely:

• As written evidence that the product (goods or service) has been purchased and is in accordance with the order
• As valid proof if the product will be resold to other parties
• As billing information as well as the payment term that must be paid by the buyer
• As evidence of a complaint if there is a product that is not in accordance with the Purchase Order

Know What is an Electronic Invoice ( E-Invoice )

In today’s sophisticated era, of course invoices can be in electronic form. Similar to the National Identity Card (KTP), which has changed its form to become an e-KTP, invoices have also become electronic invoices or e-Invoices.

This electronic invoice has the same function as an invoice in the form of a physical document, the difference is only in the form.

Electronic invoices can be defined as means of transferring electronically, with information in the form of billing and payment information between business partners. This e-invoice system usually also has a digital signature to increase the validation of the existence of the electronic invoice.

Looking at the era that is completely digital, even money which is actually a means of exchange is also in digital form, so this e-invoice is also equipped with a QR Code. QR Code ( Quick Response Code ) is a two-dimensional symbol that can only be interpreted by a scanner.

Example of Using an Electronic Invoice (E-Invoice)

Please note that the invoice is not only used in buying and selling products, but also in paying taxes. Currently, tax invoices in electronic form have been developed and are widely used by the public in paying their taxes to the Directorate General of Taxes.

The beginning of the emergence of electronic tax invoices was because in 2008-2013, there were approximately 100 cases of fraudulent tax invoices. From this case, of course, the state lost around IDR 1.5 trillion. On this basis, the government then issued an innovation, namely the e-faktur application.

Interestingly, there are two reasons behind the Directorate General of Taxation as the tax administration agency to determine that this e-tax invoice should become part of the VAT administration system in Indonesia. The background is the abuse of PKP authority and tax invoices; and the administrative burden of tax invoices that continues to increase.

Even though this is a new breakthrough in terms of invoices, this e-tax invoice is also regulated by a legal basis, you know… One of them is the Regulation of the Director General of Taxes Number 17/PJ/2014 concerning Form, Size, Procedure for Filling in Information, Notification Procedures in the Context of Making, Procedures for Correction or Replacement, and Procedures for Cancellation of Tax Invoices.

The implementation of this e-faktur is a form of improving services from the Directorate General of Taxes to the public so that they are more tax compliant. This is because in this invoice innovation is intended to provide convenience, comfort, and security in carrying out tax obligations. In addition, the existence of electronic tax invoices also serves to minimize cases of the use of fictitious tax invoices and duplication of tax invoices.

Since 2014, the government has been promoting electronic tax invoices and all people are required to make e-invoices.

There are many benefits derived from the existence of this e-invoice, especially in terms of paying taxes. These benefits are felt by the PKP (Taxable Entrepreneurs) and the government. For PKP, one of the advantages of using this e-invoice is that they will be protected from efforts to misuse unauthorized tax invoices because this e-invoice has been protected by a QR Code. In the QR Code contained in the e-faktur, it will display information about the transaction up to the delivery of the DPP (Tax Imposition Basis) value.

Meanwhile, the benefits of the existence of e-faktur that can be felt by the government are the convenience in supervising tax validation, both output tax and input tax; and makes service easier because the process is fast with the issuance of a Tax Invoice Serial Number.

 

 

Fables: Definition, Types, and Examples – When we were little, we would often hear various fairy tales, be it from parents, teachers, or through animated shows with the theme of animals as characters from these fairy tales. Because, seeing the cute behavior of animals that can talk like humans is something that cannot be found in the real world and as small children we really like to hear stories or watch them through our television screens at home.
At school also in Indonesian lessons we will find material that intersects with stories, myths, legends etc. as teaching materials that we must learn at school. Through this lesson, we will find out that there is something called a fable in one type of fable that exists in a part of Indonesian literature.

In ancient prose, a fable is a unique type of story. Not only in Indonesia, fairy tales and fables have developed abroad. Several cartoons and animations also use this genre as their main plot.
But do you know or do you still remember about the lesson that discusses the fable? If you don’t know or have even forgotten how the form of the fable is in the discussion this time, we will try to discuss the topic of the complete meaning of fable along with its characteristics, types and examples below.

Fable definition

Fables are stories that tell about the lives of animals who behave like humans. Fables are fictional or fantasy (imaginative) compositions. Sometimes fables choose minority characters in human form. Fables are also often called stories that contain morals because they have messages related to morality. The characters in fables are all animals. Animals are told that they have reason, behavior, and that they can speak like humans. Human characters and souls are also depicted in this way through animal figures. The purpose of the fable is to provide a moral lesson by demonstrating human vices through animal symbols. Through animal characters, the writer wants to influence the reader to imitate good, not to imitate evil.

Surely we already know about the childhood animated show about a group of squirrels entitled Happy Tree Friends which is an animated series that accompanied us when we were little. The main story follows the daily life of a group of squirrels and their fun activities. The characters of these squirrels are squirrels who work like humans and are described as being able to move like humans. Having a unique and somewhat thriller plot , this series is very popular with many groups, from children to adults, and the Happy Tree Friends series , for example, is a cartoon genre featuring fables.

According to the definition in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a fable is a story that describes the character and human spirit that unites with animals as the actors of the story. In general, fables are a collection of stories featuring animal characters who can think and socialize like humans. Quoted from the Journal of Indonesian Language and Literature Education, fables are beautiful stories about animals who can speak well, act like humans, and are often interspersed with moral messages. Therefore, this type of story is widely used as a symbol and mirror of human life.

Always referring to the same source, in its structure allegorical text is a tool to insert advice or social criticism without demeaning anyone. The nature of fables that are easy for children to understand, makes this reading a way of conveying moral messages for character building. Meanwhile, fable explanations are also found in several children’s story books.

For example, the book Fables That Inspire and Change Your Life: Meaningful Stories from the Animal World for Success in Life. In this book it is explained that fables are short stories or fairy tales that describe the character and character of people who are likened to animals. The features found in these animals are considered representative of human nature. From all the descriptions above, in short, fables are stories that are full of messages about morality and character. All of these moral messages are embedded and equated with the behavior and interactions of animals which are described as being able to move like humans.

Fable Structure

Fables in general are stories that contain various messages of goodness by embodying the characters of animals that live like humans, from the way they speak to the way they act. According to sources regarding research on the origins of prose fables, the term fable first came from the Latin fabula, which has a similar meaning to the Greek term legend.
Fable itself can be interpreted as a story full of moral values ​​that describes the mind and character of humans using animals. As a text, fable belongs to the fictional or non-real genre. However, it is not uncommon for human figures to be presented in fables as supporting stories.

Like writing or other forms of literature, fables are structured as an integral part of the narrative. Some allegorical constructions, which begin with an orientation, continue through complication and completion, until they end with a coda.
What is a fable in its structure? Fables such as fairy tales are arranged in the form of text, animation or cartoon. Fables are said to have a different structure from other types of fantasy fiction. The following is the structure of the fable:

• Orientation

Fable is a story that starts from the beginning, aka orientation. This first paragraph will introduce the characters in the story, setting, place and time. Then introduce a theme or background and so on.

• Complications

Sequel is the complication or climax of the story. This part of the fable tells about the protagonist who faces a climax of trouble. This is the essence of a fairy tale.

• Resolution

The resolution allegory is part of the allegory that tells how to solve the problems faced by the protagonist. Usually in a fable, the main character will explain how to solve the problem in a unique and creative way.

• Code

The structure of the coda fable is the part of the story that explains the changes in each character. In this section, the moral message or message is conveyed to the readers.

Types of Fables

• Classic Fables

Classical fables are works of fantasy fiction that have existed since ancient times, but it is not known exactly when they started. Classical fables were often passed down orally from generation to generation. For example the story of the mouse deer and the crocodile, the crow and the eagle, the buffalo and the bird, the ant and the grasshopper, etc.

Characteristics of Classical Fables:

• Classical Fables is very concise and clear.
• The theme that appears is very simple.
• Classic fables that contain moral messages or advice to their readers.
• The animal nature of the classic fable remains.

• Modern Fables

Features of a modern fable:
– The plot of a modern fable can be short or long.
– Main stories tend to be more complex.
– Modern fables are sometimes epic or narrative, with prose telling the story of the hero.
– The character of every modern fable that is created is unique. For example, the shape of the animal has a big head, but the body is also big, but the legs are small.

Characteristics of Fables

In addition to the several structures above, another characteristic of fables is the use of animals as the main characters.

The following are characteristics of animal fables or allegories:

– The characters are animals with human personalities and behaviors.

– The theme of the story is social relations.

– The conflict in the story is taken from human life.

– Has a place framework, time frame, and plot.

– Often use third-person point of view.

– At the end of the story there is a message or mandate.

A detailed description of the characteristics of the fable is as follows:

• Theme

The theme is the main idea or story idea in a fable.

• Character

Characters are actors in fables who are presented in the form of animals as a picture of human life or its embodiment.

• Storyline

The plot or course of the fable story is a plot that follows one another and usually all events are connected by a causal event.

• Background

Setting is the time and place where events occur and describes the atmosphere in the story. The setting itself usually has 3 parts, namely setting the time, setting the place and setting the atmosphere.

• Point Of View

Point of View is essentially a technique used by the author to tell stories. For example, first person point of view or third person point of view.

• Message

The real fable is that it has a message or moral that can also be written in the story. Therefore, a parable can be understood as a good message conveyed by the author to the reader. Messages in fables are often presented clearly or expressed directly in written form. However, there are several authors who also convey the message either implicitly or implicitly.

Examples of Fable Stories

• Examples of Fable Stories About Diversity or Pluralism

This is an example of a fable story that tells about acknowledging diversity.

Goro, a wild boar, stands in the middle of the forest. It was a very dark and humid day which is Goro’s favorite kind of day. Immediately, water began to slowly descend in unison across the sky.
“The rain has come!” shouted Goro enthusiastically. Goro began to sing in the middle of the forest while dancing around the trees. He saw a little cub hiding behind the dense trees.
“Hey monkey, the rain has come, don’t hide!” Goro shouted at the monkey who was afraid of being stifled and was dodging the raindrops.

Beruk sighed and looked deeply at Goro: “Goro, I don’t like rain. Do you see how small I am compared to you? The streams of rainwater will wet me and make me cold because my feathers are soaked in the rain! I’m not a fat wild pig like you whose fur is thick and protected by fat that warms your body, I’m just a poor little ape cub that’s the reason I’m hiding, “said Beruk.
That’s why monkey, you have to face your biggest fear of water and can’t be less confident with your size! I have often been drenched when the rain came and got wet under the sky. Don’t be afraid of pain, rain is a blessing not a disaster.

While laughing, Goro was jumping up and down for joy enjoying the rain and left the monkeys behind.
Beruk can only look at Goro with annoyance and worry. Beruk cannot be exposed to rain because it is small and gets sick easily. Then Goro shouted again, “The rain is coming! The rain has come! Oh, hey all the animals come out! I love rain, how about you? Goro stopped under a shady tree and talked to a deer who was also enjoying the rain with his herd. The deer grinned and said to Goro.

“I’m not afraid of rain, Goro. Look, I live with my flock in the rainforest. How can I enjoy the rain like you, Goro? I’m bored. The deer left with the herd again.

“Humph! How sad is your life Deer! If you can, like me, live in this forest with joy, enjoy the rain that flushes this forest from drought, maybe you will be more grateful than feeling dry. Enjoy the rain as if this is the last rain in your life.

What Goro said really woke Deer’s heart. The deer stared at its entire herd, its body, then looked up at the sky like Goro. The deer was sadly running from one side of the forest to another. Goro danced merrily in the rain in the middle of the forest and hummed again.
When Goro went under a tree, he saw a bird perched on a branch and reprimanded it. Goro thinks that birds like monkeys and deer cannot be grateful for rain.

“Hey Bird, why don’t you want to go out and enjoy the rain? Afraid your fur will get wet? Or are you afraid of cold like a monkey? Or can’t you appreciate the beauty of the rain like a deer? After saying that, Goro laughed ugly and guffawed.
The bird looked at Goro who was still smiling “Hey Goro, can you come here? “
You mean Bird?”
“Could you come up here, Goro?”
“You mean Bird? I can’t!” Goro pouted and looked down at his stocky body and legs. Goro regretted his short legs and fat body so he couldn’t climb up a tree.
“Goro, did you know that the Creator makes us unique? I can’t enjoy the rain like you and the deer, but I can fly high in the sky.
The bird wisely said: “I mean Goro, we each have our strengths. Monkeys can’t get caught in the rain like you because their bodies are weak and get sick easily, but they can climb trees and swing from one branch to another which you can’t. Deer can’t be as grateful as you because they are bored and need something new, but they have a loyal herd of friends. You can’t offend them! Goro
started to realize that what he did was wrong. Goro secretly began to think that his actions were not good. He shouldn’t brag about his profits and offend his friends.
“I’m sorry, Bird,” said Goro, looking sadly at him. monkeys and deer from a distance also watched their conversation.
“I’m sorry monkey, deer, I have offended you all this time.”
Since then, Goro has started to like his friends and they are good friends together.
Moral: All living things were created in a unique way by God. As good beings, we must take care of each other’s feelings by using kind words and upholding diversity.

 

Conclusion

That’s a brief discussion of the meaning of fable. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of a fable, but also discusses the characteristics of a fable, the structure of the fable, its characteristics and examples of fable stories. Fables or fairy tales about animals are prose works that have existed for a long time and have been taken into account in the development of literature in Indonesia. As a fairy tale about animals, fables succeed in attracting young children’s interest in adding insight and as age-appropriate entertainment compared to small children who watch too many soap operas or adult films which can damage their morale because in fables there is also a message that is useful in life that can give good influence on children.
Thus a review of the meaning of fable. 

 

Evolution is a change in the body structure of living things that takes place slowly over a very long time. Evolution comes from the Latin word Evolvo which means stretching. An understanding of the concept of evolution can arise both naturally and logically from an understanding of genetics.

This concept emerged not from history but was put forward based on the results of research and observations of the similarities and differences in the structure and function of various parts of the world, including the results of research and observations of Charles Darwin. inspired by Charles Lyell with his book Principles of Geology and Thomas Malthus with his book The Principles of Population. Check out more about the discussion of evolution below, Readers.

 

What is Evolution?

Evolution in the study of biology means changes in the heritable traits of a population of organisms from one generation to the next. These changes are caused by a combination of three main processes: variation, reproduction, and selection.

The traits that form the basis of this evolution are carried by genes that are passed on to the offspring of a living thing and become varied within a population. When organisms reproduce, their offspring will have new characteristics.

New properties can be obtained from changes in genes due to mutations or gene transfer between populations and between species. In sexually reproducing species, new gene combinations are also produced by genetic recombination, which can increase variation between organisms.

Evolution occurs when these inherited differences become more common or rare within a population. Changes that occur in chromosomes and genes are the basic material of evolution, isolation usually causes the emergence of new species and natural selection by the existence of reproductive differences and mutations.

We can see this in the evolution that has occurred in humans from time to time which is discussed in the book The Britannica Education Series: Evolution which is packaged with various illustrations so that learning is fun.

Evolution also suggests that all kinds of living things actually come from the lowest creatures. In accordance with the circulation of the times and geological-astronomical changes, there have been gradual changes in living things until now. Based on evolutionary thinking, humans are classified as animals. Animals themselves experience the lowest level of development and form like creatures, ranging from viruses, bacteria, protozoa, worms, fish to mammals.

Evolution is still ongoing. Even faster the process than in ancient times. Evolution as a gradual and gradual change is divided into several types, namely geological evolution, astronomical evolution, biological evolution and cultural evolution.

Judging from the part that has changed, evolution can be divided into cosmic evolution and organic evolution. Besides that, there are other terms known as geological evolution, too:

• Cosmic Evolution : Is a continuous change that occurs in the universe (evolution universe).
• Organic Evolution : Changes that occur in living things or biotic components from generation to generation both morphologically and physiologically. This is also known as biological evolution.
• Geological Evolution : Known as the changes that occur on the earth’s surface due to weathering from time to time.
• Biological Evolution : Gradual changes that occur in living things on earth according to changing times.
• Inorganic Evolution : Planets, stars, world topography, chemical makeup of the earth, chemical elements and atomic particles can change gradually which is known as Inorganic Evolution. All types of animals and plants that exist today are derived from other organisms that occur simply, for example, gradual modification and accumulation in the current generation is called Organic Evolution. The main trend of the study of plant and animal evolution shows the occurrence of adaptation to environmental conditions which in fact often involve increased specialization and complexity of the structure and function of living things.

Definition of Evolution According to Experts

Reported by the Encyclopaedia Britannica (2015), all human cultures have developed their own explanations about the origin of the world and of humans and other living things. Many figures who contributed thoughts on the theory of evolution. Such as Aristotle, Plato, Jean Baptise de Lamarck, Charles Robert Darwin, Alfred Russel Wallace, and August Weisman. Check out the various theories of evolution in Ernst Mayr’s book below.

A number of classical Greek philosophers believed in the evolution of life. The following is an explanation of the theories of the characters:

• Plato (427-347 BC) Plato stated that he believed in the world, namely an ideal and eternal world and an imperfect virtual (imaginary) world. Both worlds can be understood using the human senses. It is said that evolution will change the world whose organisms are already ideal and perfectly adapted to the environment.

 

• Aristotle (384-322 BC) Aristotle adhered to the theory of natural scales. Quoted from the website of the Ministry of Education and Culture (Kemendikbud), the theory presented by Aristotle discussed that all life forms are arranged according to a scale or ladder whose complexity increases upwards. According to him, every form of living being has a ladder with the rungs of each being at different levels.

 

• Jean Baptiste de Lamarck (1744-1829)In Lamarck’s theory of evolution there are two main ideas, namely: Having two ideas about evolution. The first idea relates to the parts of the body that are and are not used by living things. Through this idea, he assumed that the parts of the body that living things constantly use in dealing with certain environments will become bigger and stronger than the parts of the body that are rarely used. Meanwhile, limbs that are rarely used will experience a setback. Lamarck’s second idea relates to the inheritance of traits or characteristics acquired by living things in adapting to their environment. Inheritance of these traits or characteristics that modify the organism it acquires during its lifetime. For example, giraffes are called short-necked, but because its neck is constantly stretching out to get leaves on tall trees, the giraffe’s neck starts to get long. This long neck is passed on to all descendants.

 

• Charles Robert Darwin (1809-1882)Darwin considered that evolution occurs through a process of natural selection. Living things that are able to adapt to nature can survive. While living things that cannot adapt to nature will not survive or die. Darwin is the pioneer of modern theory. The theory of evolution is what he observed while sailing on the Beagle to the Galapagos Islands. Through in-depth observations and studies, Darwin finally put forward his theory of evolution through a book entitled On The Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection. The book was published on November 24, 1859. There are two theories in Darwin’s book, namely the species that are alive today came from species that lived in the past.

 

• Alfred Russel Wallace (1823-1913) Russel Wallace’s theory of evolution is developing a theory of natural selection put forward by Charles Darwin. Russel Wallace’s thoughts were obtained from the results of expeditions in Malaysia, then Borneo (Kalimantan), Sulawesi and Maluku. The results show that the fauna in West Indonesia is different from East Indonesia. Wallace and Darwin, argue that the giraffe crew has a variety of necks, there are long and short. As a result, natural selection favored giraffes with long necks. Because it can reach high leaves, it can survive. For giraffes with short necks they can’t. Giraffes who have long necks are passed on to their offspring.

 

• August Weismann – On August Weismann’s theory that changes in body cells due to environmental influences are not passed on to their offspring. Evolution involves the inheritance of genes through sex cells. This means that evolution is related to the symptoms of natural selection on genetic factors. Weismann proved his theory by using mice. Where to mate two mice whose tails are cut off. Furthermore, the adult rats cut their tails and mated with each other. The result is tailed rat children. He carried out the experiment for up to 21 generations of mice and the results were the same.

 

Principles of Evolution

Evolution is driven by two main mechanisms, namely natural selection and genetic drift. Natural selection is a process that causes inherited traits that are useful for the survival and reproduction of organisms to become more common in a population and conversely, traits that are detrimental to them become less.

This happens because individuals with favorable traits are more likely to reproduce, so that more individuals in the next generation inherit these beneficial traits. Over many generations, adaptation occurs through the combination of these small, continuous and random changes in traits with natural selection.

Meanwhile, genetic drift is an independent process that results in random changes in the frequency of a trait in a population. Within humans there are instincts that are at the bottom of us which can be explored through various approaches discussed in Mortido’s book Fear, Greed and Vigilance, An Evolution of Civilization, Revised Edition.

Genetic drift results from the probability of whether a trait will be inherited when an individual survives and reproduces. Although the changes produced by drift and natural selection are small, these changes will accumulate and cause substantial changes in organisms. This process culminates in producing a new species.

And in fact, the similarities between organisms suggest that all the species we know came from a common ancestor by this slowly diverging process. Furthermore, there are five principles of evolution, namely:

• The new species is not the most perfect form that immediately lives, but comes from simple, unspecialized forms.
• Evolution is not always from simple to complex, in fact there are many examples of “regressive evolution” namely from complex forms to simple forms. For example, the cassowary is descended from a winged bird that can fly and then develops into a cassowary that is wingless and cannot fly.
• At one time evolution occurs faster than others. New forms appear and old forms disappear.
• The pace of evolution does not take place the same in every different organism. In general, evolution is rapid at first as new species appear and then slows down as groups form.
• Evolution occurs within populations, not within individuals, by the processes of mutation, differential reproduction and natural selection.

Characteristics of the Evolutionary Process

Biologists had made observations of the comparison of dark to brightly colored butterflies in Southern England still in the 1850s. But when they studied collections from England’s smoky industrial Midland region, they found very few butterflies. brightly colored butterfly.

There is no doubt that coloration is genetically controlled, but why are brightly colored butterflies more common in some areas and darker ones more in others? From this event we can note four important things, namely:

• An event must have a basis, namely “raw material”. Before the frequency of dark colored butterflies increased, there were already some dark colored individuals in this population and this dark coloration was decreasing. So evolutionary events require genetic drift as a raw material. There is a factor of change in evolution.
• Evolutionary events do not encompass all existing raw materials. A century ago there were many aberrant declines in butterflies. But only one deviation, namely the dark color, is the basis for changes in the population. the other deviations are more or less fixed in frequency. evolution is selective change, with environmental factors (in this case soot and birds of prey) driving this selection. So in evolution there is a guiding factor.
• Evolutionary events are changes in populations, not changes in one or a few individuals. A century ago in the population of the Biston Betaria butterfly there were only a few dark butterflies. The change that occurred over the next hundred years was a change in the frequency of dark colors in the population.
• In general, change is not the most important characteristic of evolutionary events. In 1850 all individuals were nearly identical. Now they are still almost the same anyway. Most of the discrepancies that were rare in 1850 are still rare today and only a few new deviations can be discovered. The only thing that changes is the frequency of the color traits. So in evolution there is a factor of stability.

 

Evolution Theory

 

Before discussing further about the theory of human evolution, Readers can use the book Theory of Evolution: Origin and Purpose of Humans as a reference to better understand the various explanations below.

Early Human Evolution Theory

Up here, you have started to understand what is meant by the theory of evolution, right? To be clearer, it’s better if you know the theory of ancient human evolution. As previously discussed, Anaximander, a pre-Socratic philosopher who lived around 610–546 BC, has discussed the possibility of how humans evolved from fish.

However, there is no scientific evidence that can prove this opinion, right, Pahamifren. Over time, this theory of human evolution actually focuses more on the assumption that humans developed or evolved on earth from primates that were already extinct, you know. The primates that are often associated with human evolution are ape-like primates. That is why there is a lot of information circulating that humans come from monkeys.

Evidence that primates are related to humans is from their genetics. DNA between humans and primates can reach up to 97% similarity. However, that does not mean that humans are considered to have come from monkeys, yes. These facts can only trace that humans and primates may have a common ancestor.

Charles Darwin’s Theory of Evolution

In fact, information about humans evolving from apes emerged because of Charles Darwin’s theory of human evolution. In the book “The Origin of Species” which put forward the theory of evolution written by Charles Darwin, concluded that all living things came from a common ancestor (common ancestor) and are related to one another. According to Darwin in the book, the process of genetic mutation from the same ancestor resulted in the process of evolution and the emergence of various new species.

Darwin imagined human evolution to be like a tree. The single trunk of a tree and its roots are the ancestors of living things. While the branches and leaves of trees become new species that are born due to a process of genetic mutation. The process of genetic mutation can occur due to natural selection in a long time. From natural selection, Darwin then divided the evolutionary process into microevolution and macroevolution.

Microevolution is the changes that occur in species in small ways. For example, changes in color or size in a population over several generations. While macroevolution is a change due to natural selection that is able to create new species. For example, dinosaurs turned into birds, amphibian mammals into whales, and ape ancestors became humans.

In the world of work, one really needs to have a work ethic. Then, what exactly is meant by work ethic? Well, you can find the answer in this article, Readers.

Definition of Work Ethic

In the world of work, one of the requirements for applying for a job is having a high work ethic. This term is closely related to how to assess one’s performance. Indirectly, one’s personality can be seen from one’s work ethic.

The definition of work ethic in language consists of two words, namely ethos and work. Ethos itself is defined as the basic character of a society.

The manifestation of the work ethic can be seen from social structures and norms. Meanwhile, the meaning of work according to the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI is defined as an activity in doing something. So, the work ethic can be interpreted simply, namely the work ethic is a reflection of productivity, enthusiasm, and self-discipline.

Someone who has a high work ethic will also have high productivity. For people who have a work ethic will usually be more appreciated because they are considered capable of being responsible in every job they do. Not only that, determination and dedication to a job must also be done.

The impact that will be obtained if we have a high work ethic is that we will look superior to others. That way, it can be one way to improve self-quality or even success in a career.

Each individual must have a work ethic when they want or are going to work. By having a good work ethic, the career you start will grow rapidly in the future. So, there is nothing wrong with having a good work ethic as an example for the Indonesian people. This will help you improve your performance in the work environment as well as in the academic environment.

Why Is Having a Work Ethic Important?

Work ethic is a very important attitude that must be owned by every individual. At work, when someone has a high work ethic, other people will give a positive assessment of your own person.

Maybe for some people think that a high degree, certification or even experience is everything. However, everything will come back to you, such as how hard you work, the level of creativity you use to solve problems and how determined you are to achieve your goals.

When you have a good work ethic, not only you will benefit, but also other people and the place where you work. This can happen because by having a work ethic, it can produce a good work environment. The hard work and sense of responsibility that you show can affect the performance of your colleagues and even your boss.

For example, when you get a job and always finish it quickly, it will change the way other people see you. They will assess your quality as a disciplined and responsible person, so you will be better known for having a high work ethic.

Characteristics of Work Ethic 

We can judge whether a person has the characteristics of a high work ethic or not by his habits in everyday life. The following is an explanation of the characteristics of a high work ethic and a low work ethic.

High Work Ethic

1. Have a Leadership Soul

For people who have a high work ethic, they will have a leadership spirit that is imprinted on themselves. Work responsibility is not only to fellow human beings but also responsibility before God.

How does he complete work with the people around him, how is he responsible for his God.

2. Have a tenacious and diligent attitude

Being tenacious and diligent is an attitude that must be possessed by people who have a high work ethic. Of course this is inseparable from a success.

Having a tenacious and diligent attitude means describing how the person is able to work diligently and expertly in a particular field. He will give his best and finish on time.

3. Discipline

Discipline is not only related to efficient time but also how someone is able to commit to things that have been planned. This discipline relates to work activities that should be used as a reference to work better.

You have to stay focused on your work and don’t settle for temporary results. You have to fight for a bright future with a rather long time.

4. Appreciate Existing Time

Time is money, this proverb makes people who want to have a good work ethic a passion. You have to appreciate the time you have to work better, don’t waste time on things that don’t support your work.

Do less unimportant things and make as much work time as possible. By appreciating the time you have, you will do good things and as much as possible.

5. Initiative and Responsive

Initiative is quite an important point. People who have a work ethic will not hesitate to express their opinions and ideas. We must respond quickly about the work we will do.

Of course, we must have initiatives on how to make the workplace or agency more advanced and rapid. We also have to be responsive if our workplace has problems or difficulties. They tend to feel dissatisfied when they are not involved in an activity such as a team project.

6. Sense of Responsibility

Sense of responsibility is the basis of the emergence of trust. Someone who has a work ethic, then he is always responsible for the tasks being done. Everyone must have a sense of responsibility, not only in the scope of work.

They will always prioritize the work they have taken on in order to complete it. Because people’s trust is more important to establish better cooperation.

7. High Dedication

In doing work you must have a sense of belonging or love for the job. This is so that you are always maximal at work.

Doubts that come to you will only make your work ethic decrease. Disappointment in the work you are doing will go away on its own and you will always be satisfied with the result.

8. Live simply and frugal

People who have a high work ethic are simple and frugal. Which in this case people who are not adventurous and not extravagant also affects how it works. They will live simply and not waste money to buy necessities that are not important, so that their financial condition remains good.

9. Work More Seriously

If you do something seriously, because this will lead to enthusiastic work. If you do your job seriously and carefully, the results you get will be in accordance with the wishes of the agency.

10. The Future Becomes Orientation When Working

We must have goals for our future. We must remember the future at work, want to be more advanced and want to increase the size of your company. With an attitude like this will make us better than before.

11. Have High Work Motivation

Motivation that is owned in work is very necessary both for oneself and within the agency. Motivation that is owned by ourselves, for example the company where we work, we want to make the company more advanced and bigger. With motivation, we will always try to do the best for the company.

Low Work Ethic

1. Has no leadership spirit
2. Work is not the main thing but consider work only part of the routine of life
3. Working compulsorily or being chased by necessity
4. Perceives work as a barrier to feeling pleasure or joy
5. Work is not appreciated
6. Feeling that work is a heavy burden to bear
7. Not tenacious and assiduous, just lazy
8. Not disciplined and not initiative
9. No sense of responsibility
10. Not very dedicated
11. Extravagant and full of compulsion style life.

Benefits of Having a Work Ethic 

When you have a work ethic and apply it well, you will also experience many benefits in terms of career and self-development. There are several benefits that a person can achieve when implementing a work ethic in his routine. The following is an explanation:

1. Getting Inner Peace

A high work ethic does not only affect life in the world of work. People who have a high work ethic will not procrastinate on mandatory work or work that needs to be done.

In general, people who have a high work ethic will carry out God’s commands without hesitation and without delay. That way, one can get peace that makes life more comfortable.

2. Good For Health

By having a work ethic, it can have a good impact on health. In this case, the health in question, such as physical health and mental health.

3. The Economy is Improving

Working diligently and enthusiastically will make you stand out in the eyes of your superiors. Having a good work ethic in the eyes of superiors will have a positive impact on career advancement.

4. Increase in Social Status

Having a good work ethic will not only increase your income. Social status will also rise and you will be well known by colleagues, family, and the wider community.

5. Building Self Image

They have no doubt about the various ideas that you submit or when you are appointed as the leader of the project team.

You will be known as a hard worker and reliable. This of course can be the right step for those of you who are building a good personal branding (self-image).

6. Increase Productivity

Someone who is always trying to improve work ethic, then he will always try to work optimally. That way, it can have a good impact on the company as well as itself.

Tips to Improve Work Ethic

The work ethic can be said to be cultivated in oneself. However, sometimes there are still some people who don’t know about it. Then, how do you improve your work ethic? Here’s an explanation:

1. Start From Yourself

You have to be a good start yourself to advance at work. Encouraging yourself is the most important thing so that the work targets you want to achieve are embedded in yourself.

The work ethic that you want to manifest is also grown from yourself. You have to convince yourself to do everything you can to achieve it. You need to pay attention to the health of the body too. A healthy body will affect us at work, such as exercise, adequate rest, adequate eating.

2. Instill Discipline

Throw away the desire to delay time in doing work tasks, don’t do them. If you have free time, use it to complete the task. Many temptations come when you want to be lazy at work. But you have to get through it by staying focused on what you are doing.

3. Use Time Wisely

Do not use the time at work for things that are not important. Sometimes at work we need time to relax but don’t go too far.

You must have a task target regarding work. This is useful when you are used to using time wisely, so there is no intention to delay work.

4. Avoid Distractions 

Throw away the negative thoughts that come that will only make a mess. Divert from positive thoughts or things that are important. Try to avoid distracting thoughts in order to increase focus at work.

5. Don’t Let Mistakes Dominate 

When you make a mistake at work, don’t let it dissolve and drown in excessive disappointment. This is intended so that morale does not go down.

Think more positively for the future. Do a self-evaluation, learn from mistakes, make a benchmark, don’t fall into the same hole again. Motivate yourself to be even better. By doing this, you can continue to grow to be a better person in the future.

6. Balance Working Time

You must know how the time limit is in working, according to the start time and end time. Using a work ethic means our eyes have to focus while working. Time off is also required and followed. Let your body and brain rest.

Spending leisure time at work also does not hurt. This time is a moment to recharge energy. So you have to balance work time with rest. By knowing the time limit in working is your job. This includes providing adequate rest time, getting proper sleep and eating the right diet.

From all the discussion above, it can be said that the work ethic must be optimally improved. This needs to be done because it can have a good impact on the company and also yourself. Thus the discussion about the work ethic. Hopefully all the discussion above is useful for you.

Definition of Ethnocentrism – Of course you often hear the terms ethnocentric or ethnocentrism, or even often appear in social situations. Launching from the Oxford Bibliographies , Monday (20/6/2022), the notion of ethnocentrism is a term applied in culture or ethnicity when an individual views the world from the perspective of his own group. Meanwhile, according to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), the notion of ethnocentrism is an attitude or view that stems from its own society and culture.

Usually, ethnocentrism is accompanied by attitudes and views that belittle other societies and cultures. William Graham Sumner, a Yale University Professor of Political and Social Sciences, was the first to introduce the term ethnocentric in 1906.

While ethnocentrism is arguably a universal phenomenon that facilitates cohesion and continuity at all levels of social organization, it provides a rationalization for attacking other cultures or subcultures in its more extreme forms, for example motivating the criminalization of practices within a subculture or being used to justify war with other nation states.

Ethnocentrism is closely related to the deviant definition of a person who is not only seen as different, but also morally inferior or even evil. Stereotype members within their group against those outside the group as stupid, bad, or even dehumanizing and these characterizations provide the basis for cultural conflict.

Etymology and Definition of Ethnocentrism

The definition of Ethnocentrism is an assessment of other cultures on the basis of social values ​​and own cultural standards. Ethnocentric people judge other groups relative to their own group or culture, especially when it comes to language, behavior, customs, and religion. These ethnic differences and divisions define the distinctive cultural identity of each ethnic group. Ethnocentrism may be visible or invisible, and although it is considered a natural tendency of human psychology, it has negative connotations in society.

Ethnocentrism is a practice of looking at or judging other people’s culture based on one’s own values ​​or beliefs. This term comes from the Greek ” ethnos “, which means nation, and ” kentron “, which means center. Therefore, ethnocentrism involves the nation to become a center. Ethnocentrism focuses on the behavior of applying one’s own culture or ethnicity as a reference for assessing people’s culture, practices, behavior, beliefs. In the social sciences, ethnocentrism judges other cultures based on one’s own cultural standards, not the standards of another particular culture.

The tendency of ethnocentrism is to see our culture as the center of the universe, namely as a true reality that influences all intercultural communication, including inter-ethnic relations. This can be seen clearly in the definition of ethnocentrism.

Porter and Samovar (1997:10) state that the main source of cultural differences in attitudes is ethnocentrism, namely the tendency to view other people unconsciously by using our own group and our own habits as criteria for all judgments. The more we have in common with them, the closer they are to us; the greater the dissimilarity, the farther they are from us.

We tend to see our group, our country, our own culture, as the best, as the most moral. This view demands our first allegiance and creates a frame of reference that denies the existence of any other frame of reference. This view is an absolute position that raises another position from its proper place for other cultures.

Ethnocentrism is the judgment of a group of people against the culture of other groups of people by comparing or using their own cultural standards. ” Is Judging other cultures by comparison with one’s own ” (Giddens, 1986).

Ethnocentrism is also cultural egoism. A community considers itself the most superior among others. Better self-assessment of culture. ” Our own groups, our own country, our own culture as the best, as the most moral ” (Porter, 1972). So, all judgments depart from the size of one’s own culture, causing what is best is one’s own culture while other people’s cultures are inferior, as is the case with stereotypes which are misguided judgments, ethnocentrism can be called a blind judgment, “using our own group and our own. ” customs as the standards for all judgments ” (Samovar and Porter, 1991). This brings wide consequences and influences in acts of communication.

Definition of Ethnocentrism According to Experts

1. Coleman and Cressey

Ethnocentrism is someone who comes from an ethnic group who tends to see their culture as the best compared to other cultural traits.

2. Hoggs

Ethnocentrism is an activity that involves internal and external attributions in people’s lives.

3. Taylor, Peplau, and Sears

Ethnocentrism is something that refers to the belief of a group of people that their culture is always superior to other cultures.

4. Hariyono

Hariyono gives meaning to the term ethnocentrism as a feeling of being in group and out group on the basis of one’s attitude.

5. Harris

Ethnocentrism is the tendency for someone to think that their group is better than other groups so that this encourages irrational actions, such as committing violence, war, brawls, and so on.

6. Zestrow

Ethnocentrism is an attitude that is carried out by ethnic groups in private without considering the conditions of other social groups.

7. Levine and Campbell

Ethnocentrism is the view of certain groups that come from one culture to judge other cultures that have social values ​​that are different from their culture.

8.Summer

Ethnocentrism is the view that one’s own group is the center of everything and all other groups are compared and judged according to the group’s standards. In this case everything is assessed based on the perspective of the individual culture concerned.

9.SalimPeter

Ethnocentrism is an attitude that considers one’s culture or sense of self to be better than others.

Aspects in Ethnocentrism

The aspects of ethnocentrism are as follows.

• Every society always has a number of characteristics of social life that can be hypothesized as a syndrome.
• Ethnocentrism syndromes are functionally related to the composition and existence of groups and competition between groups.
• There is a generalization that all groups show the syndrome such as the safe intra group and disdain for the outside group.
• Physical (biological) differences. environmental differences (geographical), differences in wealth (social status), differences in beliefs. and differences in social norms.

Ethnocentrism Factors

1. History

Historically, ethnocentrism can be triggered. When individuals have a close connection with family history in the past regarding an event of identity development, then they will feel they belong to that culture. These various identities are in the form of language, habits, to past events that come from our ancestors.

2. Multiculturalism

This ethnocentrism will occur when the conditions of the social environment are diverse and noisy, of course, sometimes a feeling arises to make comparisons that lead to conflict. This is caused by the occurrence of several cultures meet each other.

3. Political Situation

Ethnocentrism will arise from the thoughts of a person or with a group to achieve a legitimized power. Usually there will be a feeling of fanaticism towards the identity attached to him. This happens because politics is often considered one of the right places to advance personal and group interests.

4. Loyalty

Ethnocentrism will arise when a strong culture makes individuals who are in a group have a deeper sense of loyalty and are more inclined to follow norms and develop relationships with related members.

5. Social Distancing

Social distance is another aspect of social prejudice that shows the level of one’s acceptance of others in the relationships that occur between them. Social distance is a feeling of separating a certain person or group based on a certain level of acceptance.

6. Social Prejudice

Prejudice is a negative attitude directed at someone on the basis of comparison with one’s own group. Such an attitude can be said to be an attitude that hinders the effectiveness of communication between communicators and communicants who, for example, have different ethnicities.

7. Stereotypes

Stereotype is a person’s belief in other people (because it is influenced by knowledge and experience). This belief makes us estimate differences between groups that may be too high or too low as a characteristic of a person or group.

Types of Ethnocentrism

Ethnocentrism is of two types as follows.

• Flexible ethnocentrism is defined as the way a person can learn how to properly control the ego and perceptions. In facing the reality of the world, where there are many tribes and groups, objective efforts are still made when looking at someone from another group.
• In contrast to flexible, inflexible ethnocentrism is explained as a form of someone who cannot understand people from other groups who have different cultural backgrounds. Those with intolerance only judge subjectively and based on habits in the group.

Example of Ethnocentrism

In everyday life, especially in relationships, ethnocentrism still occurs frequently, either consciously or unconsciously. For example, bullying, ridiculing or avoiding friends who come from eastern Indonesia, such as Papua, only because of their black skin and curly or curly hair.

The phenomenon of ethnocentrism also occurs in big cities, such as Yogyakarta. As a multicultural city, there are many immigrants from all over the archipelago with different cultural backgrounds, each bringing interests and values ​​from their respective regions. The concern that sometimes arises is the presence of primordial sentiments (excessive feelings of ethnicity) and ethnocentricity.

For example, students who come from Medan (Batak tribe) will always insist on their stance and attitude who call themselves a person who is firm, opinionated, and rude (rude in the sense of being firm). Malay people are said to be shy, religious, and feel more acceptable wherever they are. The Javanese people, as a result of the influence of the New Order, considered themselves the most advanced of other regions, so that when dealing with people outside Java, the stigma that was formed was negative stigma such as being lazy, rude, and rebellious.

In addition to everyday life, ethnocentrism also applies on a larger scale to certain groups. In the interior Papuan tribes who have the habit of using “Koteka”. If this is seen from the point of view of non-Papuan people in the interior, wearing a koteka might be considered a shameful thing. However, for residents of the interior of Papua, wearing a koteka is considered normal and a matter of pride.

Carok culture is a culture that originates from Madura, is the behavior of defending self-esteem by hurting the people involved. Carok in Madurese society is a sacred concept and must be upheld by Madurese people. The ongoing conflict between the Dayak and Madurese tribes has not yet emerged.

Impact of Ethnocentrism

In a multicultural society, ethnocentrism can lead to misunderstandings of other people’s cultures. Misunderstandings can occur especially regarding things that are considered sacred to a society. Deviant behavior that can arise is anger and stereotypes towards other people’s cultures. Conversely, ethnocentrism can strengthen the cultural elements of a society.

The existence of views on cultural differences can strengthen the unity of people in other cultures. Strong solidarity will be created without criticism of one’s own ethnicity or national group accompanied by prejudice against other national groups.

Conflicts that arise due to ethnocentrism are more due to differences in understanding with other cultures. The tendency that occurs is to judge the culture of other nations to be seen as lower than their own culture. Therefore, ethnocentrism has the opportunity to hinder the harmony of inter-ethnic interaction and communication.

1. The Negative Impact of Ethnocentrism

a. Causing Horizontal Conflicts

Being proud of one’s own culture and looking down on other cultures can trigger conflict among fellow citizens. Especially if the understanding of ethnocentrism is not only attached to an individual.

b. Hindering the Process of Assimilation and Cultural Integration

Cultural assimilation is a social process in the form of direct and intensive interaction over a long period of time with different cultural backgrounds, from this process a mixed cultural element is formed between these groups.

Cultural integration is a process of adjusting several different types of culture so as to achieve conformity and harmony. If ethnocentrism grows, then of course it will not be possible to achieve.

c. Lowering the Objectivity of Science

Ethnocentrism can reduce the development of science. Because, an individual will prioritize the side of subjectivity compared to objectivity in assessing something.

2. The Positive Impact of Ethnocentrism

a. Fostering the Spirit of Patriotism

When an individual understands ethnocentrism, he will automatically have a strong soul to defend his identity. This is generally referred to as patriotism.

b. Increasing Love for Own Culture

Ethnocentrism is needed in order to create a complete sense of knowing and owning a culture. With an attitude of ethnocentrism, culture can be maintained, because now it is vulnerable to being crushed by the processes of globalism and modernization.

c. Maintaining the Integrity of Multiculturalism in the Country

The next positive impact is being able to maintain multiculturalism as the identity of a nation. This is because Indonesia is nothing but a different philosophy, but still one.

Ethnocentrism Prevention Solutions

Ethnocentrism occurs because of socio-cultural problems. Therefore, the solutions that can be taken are as follows.

• Revive the local wisdom of the community.
• Instill multiculturalism.
• Filter the culture that enters Indonesia according to Pancasila.
• Instill a spirit of nationalism.
• Reducing excessive fanaticism.
• Be tolerant.
• Growing empathy.
• Fostering an inclusive attitude

Conclusion

The definition of Ethnocentrism is an understanding that considers their group is better than other groups. There are several levels in Ethnocentrism, including positive, negative, and very negative. Of the three levels, the worst level is the very negative level because it ignores positive things from other groups and deifies its group as the best group, often causing widespread and problematic conflicts.

This understanding of ethnocentrism is one of the obstacles in cross-cultural communication, that by being ethnocentrism one cannot view cultural differences as the uniqueness of each culture that should be respected. By viewing one’s own culture as superior and other foreign cultures as “wrong” cultures, effective cross-cultural communication is just wishful thinking

This is because a person tends to limit the communication he makes and as much as possible does not get involved with foreign cultures that are different or conflict with his own culture. Culture can be in the form of language as a symbol of a tribe or ethnicity.

Definition of Ethnicity – In a growing diversity, the existence of ethnicity is certainly one aspect that is quite important. So that in the end it will become inseparable from diversity.

However, in general, ethnicity or tribe is defined as a social unit that can differentiate units based on the similarity of one’s regional origins. So these things can be classified according to the meaning of similar social groups based on group status or class.

Therefore, in this article we will examine more clearly and in detail the meaning of ethnicity, types, and examples.

Definition of Ethnicity

Ethnicity itself is also known as ethnicity which is a social unit that can be distinguished from other units based on deeply rooted cultural elements, especially with language which is one of the most important aspects of a culture. There is another perspective that views ethnicity as a group of people who are bound by awareness and also a collective identity that is reinforced by an understanding of national unity. In this case, the existence of ethnicity is determined by the importance of group awareness, a broad understanding of cultural unity and also closely related origin similarities.

Ethnicity is a social system of human classification based on a belief system that has been believed, implementation of existing values ​​in society, understanding of cultural diversity, strengthening of constructed customs, affirmation of norms, use of language, explanation of human historical background, region geography, as well as inseparable kinship relations. Then the definition according to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), the term ethnic or ethnic has a meaning as a social group of people who are in a social or cultural system that serves as a guideline. These social groups have certain roles and positions based on genetic factors, customs or traditions, religion, language systems, and others.

Definition of Ethnic According to Experts

Ethnicity is a series of similarities in origin which is one of the factors that can encourage connection within a bond. So that the types of ethnicity spread throughout the world include the following: Mayans, Persians, Amazons, Aborigines, Han, Gypsy, Greek.

The following are some definitions of ethnicity according to the views of experts, including:

a. Definition of Ethnicity According to Fredrik Brath

Ethnicity is a group of people who unite because of the similarity in meaning of race, national origin, religion, and a combination of these categories originating from a cultural system with highly upheld social values.

b. Understanding Ethnicity According to Hassan Shadily MA

Ethnicity is a group of people who are seen as having relatively dominating biological relationships. In addition, ethnicity also implies a social group that mixes and becomes a characteristic that distinguishes groups of people based on regional origins.

c. Understanding Ethnic According to Anthony Smith

Ethnicity is a group of people who mingle and interact with each other, which are classified based on their beliefs and religion, racial equality, traditions or customs, language, historical background similarities, and also the origin of the descendants of the same ancestors. So that these community groups can create a cultural system that is inherent and regulates the community groups included in it with the values ​​and social norms they adhere to.

Ethnic Types

The following are the types of ethnicity which are divided into 7, including namely:

1. The Mayans

The Mayans are a group of tribes who occupy the territory of the Yucatan peninsula, Central America, which borders the Pacific Ocean to the west and the Caribbean Sea to the east. Where the Mayans with all their developments can produce unique works and civilizations such as buildings in the form of Chichen Itza. Then in agriculture they created drainage canals, then planted corn and latex, and also built wells called cenotes.

2. Tribe of the Persian nation

The Persians are one of the tribes belonging to the Iranian nation, which uses Persian in their daily communication. The majority of these nations occupy the territory of Iran and also some others occupy territories in several other countries such as Tajikistan, Afghanistan, Uzbekistan, Kuwait, the United States, the United Arab Emirates, Iraq, and several countries in the Middle East.

3. The Amazons

The Amazons are one of the ethnic groups whose entire population is female. Beginning during the Classical Era in Greek mythology, according to Herodotus, the Amazons occupied an area on the Scythian border in Sarmatia, Ukraine. Other historians also argue that the Amazons also occupy Asia Minor, India, and Libya.

4. Aborigines

Aboriginal ethnicity is a group of people who live on the continent of Australia. Where they appeared in the 18th century or often known as the centuries of the arrival of white people. The population alone reaches 300,000 people. They live on the north and east coasts and also on the banks of the Murray River as well as in Tasmania. The Aborigines survive by hunting and gathering.

5. The Han people

The Han people live in China with a population of 91.59 percent of the population in all of China. Not only being the largest tribe in China, the Han tribe is also the tribe with the largest population in the world. Where this one tribe has approximately 4,000 years of historical records. The Han people are scattered throughout China. They usually use Hanyu in their daily communication.

6. The Gypsy Tribe

The Gypsy Tribe is one of the tribes that is classified as nomadic. Where they do not have a fixed place of residence or are always moving places of residence. This ethnic group has its own view of life which is unique and widespread in the Americas and the Middle East. The population of the Gypsy Tribe is estimated at more than 5 million people spread across the world.

7. Tribes of the Greeks

The Greek tribe is the name of the ethnic group that has lived in Greece since the 17th century BC until now. The population of this Greek tribe is found on the Greek peninsula in southeastern Europe, Cyprus and the Greek Islands.

Ethnic Example

The following are some examples that show an ethnicity, including:

1. Lineage

Membership in certain ethnic groups is basically determined by lineage. For example, the Batak tribe with lineage from the father or often referred to as patrilineal. This is different from the Minang tribe with a mother’s lineage which is usually referred to as matrilineal. In addition, ethnic classification can also be based on religion. For example, there is the term Ethnic Malay in Malaysia for natives who are predominantly Muslim. Meanwhile, the Serani ethnic group is Christian with the characteristics of the Portuguese breed like the Tugu people.

2. Mixed Ethnicity

What shows the existence of ethnic diversity is the existence of ethnic groups based on a mixture of races. For example, Peranakan people are a mix of Malay and Chinese ethnicity, Metis ethnicity which is a term for a mix of Hispanics and natives. Then the Mulato Ethnicity which is a blend of the Negroid Race and the Caucasoid Race, and others.

Ethnic Identity

Ethnic identities are individuals who have many identities associated with specific roles. One of these identities is related to their ethnic background which is considered as the essence of themselves. Thus, ethnic identity is a characteristic possessed by a group of people who are considered to be the essence of themselves.

This ethnic identity is actually a specific form of cultural identity. Where ethnic identity can be seen as a set of ideas about one ownership of ethnic group membership. This concerns several dimensions, including:

a. Self identification
b. Knowledge of ethnic culture starting from customs, traditions, values, and behavior
c. The feeling of belonging to a particular ethnic group.

Approach to Change of Ethnic Identity

There are several reasons why changes in ethnic identity in a group can occur, including:

1. Objective Approach (Psychological or Structural)

a. Basic assumption of natural science: There is ancestry that exists in social reality in human behavior. Look for general laws by explaining which variables cause or correlate with other variables.
b. This approach tends to be ethnocentric.
c. Objectivists claim that cultural markers such as race are closely related, though inseparable from, ethnicity.

2. Subjective Approach (Phenomenology)

a. The subjective will see that ethnic identity emerges through cultural signs, they emphasize themselves, and feelings of identity related to the group and its recognition by others.
c. Ethnic identity as dynamic, situational, and fluid.

This deterministic approach has been criticized for being too simplistic, because the process of changing ethnic identity in ethnic groups is actually circular, interactional, and also dynamic, which involves conflicts within ethnic groups.

Models of Ethnic Identity Change

Basically, ethnic identity will emerge if two or more ethnic groups are interconnected. In the past, there have been various models of character as well as processes of transformation of ethnic identities, especially the acculturation model as well as the assimilation model which are sometimes interchanged. Assimilation tends to coincide with the loss of ethnicity, while cultural pluralism tends to highlight the continuity of ethnicity.

Generally, assimilation will refer to the extent to which a group that was originally distinctive has lost its subjective identity and has been absorbed into the social structure of another group. Indeed, acculturation is a prerequisite or at least goes hand in hand with assimilation because how can someone lose their distinctive feeling and be fully accepted in another group, unless they are fluent in the language and culture of the receiving group.

The concept of acculturation and also the concept of assimilation originated and developed in the United States. The difference between the two processes is that acculturation is a two-way process, while assimilation is a one-way process. Since the authoritative definition emerged, many experts put forward a definition of acculturation. Many definitions contain similar interpretations, namely that acculturation is a form of cultural change caused by cultural group contact, emphasizing the acceptance of new cultural patterns and characteristics of indigenous peoples by minority groups.

Ethnic or Ethnicity Concept

In studying inter-ethnic relations can be done by looking at the cases that occurred. Especially for ethnic groups who rarely experience conflict and survive the friction that occurs. The goal itself is to identify how they deal with any friction that occurs without conflict. According to Barth, ethnic groups can be called a cultural unit because ethnic groups themselves have an important main feature, namely the ability to share the same cultural characteristics. He also assumes that each ethnic group has its own cultural characteristics.

There are two main things that we can discuss in observing ethnic groups with the characteristics of these special cultural units, namely the formation of cultural units and also the factors that influence the formation of these cultural units. There are also several implications when viewing ethnic groups as cultural units, including:

a. The classification of certain individuals or groups declared as members of a particular ethnic group depends on their ability to show the cultural characteristics of that ethnic group.

b. Visible cultural forms will show ecological influences, but that does not mean that this shows that all of them are merely forms of adaptation to the environment.

However, it is more correct to say that these cultural forms are the result of adjustments by members of ethnic groups when dealing with various external factors. For example, when an ecological environment group varies, it will show different behavior according to the area where it lives, but does not reflect a different cultural value orientation.

Identity Politics

This concept has been explained by Gabriel Almond at length and is easy to understand. These means, experiences, and also influences, which all shape individual attitudes, create what is called identity politics, namely a combination of several feelings and attitudes as follows.

1. Within a political system, there are some basic attitudes and beliefs such as nationalism, ethnic or class identification, ideological attachments, as well as a fundamental sense of personal rights, privileges and obligations.

2. There is a lack of emotional commitment to knowledge of governmental and political institutions such as elections, the structure of representative bodies, the powers of the executive branch, the structure of the judiciary, and also the legal system.

3. There are more fast-changing views on events, political policies, political issues, as well as rising political figures. Identity politics has so far been understood in terms of personal identity and collective identity as well as identity built on the basis of gender, ethnicity, sexual orientation, nation and religion.

Thus a series of explanations regarding the complete meaning of ethnicity, types, and examples that exist in society.

Definition of Etiquette – As dignified and virtuous social beings, it is better for us to instill good social values ​​within ourselves and spread them to the general public. One of the characteristics of a dignified person is having good manners in their daily life so that they can lead a harmonious and peaceful life without any disputes with each other.

The term etiquette itself is actually quite closely related to ethics. Even though they are related to each other, it is clear that the two terms have quite fundamental differences. In general, etiquette is explained as a procedure for carrying out courtesy and vice versa, ethics is the direct application of the form of these manners.

Both have a very important role in peaceful social life, but you need to know that Readers are no longer mistaken when asked to explain what the difference between etiquette and ethics is, so in this discussion we have summarized information about etiquette, types, examples, and the difference between etiquette and ethics. which will add insight to all of you Readers.

Furthermore, we have presented the discussion and can be listened to below!

Definition of Etiquette and Ethics

Sometimes we find it difficult to distinguish between ethics and etiquette. Because the two terms are often considered synonymous. Ethics and etiquette have different meanings on closer inspection. Although in fact they have a lot in common.

Etiquette is an attitude, like manners or other rules, that govern relations between groups of cultural workers. Etiquette comes from the French word “etiquette”.

The most basic is one of the most important things parents teach their children. Children who are brought up with basic manners can adapt well in society. This is an important provision for the future. Some children’s foundations are accustomed to thanking, apologizing, understanding how to share, willing to help others and know how to communicate properly with others.

Basic manners or etiquette is the good behavior of a person in relation to those around him. A person with good manners also leads a good social life. Therefore, parents must teach their children basic manners from an early age so that later they can communicate. There are different types of behavior that comprise the basic behavior.

Meanwhile, in the study of linguistics, the word ethics comes from the Greek word ethos, which means comes from habit. In this case, the perspective of the object is the action, attitude or behavior of the person. More specifically, the notion of ethics is the science of the attitude and decency of an individual in his social environment, which is full of rules and principles relating to behavior that is considered appropriate.

Ethics is a discipline whose aim is to study morality. Apart from ethics, morality is studied by several other disciplines, including anthropology, sociology, and psychology. The difference lies in the approach used to understand morality. The approach used in ethics is the descriptive study of morality. Ethics is the main problem of human social activity. Ethical goals are descriptive and prescriptive. Descriptive means that ethics makes observations about individual characteristics. Meanwhile, precept means that the purpose of ethics is to assess people’s actions and provide recommendations or approval of people’s actions.

However, the general understanding of ethics is the rules, norms, rules or procedures that are normally used as guidelines or principles for the performance of individual actions and behavior. The application of this standard is closely related to the good and bad character of individuals in society.

So ethics is the science that examines good and evil as well as duties, rights and responsibilities both socially and morally for everyone in their social life. Or it can also be said that ethics includes values ​​related to individual morality regarding right and wrong

The Fundamental Difference Between Etiquette and Ethics

By understanding this, you will also have an understanding of the difference between etiquette and etiquette. So that you know more clearly, here we summarize the differences between ethics and everyday etiquette.

Asmawati Burhan’s General Textbook of Ethics (2019) reports on differences in ethics and etiquette relating to human behavior. Both ethics and etiquette give names to human behavior, i.e. what is permissible and what is not. One of the differences between ethics and etiquette is their scope. Ethics is about individual morality. Although etiquette is all about manners.

According to K. Bertens, the book Ethics (2007) explains four differences between ethics and etiquette. Here’s the description:

• Etiquette is about how one should act. Meanwhile, ethics refers to the standard of action itself.
• Etiquette is valid only in social connections. At the same time, ethics always prevails, even if no one pays attention to it.
• Etiquette is relative (what is considered polite in one culture may be impolite in another). Even though ethics is absolute or does not need to be questioned anymore.
• Etiquette only applies to the outside of a person. Even though ethics refers to the inner (spiritual) side of a person.

The difference between ethics and etiquette can be started by recognizing the role ethics play in everyday life. Ethics fulfills its function as a place of critical identification in dealing with various confusing moral situations.

In addition, ethics is also an indicator of intellectual ability. Intellectual ability is the ability to reason rationally and critically. Then ethics also works in an ethical orientation, which is very necessary in a rational attitude in lularis conditions.

We can learn the difference between ethics and etiquette in advance from the characteristics of one of them, namely ethics. Ethics has several characteristics that we need to understand as a social science study, including:

1. Absolute or absolute nature

This means that ethics applies to everyone, anywhere and anytime. Ethics as a principle is unquestioned and does not depend on changing moral foundations. For example, killing other people and seizing rights or property are immoral acts and actions for whatever reason.

2. Ethics to judge whether human actions are good or bad.

Ethics usually prevails, although there is nothing to prove it. This is because ethics is related to the principles of good conscience and human life. For example, if someone steals, even though no one else knows about it, it is still an act that violates applicable ethics and norms. So one’s morale is ultimately bad, even if the police don’t deserve it.

3. Ethics is closely related to human actions or behavior.

Ethics, namely how to look inward about the good and bad relationships of actions committed by people or individuals. Basically, everyone is taught the things that can and cannot be done. Then people gradually come to know good and bad things, so they take shape and seep into their hearts. Of course, this makes people debate whether they want to commit evil or evil deeds.

4. Ethics is also related to the perspective of human reason.

Ethics is very closely related to one’s behavior, deeds and behavior. In this way, ethics for the most part develops naturally as a result of individual behavior, actions and behavior. Bad behavior and actions are considered as bad ethics, while good behavior and actions are also considered as good ethics. Fundamentally, however, ethics is closely related to the behavior and actions of the individual itself.

So ethics always apply, even when no one else is looking.

The following differences in ethics and etiquette can also be seen from their uses. The advantage of ethics itself is that through ethics people can contribute to attitudes that prevail between different points of view and morality. Then ethics is also useful for distinguishing what cannot be changed and what can be changed.

In addition, through systematic and critical thinking, ethics can also solve problems of morality and other social conditions that are troubling society.

Then ethics is also based on reason, not emotion, which can harm many people. Namely thinking and working systematically and regularly. Ethics can also dig into a problem down to its roots, not just out of curiosity, regardless of it.

Characteristics of Etiquette

Etiquette refers to a certain way of acting, habit, way or behavior adopted by a group of people when doing something. An example of etiquette is giving with the right hand.

Etiquette only applies to social interactions. In other words, if there are no witnesses or people, then the rules (adat) do not apply. For example, if someone puts their feet on the table while sitting on a chair and someone else sits with them, then this is not etiquette. However, such activity was fine if no one was looking or if he was just sitting alone.

Etiquette is very relative. Being rude to one group of people may not be a problem for another group of people. Spitting while eating is a relative violation of etiquette, while killing or stealing is an absolute etiquette. Therefore killing and stealing is guilty anywhere and anytime. Etiquette has more to do with looking at things outwardly or physically.

Etiquette is also closely related to manners (the two positions are interchangeable). Therefore, good manners emphasize only external conformity to standards. Politeness also aims to facilitate or harmonize social relations between humans. Politeness confuses the important and the unimportant. Sometimes behavior prioritizes things that are less important. For example our handshake with someone we already know or know when we meet, or saying “thank you” to someone who gave something.

Examples of Basic Etiquette in Everyday Life

There are various examples of basic etiquette in life. Some of the things to know are:

1. Ask for Help and Thank You

One of the ways parents educate their children is to properly ask for help and be grateful when others have helped them. Parents should set an example by saying the same when they ask their child for help.

For example, when asking your child to put their toys down, use “put them down first, son”, then when your child puts their toys down, remember to say “thank you”. If done every day, over time the child will follow this habit. Also, don’t forget to explain the meaning of the words please and thank you.

2. Greet others properly

Greeting others properly is one of the basic etiquette that children must master. When he meets friends, relatives or other people he doesn’t know, he needs to know how to greet them properly. Teach children to use polite words, especially when greeting older people.

Also, teach your child to look the other person in the eye during a conversation. If possible, teach them to shake hands with people they just met. The best way to practice this behavior is to practice it when role-playing or meeting other people.

3. Ask permission before taking

A child must learn that not everything can be taken for granted. If a child sees something he wants to touch, eat or take, then the child must be taught to ask permission first. Once they get something they want, they should be taught to say thank you.

4. Apologize when you make a mistake

Apart from asking for help and thanking them, children must know how to apologize properly. When children make mistakes, children must be taught to admit it honestly and apologize.

5. Don’t laugh at or insult others

Children may hear ridicule from their surroundings or from the TV programs or videos they watch, but find it acceptable. To avoid this, parents should make sure their child knows the basics not to tease, laugh at, or hurt others.

If they are allowed to make fun of others as a joke, even if the joke hurts the other person’s feelings, this behavior can eventually lead to bullying. Teach children that hurting other people’s feelings is not good and should be avoided.

6. Help others

Helping others is a basic habit that must be introduced to children from an early age. Teach children to care about the environment around them. It can foster empathy in children and make them grow into selfless individuals.

You can start by inviting your child to help with household chores, such as cleaning up his toys or lending his things to other people who need them.

Conclusion

That’s a brief discussion of the meaning of etiquette. Not only discussing the meaning of etiquette, but also further discussing the difference with ethics, characteristics, and examples of basic etiquette in everyday life.

Learning basic etiquette is a very important thing in social life because it teaches us various ways to behave and adapt to the situations and conditions we face in order to remain in accordance with local regulations.

Thus a review of how the meaning of etiquette and the difference with ethics. 

Definition of Erosion – Erosion comes from the Latin erosionem (meaning to gnaw) or also called erosion is an event that occurs naturally by the erosion of solids (sediment, soil, rock, and other particles) due to transportation by wind, soil and other materials under the influence gravity or by living things, such as animals that make burrows or the growth of plant roots that cause cracks in the soil, in this case it is called bio-erosion.

Erosion is not the same as weathering due to weather, which is the process of destroying rock minerals by chemical or physical processes or a combination of both. In general, erosion involves three processes, namely detachment , transformation , and sedimentation .

The erosion that occurs can form many interesting natural features such as mountain peaks, valleys and coastlines. Erosion is actually a natural process that is easy to recognize, but in most places it is exacerbated by human activities in poor land use, deforestation, mining activities, plantations and cultivation, construction or development activities that are not well managed, and road building.

Soil used to produce agricultural crops is usually subject to much greater erosion than soil with natural vegetation. The conversion of forests into agricultural fields increases erosion, because the strong root structures of forest plants that bind the soil are replaced with weaker root structures of agricultural crops.

Definition of Erosion

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), erosion is a condition of eroding the earth’s surface by forces that involve lifting objects such as flowing water, ice, wind, and waves or currents. Furthermore, based on the explanation at dpupkp.bantulkab.go.id , erosion or erosion is a process of moving rock mass from one place to another which is carried by transporters moving over the earth.

Quoting from the 2010–2014 National Disaster Management Plan owned by the National Disaster Management Agency (BNPB), it is stated that Indonesia has the potential to experience erosion due to changes in the shape of the soil or rocks. This occurs due to the forces of water, wind, ice, to the influence of heavy age or living organisms.

In general, soil erosion is a process or event of loss of the topsoil surface, either caused by the movement of water or wind. This erosion process can cause a decline in soil productivity, soil carrying capacity and environmental quality.

The surface of the earth’s crust will always experience a process of erosion, in one place erosion will occur while in another place landfill will occur, so that its shape will always change over time. This event occurs naturally and takes place very slowly, so that the consequences only appear after tens or even hundreds of years later.

Erosion is also the process of loss or erosion of soil or parts of land from one place that is transported by water or wind to another place. Eroded soil transported by runoff will be deposited in places where the flow of water slows down such as rivers, irrigation canals, reservoirs, lakes or river mouths. This has an impact on the shallowing of rivers, resulting in more frequent floods during the rainy season and droughts during the dry season.

Erosion is one of the processes in watersheds (DAS) that occurs as a result of land use that is not in accordance with land capabilities. Erosion is also one indication to determine the criticality of a watershed. The amount of erosion and sedimentation from year to year will increase if there is no control or prevention.

Factors Causing Erosion

The amount of erosion depends on various influencing factors including climate, vegetation, soil characteristics, land use, and topography. Climatic factors, including the amount and intensity of rain or precipitation, average and temperature ranges, as well as seasonality, wind speed, storm frequency. Geological factors including sediment type, rock type, porosity and permeability, land slope. Biological factors include the vegetation cover of the land, the creatures that live in the land and land use by humans.

Generally, with the same ecosystem and vegetation, areas with high rainfall, high frequency of rain, more frequent exposure to wind or storms are certainly more exposed to erosion. Sediments with a high content of sand or silt , located in areas with steep slopes, are more easily eroded, as are areas with weathered or broken rock.

Porosity and permeability of sediment or rock have an impact on the speed of erosion, related to whether or not water seeps into the soil easily. If water moves underground, less surface runoff is formed, reducing surface erosion. Sediments that contain a lot of clay tend to erode more easily than sand or silt. The impact of sodium in the atmosphere on the erodibility of the clay should also be considered.

The most variable factor is the amount and type of land cover. In untouched forests, soil minerals are protected by a layer of humus and organic layers. These two layers protect the soil by dampening the impact of raindrops. the layers along with the litter on the forest floor are porous and easily absorb rainwater.

Usually, only heavy rains (sometimes accompanied by hurricanes) will cause runoff on the ground surface in forests. If trees are removed by fire or logging, the degree of water infiltration is high and erosion is low. Severe fires can also cause marked increases in erosion when followed by heavy rains. In this case, construction activities or road construction, when the topsoil or topsoil is removed/compacted, the degree of susceptibility of the soil to erosion increases.

Roads, in particular, allow for an increased degree of erosion, because in addition to removing land cover, roads can significantly change drainage patterns, especially if an embankment is made to support the road. Roads that have lots of rocks and are hydrologically invisible (can catch water as quickly as possible from the road, by imitating natural drainage patterns) have a great chance of not causing increased erosion.

Determinants of Erosion Occurrence

In addition to the several main factors mentioned above, in the Journal of Civil and Environmental Engineering Vol. 3 No. 1 , also describes the four determinants of erosion. These factors include:

1. Topography

Topography or the elevation of the earth’s surface can also trigger erosion. Topography will cause differences in slopes. The slope and length of the slope are very influential on surface flow and erosion.

2. Soil

Soil is the next determining factor. Several things from soil conditions that can cause erosion include the soil’s resistance to damage caused by rainwater or surface activity and the ability of the soil to absorb water.

3. Vegetation

The determining factor for the last erosion is vegetation. The presence of vegetation on the surface of the earth will affect runoff and erosion. These influences include:

• Rain intercept done by crop crown processing.
• Vegetation that affects the speed of flow on the surface and the destructive power that comes from the water.
• Plant roots will affect biological activities related to plant growth and will affect soil fertility.
• Transpiration that occurs will make the soil drier.

4. Humans

Activities related to changes in factors that affect erosion, for example changes in land cover due to deforestation or clearing of forests for settlements, agricultural land, or
grazing. Changes in topography on a micro basis due to the application of terracing, loosening the soil by processing, and the use of stabilizers and fertilizers that affect soil structure.

The process of clearing land that is not controlled will have implications for increasing the risk of erosion. The main cause of erosion is land use that is not in accordance with its function and the level of sensitivity of the soil which is very sensitive to erosion. Land damage that occurs due to the high level of sensitivity of the soil to erosion as a result of human activities in managing land use that is not in accordance with conservation principles.

It is customary for the community to start farming in months with high rainfall, both for rice fields, cultivation and plantations. It can be observed that at the beginning of the growing season the vegetal cover area decreases , so that land without vegetation is vulnerable to erosion. The wider the farmer’s land, the greater the erosion caused.

Cultivation activities with the habit of burning the planting area repeatedly can damage the soil surface both for organic loss and soil erosion. Forest management activities such as logging, building roads, ditches and base camps must receive special attention in conserving forest resources. The same goes for other development sectors such as road network construction, mining, agriculture, transmigration, and settlements that deforest the land surface.

Erosion Examples

There are many types of erosion that occurs on the surface of the earth. There are several examples of erosion which are explained as follows.

1. Water Erosion or Ablation

The first example is water erosion. This erosion occurs due to the influence of river water and rain. High intensity and rainfall will further increase the chances of ablation. At least, there are four types of ablation that can occur.

• Splash erosion: caused by rainwater that falls into the ground and washes away the soil.
• Sheet erosion: occurs in soil on mountain slopes. The top layer of soil will be washed away with rainwater.
• Erosion of grooves: erosion of the soil that is already taking place and causes the formation of grooves which later become places for water to flow.
• Trench erosion: erosion that occurs when the groove that is formed has a depth of more than 0.3 meters.

2. Erosion Corrosion or Deflation

Deflation is erosion caused by wind. Usually occurs in desert areas. The wind in that place will cause the sand to move to another place constantly.

3. Abrasion

Abrasion is the erosion that occurs in coastal areas. The erosion occurs because of the destructive sea waves and ocean currents. According to BNPB in Indonesia’s Disaster Risk , it also explains that the abrasion process occurs when there is wind moving at sea which causes currents and waves towards the coast. If the incident lasts longer, it will cause a lot of erosion on the beach.

4. Excursion

This erosion is caused by the movement of melting ice. This melting causes the rocks to move downward and then precipitate. The results of this erosion are known as fjords . This occurrence is usually in the snowy mountains.

Erosion Impact

The impact of erosion is the depletion of the top layer of soil, which will reduce land capability (land degradation). Another consequence of erosion is the decreased ability of the soil to absorb water (infiltration). A decrease in the ability of land to absorb water into the soil layer will increase surface water runoff which will result in flooding in rivers.

In addition, soil particles that are transported by surface runoff will eventually settle in rivers (sedimentation) which in turn due to high sedimentation will cause siltation of rivers which will affect the smoothness of shipping lanes.

A certain amount of erosion is actually a natural occurrence and good for the ecosystem. For example, gravel periodically descends to lower elevations via water transport. However, excessive erosion, of course, can cause problems, for example in terms of sedimentation, ecosystem damage and simultaneous loss of water.

Erosion causes the loss of fertile and good soil layers for plant growth, as well as reduced soil ability to absorb and hold water. The transported soil will be carried into water sources (sediment) and will be deposited in places where the water flow slows down in rivers, reservoirs, lakes, reservoirs, irrigation canals, above agriculture and so on.

Thus, the damage caused by erosion occurs in two places, namely in the soil where erosion occurs, and in the final destination where the transported soil is deposited.

How to Prevent Erosion

The phenomenon of erosion in the top layer of the earth’s surface can actually be prevented in various ways. Quoting from Pusatkritis.kemkes.go.id , there are several ways to prevent erosion. Here’s an explanation.

1. Soil Conservation

The first way that can be done is to do soil conservation. This effort is made to prevent and inhibit soil erosion. Selection of the right vegetation is the key to the success of conservation efforts. Make sure to use vegetation that has the ability to withstand various stress conditions.

2. Terraces

We may already be familiar with the terracing system which is usually found on agricultural land in the highlands. This terracing actually has a very important role, especially in keeping rainwater from flowing down and causing erosion. With terraced land, the soil will be more stable and the plants will also grow better.

3. Counter Farming

The next effort to prevent soil erosion is by contour farming or planting based on contour lines. This method of cultivating crops will make the roots of the plants stronger, so they can hold the soil so that it doesn’t erode easily during heavy rains.

4. Reforestation

The next preventive measure that can be taken is reforestation or replanting of deforested forests. This method is very important to do because trees in the forest are oxygen producers as well as water retainers. With a forest ecosystem that is maintained, other natural disasters such as floods can also be prevented.

Definition of Equilibrium – The theory of consumer behavior in economic studies states that consumers always want the maximum level of satisfaction which is illustrated by an indifference curve. Consumers in a conventional economy assume a utility maximization assumption ( always aiming to obtain satisfaction in their consumption activities ).

Satisfaction is only limited by budget line , because in conventional economics economic motives are based on wants). It is the meeting between the budget line and the indifference curve (desire) that produces maximum satisfaction and is said to be the equilibrium point (Reksoprayitno, 2007: 180).

Abdurrazaq Nawfal once wrote a book entitled al -I’jaz al-Adabiy li al-Qur’an al-Karim . One of the discussions contains four forms of balance and harmony in the number of words in the Qur’an , one of which is the balance between the number of words and their antonyms. For example, the words al-hayah (to live) and al-mawt (to die) both add up to 145 times.

The words al-naf’ (benefits) and al-madharah both have 50. Furthermore, the words al-har (hot) and al-bard (cold) are mentioned four times. Likewise the words as-shalihat (goodness) and as-sayyiat (ugliness) is mentioned 167 times respectively. The words al-kufr (infidel) and al-iman (infinite form) is mentioned eight times (Shihab, 1992: 29 30).

The compatibility of the number of words above to a certain degree is proof of the authenticity of the Qur’an. But more than that, the harmony of the words used in the Qur’an actually provides a valuable lesson for humans that life requires balance. Balance in essence is part of sunnatullah . If the balance is not maintained , what will happen is the destruction of nature and humanity itself .

Referring to the whole concept in the Qur’an , there are three equiliubirium (balance) that humans must do, namely a balance between the life of this world and the hereafter, a balance between physical and spiritual needs , and a balance between individual and social interests.

Definition of Consumer Equilibrium

Conventional economic studies cannot forget the thoughts of Adam Smith in discussing consumer equilibrium . Smith has studied it since it was still a shadowy concept in the context of the division of labor . According to Smith: ” The general industry of the society can never exceed what the capital of the society employs “. This is due to: ” Every individual is continuously exerting himself to find out the most advantegous employment for whatever capital he can command “.

Smith in the next paragraph says: ” But the annual revenue of every society is always equal to the exchangeable value of the whole annual produce of its industry, or rather is precisely the same thing with that exchangeable value “.

Based on the explanation in the Collins Dictionary of Economics , equilibrium is explained as a state of balance with no tendency to change , while the definition is according to the Microsoft Bookshelf Dictionary (2000), namely:

• A condition in which all acting influences are canceled by others, resulting in a stable, balanced, or unchanging system ;
• Mental or emotional balance; Poise ;
• Physics . The state of a body or physical system at rest or in unaccelerated motion in which the resultant of all forces acting on it is zero and the sum of all torques about any axis is zero;
• Chemistry. The state of a chemical reaction in which its forward and reverse reactions occur at equal rates so that the concentration of the reactants and products does not change with time.

The word equilibrium is actually adopted from the Latin ” aequilībrium ” which starts with aequi which connotes equi , and lībra which means balanced ( balance ), stable, not moving, and or not changing. As according to the Collins Dictionary of Economics , equilibrium is understood as a state of balance with no tendency to change .

The word equilibrium in Indonesian is usually translated as balance or equilibrium and in Arabic it is known as tawazzun. Equilibrium concept (equilibrium ) according to mathematical economics refers to a point of intersection (or point of intersection) of the confluence of two opposing countervailing forces , for example between the demand curve vis-à-vis the supply curve, between the indifference curve vis- à-vis the budget line, between the demand curve marginal cost vis-à-vis the marginal revenue line , etc.

The point of intersection or tangency of the two curves seems to have become a magical point , which dictates the two countervailing forces to compromise to an outcome , which is called a certain equilibrium point . Consumers are parties who use consumption goods and services .

Consumer behavior can be divided into three stages, namely:

• Consumer preference, which is a first step that explains the reasons for how someone chooses a certain item over other types of goods;
• Budget line, namely consumer considerations regarding price factors and decisions according to the income they have. Merging consumer preferences with the budget line will determine the steps to be taken by the consumer;
• Consumer choices, namely the steps taken by consumers after knowing their preferences and income , they choose a combination of goods that can maximize their needs ( Pyndick and Rubinfield, 2002: 62) .

There are four known principles to assess the reasons consumers choose an item, namely:

1. Completeness ( Completeness ) _

This principle says that each individual can always determine the state he likes when he is faced with two situations. For example, if consumers are faced with two products A and B, the choices that occur are A is preferred over B , B is preferred over A, A and B are both preferred, or A and B are both disliked. This preference ignores the cost factor to get it.

2. Transitivity _( Transitivity )

This principle explains consumer consistency in deciding or determining alternative choices for several products. For example, a consumer says that item A is preferred over item B, item B is preferred over item C, of ​​course the consumer will say that item A is preferred over item C.

3. Continuity ( Continuity )

This principle explains that if a consumer says that item A is preferable to item B, any situation that is close to item A is preferable to item B. This shows the consistency of the consumer in choosing an item that he will later consume.

4. T he More is the Better ( More is Better )

This principle explains that if a consumer consumes more goods, the consumer’s satisfaction will increase. This can be explained through an increasing indifference curve that will provide better satisfaction, so that consumers will continue to increase their consumption in order to achieve maximum satisfaction , even though they are experiencing a budget constraint . ) (Karim, 2007: 64 – 65) .

Consumer Equilibrium in Islamic Perspective (Surah Al-Furqan Verse 67)

The unity approach approach initiated by Anas Zarqa’ seems relevant enough to understand Surah Al-Furqan verse 67 from an economic perspective. According to the study of the Ulumul Qur’an , this verse is included in the group of makkiyah verses . Etymologically, al-Furqan comes from Arabic, which means a distinction taken from the beginning of this letter. The word al-Furqan here refers to the book of the Qur’an itself. It is named so because the Qur’an is the difference between right and wrong, between right and wrong.

The main contents of this letter are talking about faith, laws, stories , and topics about natural events as proof of the oneness of Allah SWT. After the previous verses talk about the relationship between Allah SWT and creatures and how to be an ideal servant, then the human nature of property and ethics that should be held by a Muslim are described.

This verse is also an indication that there is no prohibition for a Muslim to have wealth. One should be able to control wealth, not wealth that controls people. In full, Surah Al-Furqan verse 67 reads as follows.

” And those who spend (wealth), they are not excessive, and not (also) stingy, and are (spending) in the middle between these ” (QS Al-Furqan: 67).

Judging from the paragraph above, there are important keywords to be used as a basis for building a theory of consumer equilibrium , including:

1. Infection

According to ath-Thabathabai, the word infak terminologically means “to issue wealth and spend it to meet the needs of oneself and others” (Ath-Thabathabai, tt: 239). Unlike what we often understand, the term infaq is always associated with a kind of contribution or donation. This term in the Qur’an is still very common. Spending for good, donations, or something that is for oneself, even consumptive desires and needs, are all included in the term infaq.

2. Israel

The word infak is the noun form of asrafa-yusrifu which means al- khuruj ‘an al-had (out of bounds). Israf in relation to infak is interpreted as an attitude of going beyond what is supposed to be in using wealth (Ath-Thabathabai, tt: 239). The word israf in the Qur’an is mentioned 23 times in different contexts, such as excessive actions related to food and drink, excessive self-esteem, charity, and war and power.

3. Qatr

The word qatr is the noun form of qatara-yaqturu which means “to be too frugal in spending wealth (Ath-Thabathabai, tt: 239). This word is the opposite of the word israf which can also mean giving less than what can be given according to the circumstances of the giver and recipient (Shihab, 2002: 533). This word is also equivalent to the word bukhl or bakhil in Indonesian. More broadly, these two words can mean withholding from obtaining or removing from what is reasonable and sufficient.

4. Qawam

This word in the verse tarkib is tanshish in the sentence “if they spend their wealth not excessively and not stingy”. The meaning of the word is ifrath wa tafrith (prohibition of transgression ), namely excessive and miserly. This attitude is called tawassuth ( middle) or ‘adl (fair) (Ath- Thabathabai, tt: 239).

—–

This is an explanation of the meaning and meaning of equilibrium that you need to understand. 

 

Definition of executive – Readers must have heard of executive. The word executive itself is related to government and also positions. The executive is a government agency created by the state to carry out various state functions.

Executives can also be interpreted as people who hold the highest position or have the highest authority in a company.

In simple terms, the executive can also be referred to as government. In addition, the figure who is said to be an executive is a figure who is considered the most important in an organizational system. As an example in the state structure, the executive branch is the institution with the highest position.

Likewise in a company, the executive is the highest authority who will make decisions in a company.

So that Readers understands more about what an executive is, both in government and in the position structure, let’s see this article until it’s finished! The following will explain the meaning of the executive in government, the meaning of the executive in office, and its supporting elements.

Definition of Executive Agency in Government

The executive branch is one of the three state agencies in the Indonesian government system.

State institutions themselves are government institutions created by the state, originating from the state, and intended for the state. State institutions are government organizations that will carry out state functions.

The executive branch is an institution that is given the power to implement laws. The executive branch is a government agency that has the power and responsibility to enforce the law.

The executive branch is tasked with administering government affairs, implementing laws, and maintaining security and order.

At this time, the position of the executive branch is held by the president as the head of government. In the Law of State Institutions in a democratic country, the executive branch is briefly defined as the power held by the president or king along with his ministers. In a broader sense, those included in the executive branch as well, namely the military and civil servants.

Therefore, in simple terms, the executive branch can be called the government. In carrying out its duties, the executive branch side by side with the legislature and the judiciary. The duties of this executive branch apply both domestically and abroad.

Authority and Duties of the Executive Agency 

Based on the explanation of the meaning of the executive branch that has been written above, the task of this institution is to implement laws, regulations and policies, which have been made by the legislature. In addition to these duties, there are powers and duties of other executive institutions, namely:

1. Organizing state administration.
2. Drafting or dispensing laws, then guiding them to the People’s Representative Council until they become laws.
3. Organize the police and other security forces, organize war, organize national defense and internal security.
4. Appoint representatives of the State of Indonesia such as ambassadors or consuls for other cooperating countries. The Indonesian Ambassador will be stationed in the capital city of the country, and the consul is an agency under the Indonesian Embassy in another country.
5. Make agreements with other countries with the approval of representatives of the people and carry out cooperation.
6. Giving a title sign, service mark, or other mark of honor to Indonesian citizens or foreign countries who have services for the Indonesian state.
7. Receiving and welcoming ambassadors from other countries who come to Indonesia.

Executive Agency System

After getting to know the meaning, authority, and duties of the executive branch, we will then get to know how the system of the executive branch is. The executive body system is generally divided into two, namely:

1. Parliamentary Government System

In this system, the head of state and head of government are separate. The head of state is led by the president, while the head of government is led by the prime minister. However, the head of state only functions as a symbol of a sovereign state.

2. Presidential Government System

The head of government and the head of state are both held by the president in this one system.

Executive Board Structure

As an institution, of course there is an arrangement within the organization. The following is the composition of the executive branch in Indonesia.

1. President

The president is the highest government administrator who holds government power based on the Constitution. The executive body system or government system in Indonesia is a presidential system. The President of the Republic of Indonesia has a special position, namely as head of state and also head of government.

2. Vice President

In carrying out his duties and obligations, the president will be assisted by the vice president. Therefore, the president and vice president are in one institution, namely the presidential institution.

3. Ministry of State

State ministries are government tools that deal with certain areas of government.

4. Minister-level officials

Minister-level officials are officials whose position is under the president and are directly responsible to the president.

5. Non-Ministerial Government Institutions

Non-Ministry Government Institutions are central government institutions created specifically to carry out certain governmental tasks from the president.

Definition of Executive Agency in Corporate Structure

Executive is defined as a person who holds the most important position or has the highest authority in a company. An executive has the highest authority and power to manage the company’s operations. Executives have enormous influence on the companies they lead, so these executives will play a very important role in being able to manage their subordinates.

The executive determines the direction of the company, so the executive must make the right decisions and policies within the company. Every human being has a different character. It’s the same as every executive who has a different character in leading his company.

Based on Low’s (2006) explanation, the executive leaders of a company have two characters in carrying out their duties, namely risk takers and risk averse. Risk taker is one of the executive characters who dare to take risks. Conversely, risk averse is an executive character who lacks the courage to take risks. The character of an executive who is a risk taker will dare to do anything in order to get the maximum profit.

Risk takers will be braver to take risks even though the risks taken can be said to be large. On the contrary, executives who have a risk averse character tend to dislike big risks. He will tend to avoid risks and definitely prefer smaller risks (Evianisa, 2014).

Every company must have a leader who occupies the highest position, which is usually referred to as top manager or top executive. These top executives must have certain characteristics to lead and manage the company’s business activities in an effort to achieve the goals to be achieved by the company. The character of an executive will greatly determine how the company works or the system.

This is because, everything that is done by the company must have a risk, whether it is small or big. According to Budiman and Setiyono (2012), the types of characters of individuals or executives who serve in company management, whether they are risk taking or risk averse, can be seen in the size of the company’s risk or existing corporate risk.

Executive Character Indicator

Company risk is one part of the executive character indicator. Company risk or corporate risk is the volatility of the company’s earnings, which can be measured by the standard deviation formula. So that company risk or corporate risk can also be interpreted as a deviation or standard deviation from earnings. Either the deviation is more than planned (upside potential) or less than planned (downside risk).

The greater the deviation of the company’s earnings indicates that the greater the company’s risk. According to Paligorova (2010), to determine the character of an executive, the company’s risk or corporate risk is also used. The size of the company’s risk will reflect the tendency of the executive character (Ni Nyoman Kristiana Dewi and I Ketut Jati, 2014).

So, that’s Readers’ understanding of the executive in the field of government and positions, along with the tasks, system, structure, characteristics, and determining indicators. 

Definition of Epilepsy-  As is known to the general public, epilepsy is a condition in which a person experiences seizures in certain parts of the body due to a disturbance in the nervous system of the brain. Usually people with epilepsy are not aware of what they are doing when the disease recurs. This epileptic condition can occur due to central nervous system (neurological) disorders which cause sufferers to experience seizures or even worse until they faint.

In general, a person cannot be said to have epilepsy if they have not had two or more seizures within 24 hours for no apparent reason. However, patients with epilepsy may have seizures more than once, i.e. repeated at the same time or at different times.

In fact, in some cases, epilepsy can cause seizures during sleep. This is most likely caused by a change in body phase from waking to sleeping which triggers abnormal activity in the brain.

So for that, Readers who want to know about the meaning of epilepsy or also known as epilepsy, in this discussion we will try to provide detailed information regarding epilepsy for all of Readers’ friends.

Further discussion of epilepsy can be seen below!

Definition of Epilepsy

Epilepsy (derived from the Ancient Greek verb ἐπιλαμβάνειν , meaning “to pass over, to possess or to torment”) is a group of long-term neurological diseases characterized by seizures. These seizures can vary in episodes from brief, barely noticeable seizures to severe tremors that last a long time. In epilepsy, seizures are usually recurrent and have no underlying direct cause, whereas seizures with a specific cause are not considered to represent epilepsy. In Indonesian, the term “epilepsy” is used for various cases of epilepsy.

In most cases, the cause is unknown, although some people develop epilepsy due to brain injury, stroke, brain tumors, and drug and alcohol abuse. Epileptic seizures are the result of excessive and abnormal neuronal activity in the cortex. Diagnosis usually involves ruling out other disorders causing similar symptoms (eg fainting) and determining the proximate cause. Epilepsy can often be confirmed by electroencephalography (EEG).

There is no cure for epilepsy, but in about 70 percent of cases, seizures can be controlled with medication. For those whose seizures do not respond to medication, surgery, nerve stimulation, or dietary changes may be considered. Not all epilepsy symptoms last a lifetime, and many people experience improvement to the point where treatment is no longer needed. Epilepsy, like tuberculosis, must be fully treated, even if it appears healthy. For epilepsy, treatment was stopped one year after the last seizure.

About 1% of the world’s population (65 million) suffer from epilepsy and nearly 80% of cases occur in developing countries. Epilepsy becomes more common with age. In developed countries, early symptoms of new cases are most common in children and the elderly; In developing countries, it occurs most often in older children and young adults because of the prevalence of underlying causes. About 5 to 10% of people have unprovoked seizures before the age of 80, and there is a 40 to 50% chance of having another seizure. In many parts of the world, people with epilepsy are not allowed to drive or drive at all, but most of them are able to drive again after an epilepsy-free period.

Epilepsy Symptoms

Epilepsy is characterized by a long-term risk of recurrent seizures. These seizures can occur in different ways, depending on which part of the brain is affected and the patient’s age. Here are some symptoms of epilepsy that you need to know:

1. Seizures

The most common form of epileptic seizures (60%) are seizures/shakes. Of these seizures, two-thirds start with partial seizures (which can later become generalized seizures) and one-third with generalized seizures. The remaining 40% of other types of seizures are non-convulsive. An example of this type is absence seizures, which represent a reduced level of consciousness and usually last about 10 seconds.

Focal epileptic seizures are often preceded by a special experience known as an aura.

Sensory (sight, hearing, and smell), psychic, autonomic, or motor phenomena. Seizures can start in one muscle group and spread to surrounding muscle groups, which is known as a Jacksonian epileptic seizure. Automation can occur. These are involuntary movements, usually simple repetitive movements such as smacking your lips or more complex movements such as trying to pick something up.

About 6% of people with epilepsy have seizures, often triggered by certain events, known as reflex seizures. People with reflex epilepsy have seizures that are only triggered by certain stimuli. Common triggers are lightning and sudden noises. In some types of epilepsy, seizures occur more frequently during sleep, and in other types of epilepsy, they occur almost exclusively during sleep.

2. Postictal

After an active seizure, there is usually a period of confusion called the postictal period before the level of consciousness returns to normal. This usually takes 3-15 minutes, but can take hours.

Other common symptoms are: Fatigue, headaches, difficulty speaking and abnormal behavior. Post-attack psychosis is quite common, occurring in 6-10 percent of sufferers. Patients often do not remember what happened during this period. Localized weakness, known as Todd’s palsy, can also occur after a focal epileptic seizure. When it does, it usually lasts a few seconds to a few minutes but rarely a day or two.

3. Psychosocial

Epilepsy can affect a person’s social and psychological well-being. These effects may include social isolation, stigma or disability. This effect can lead to lower school performance and fewer job opportunities. Learning disabilities are common in patients with epilepsy, and especially in children with epilepsy. The stigma of epilepsy can also affect affected families.

Certain disorders are more common in people with epilepsy, depending in part on the symptoms of epilepsy. These may include: depression, anxiety disorders and migraines. Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) affects children with epilepsy three to five times more frequently than the general population. Both ADHD and epilepsy have serious consequences for a child’s behavior, learning abilities, and social development. Epilepsy is also more common in autistic people

Epilepsy is caused by abnormal brain activity that can affect all processes controlled by your brain. In many cases, the symptoms of epilepsy appear spontaneously and for a short time.

In short, here are some of the symptoms of epilepsy that can be identified:

• Temporary confusion.
• Empty (dark) eyes stare too long at one place. Uncontrollable jerking movements of the arms and legs.
• Total or temporary loss of consciousness.
• Mental symptoms.
• muscle stiffness.
• Tremor (shaking) or spasms in one part of the body (face, arms, legs) or throughout the body. Seizures, followed by sudden rigidity and loss of consciousness, which can cause the person to fall suddenly.

Types of Epilepsy

Recurrent seizures are the main symptom of epilepsy. The severity of seizures varies, depending on which part of the brain is first affected and how far the disease has spread. Types of seizures are divided into two based on brain disease, namely:

1. Partial Epilepsy

Seizures are caused by abnormal electrical activity in the brain. Partial seizures are seizures that only affect one area of ​​the brain.

Partial epilepsy, also called focal seizures, is common in adults with epilepsy. The type of seizure that occurs depends on which part of the brain is affected.

Symptoms can be in the form of motor movements or felt through the five senses. Partial seizures usually affect one part of the body or only one side of the body. However, these seizures can sometimes become generalized seizures.

In partial or focal seizures, only part of the brain is affected. Partial seizures are divided into two categories, namely:

• Simple partial seizures, namely seizures in which the subject does not lose consciousness. Symptoms may include twitching or tingling in the limbs, dizziness and flashing lights. The part of the body that experiences seizures depends on which part of the brain is affected. For example, if epilepsy affects the brain that controls the movement of the arms or legs, only those two limbs will have seizures. Partial seizures can also cause sufferers to experience emotional changes, such as: Sudden excitement or fear.
• Complex partial seizures. Sometimes focal seizures impair a patient’s consciousness, causing them to appear temporarily confused or semi-conscious. These are called complex partial seizures. Other features of complex partial seizures include staring blankly, swallowing, chewing, or rubbing hands.

2. General Epilepsy

In generalized or generalized seizures, the symptoms occur throughout the body and are caused by abnormalities that attack all parts of the brain. The following symptoms may occur when a person has a generalized seizure:

• Eyes that open during seizures.
• Tonic seizures. The body tensed for a few seconds. It may or may not be accompanied by rhythmic movements of the arms and legs. The muscles of the body, especially the arms, legs and back started to shake. Atonic seizures, where the muscles in the body suddenly relax, allowing the person to fall uncontrollably.
• Clonic seizures, which are rhythmic convulsive movements that usually involve the muscles of the neck, face and arms.
• Sometimes people with epilepsy make noise or scream during a seizure.
• sleeping time
• Shortness of breath for a few moments, making the body look pale and even blue. In some cases, a generalized seizure leaves the patient completely unconscious. Upon awakening, the patient may appear confused for several minutes or hours.

There is a type of epilepsy that is common in children and is known as absence or petit mal. Although this condition is not dangerous, academic performance and concentration can be disrupted. This type of epilepsy is characterized by loss of consciousness for a few seconds, blinking or lip movement, and blank stares. Children with these seizures may not be aware of or remember what happened during their seizure.

Factors Causing Epilepsy

In many cases, the cause of epilepsy is unknown. However, here are some factors that affect the brain and may be a cause of epilepsy, including:

• Genetic influence. Several types of epilepsy, classified according to the type of epilepsy or the part of the brain affected, run in families.
• Head injuries Head injuries from car accidents, falls, or other traumatic injuries can also cause epilepsy. brain health Brain damage, such as a brain tumor or stroke, can cause epilepsy. Stroke is the leading cause of epilepsy in adults over the age of 35.
• Infectious diseases Infectious diseases such as meningitis, HIV/AIDS and viral encephalitis can cause epilepsy.
• Prenatal Injuries. Epilepsy in children is usually triggered by various disorders during pregnancy. Before birth, babies are prone to brain damage which can be caused by several factors, including maternal infection, poor diet, or lack of oxygen
• Developmental disorders. Epilepsy can sometimes be associated with developmental disorders such as autism and neurofibromatosis.

Epilepsy Risk Factors

Although the exact cause is unknown, researchers have identified several factors that increase the risk of epilepsy. The following risk factors for epilepsy are:

• Age Children and the elderly have more cases of epilepsy than working age adults. However, this disease can also occur in all age groups who have a high risk of developing epilepsy.
• Genetics. Genes can cause epilepsy in most people. So if you have a family history of epilepsy, you have a higher risk of developing this disease.
• Head injuries Head injuries from car accidents, falls or other traumatic injuries play a role in the development of epilepsy.
• Stroke and vascular disease. Strokes and other blood vessel diseases can cause brain damage that can trigger this condition.
• dementia Dementia can increase the risk of epilepsy in the elderly.
• Encephalitis Infections, such as meningitis, that cause inflammation in the brain or spinal cord can increase your risk of developing this condition. History of childhood seizures. High fever can be a cause of epilepsy in children. Although not all, children with neurological disorders and a family history of epilepsy are usually more susceptible to this condition.

Diagnosis of Epilepsy

In addition to reviewing your symptoms and medical history, your doctor may perform several tests to diagnose your condition. Some of the diagnostic tests for epilepsy include:

• The neurological examination examines the patient’s brain function, motor skills, and behavior.
• Blood tests to rule out other health problems that can cause seizures.
• An electroencephalogram (EEG) is a common epilepsy test that looks for abnormal brain waves.
• Computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), functional MR imaging (fMRI) and positron emission tomography (PET) and single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) for imaging studies of the brain.

Conclusion

So a brief discussion about the meaning of what epilepsy is. Not only understanding the meaning of epilepsy, but further discussing the symptoms, types, causes and ways to find out whether someone has epilepsy based on these factors.

Knowing what epilepsy is is very useful for someone to understand the various possibilities and causal factors that cause someone to experience epilepsy. Because by understanding it well, we can be able to help provide first aid to people with epilepsy if one day they experience a relapse of their epilepsy.

 

Definition of enzymes – In the human body there is a reaction to break down food substances to produce energy in the form of ATP. This reaction is one of several chemical reactions that occur in the bodies of living things. As in the plant body, a chemical reaction called photosynthesis also occurs. Thus, all the chemical reactions that occur in the bodies of living things are called metabolism.

The chemical reactions in metabolism occur very quickly. Enzymes as components that play a very important role in the reactions that exist. Does Readers know about enzymes? So, if you don’t know, then you can refer to this article, Readers.

So, what are you waiting for? Let’s see!

Definition of Enzyme

Enzymes are biomolecules that function as catalysts in a chemical reaction. In this case, the catalyst is a compound that speeds up the reaction process without being completely reacted. If this substance is not there, it can inhibit the activity that occurs in the organs of the body. In addition, enzymes are referred to as biocatalysts which have a role in accelerating biological reactions without any changes in chemical structure.

In this reaction, the substrate as the initial reaction molecule and the enzyme that converts these molecules into different molecules, this is called the product. In general, all biological processes require enzymes to operate quickly.

According to Kuhne (1878), the word enzyme comes from in and zyme which means something in the yeast. Based on the studies that have been investigated, enzymes are proteins in the form of large molecules. In the enzyme there is a protein part that is not heat resistant, which is called an apoenzyme , while the non-protein part is the active part and is given a prosthetic group, usually in the form of a metal such as iron, copper, zinc or an organic compound containing metal.

The apoenzyme and the prosthetic group form a unit called the holoenzyme , but there are also parts of the enzyme where the apoenzyme and the prosthetic group do not unite. The part of the prosthetic group that is lost we call a coenzyme, which is active like a prosthetic group. Examples of coenzymes are vitamins or their parts, such as vitamins B2, B1, B6, niacin and biotin.

Enzyme Structure

Enzymes consist of two components, namely the pro part (apoenzyme) and not the protein part (prosthetic group). This apoenzyme is made up of protein and can easily change. These changes can occur depending on pH and temperature.

Meanwhile, the prosthetic group can be said to be a group that is no longer active. In this substance, contained various kinds of metal elements, namely magnesium, sodium, iron, and manganese. However, in this prosthetic there are also organic materials that do not include protein. For example, B vitamins.

Enzymes Inside the Cell

A living cell can be likened to an energy-dependent chemical factory that must follow various chemical conventions. Meanwhile, a chemical reaction that makes life possible is also known as metabolism. There are continuous reactions going on inside every cell, so metabolism is an amazing reaction. Metabolic trajectories must be carefully regulated so that cells can function and develop properly.

Cells can regulate which metabolic pathways run and how fast by producing the right catalysts called enzymes in the right amount and when needed. Almost all chemical reactions take place very slowly without a catalyst and enzymes are more specific and stronger catalysts than metal ions or other inorganic compounds, which can be absorbed by plants and soil. Thus, enzymes generally increase reaction rates by a factor of between 18Y TO 1020. Compared to man-made catalysts, enzymes are usually 10K to 10c times more effective.

Enzymes are also much more specific than inorganic catalysts or even synthetic organic catalysts in terms of the variety of reactions they can catalyze, so that reactions can be controlled by the formation of certain compounds needed for compounds in life.

The catalyst has a function to accelerate the reaction that can be used repeatedly. For example, one catalyst can make as many as 2 to 3 reactions.

Inside the cell, enzymes are evenly distributed throughout the plasma, but are concentrated in the organelles where the reactions occur. For example, the enzymes involved in the Calvin and Krebs reactions assemble in mitochondria and chloroplasts. Enzymes needed in the synthesis of DNA and RNA as well as for the deepest mitosis process in the cell nucleus.

The enzymes in the cell will work continuously. That is, the product of a reaction step will be released at a place where this product can be immediately converted by another enzyme next. There are some enzymes that are found outside the organelles, but they are also not dispersed due to the branched endoplasmic reticulum.

Knowing more about enzymes can be through the book Enzymes and Their Use. In this book, readers can find out the benefits of enzymes not only for themselves, but also for the benefits of enzymes for industry. In addition, through this book, it will be easier for you to understand the characteristics of enzymes. Get this book immediately, by clicking the “Buy Now” button.

 

Properties of Enzymes

In addition to discussing the meaning and structure of enzymes, at this point, we will discuss the properties of enzymes.

• Enzymes are active in very small amounts

It only requires a small amount of the enzyme to change in a chemical reaction.

• With stable conditions, the enzyme will not be affected by the existing reaction

This can happen because the nature of protein and enzyme activity is affected by pH and temperature. Under conditions that are considered not optimum, an enzyme is a relatively unstable compound and is affected by the reaction it catalyzes.

• Enzymes do not affect the balance of reactions

Although enzymes speed up the completion of a reaction, they do not affect the balance of the reaction. If the speed is high, then an enzyme will have reciprocity in the living system that takes place.

• Specific enzyme catalytic action

Enzymes exhibit specificity for the reactions they catalyze. So, in an enzyme that catalyzes a reaction, the enzyme does not catalyze other enzymes.

• Enzymes are composed of proteins

Enzyme forming substances or constituents are proteins. However, not all types of protein are enzymes.

• Enzymes are biocatalysts

Enzymes are biocatalysts, which means that enzymes can only change the rate of reaction by lowering their energy.

• Enzymes can be used repeatedly / reusable

As long as the enzyme is not damaged, the enzyme can be used repeatedly because it does not react.

• Enzymes do not turn into products

Even though enzymes work to convert substrates into products, enzymes don’t turn into products either, yes, Readers.

• Enzyme work is alternating or reversible

An enzyme can carry out a two-way reaction, namely the substrate becomes a product or the product becomes a substrate.

• Enzymes are colloids

Enzymes are composed of protein components. Therefore, the nature of the enzyme is classified as a colloid. Enzyme activity tends to be large because it has a large surface area between particles.

• Does not determine the direction of the reaction

Enzymes do not have a role to step in the direction of the reaction. For example, a body that lacks glucose will be able to break down reserve sugar or glycogen and vice versa.

As previously explained, this enzyme is composed of protein. Therefore, through the book Proteins & Enzymes , readers will find it easier to understand the relationship between proteins and enzymes. This book, which is written in simple language, is perfect for students who are studying proteins and enzymes to read.

Enzyme Classification

The following is a classification of enzymes that you need to know.

Hydrolase 

Hydrolases are enzymes that can decompose a substance with the help of water. Hydrolase itself is still divided into several parts based on the substrate, including:

• Carbohydrase

Carbohydrase is an enzyme that removes carbohydrates. This group is further broken down according to the carbohydrates described, for example:

1. Amylase, which is an enzyme that breaks down starch (a polysaccharide) into maltose 9, a disaccharide.
2. Maltase, is an enzyme that processes maltose into glucose.
3. Sucrase, is an enzyme that converts sucrose (cane sugar) into glucose and fructose.
4. Lactase is an enzyme that can convert lactose into glucose and galactose.
5. Cellulase, is an enzyme that processes cellulose (a polysaccharide) into cellobiose (a disaccharide).
6. Pectinase, which is an enzyme that breaks down pectin into pectin acid.

• Esterase

Esterases are enzymes that break down ester groups. Examples:

1. Lipase, is an enzyme that breaks down fat into glycerol and fatty acids.
2. Phosphatase, is an enzyme that processes an ester to release phosphoric acid.

• Proteinases or proteases

Proteinases or proteases are enzymes that break down proteins. Examples:

1. Peptidase, is an enzyme that processes peptides into amino acids.
2. Gelatinase is an enzyme that breaks down gelatin.
3. Renin is an enzyme that breaks down casein from milk.

Oxidases and Reductases

Oxidases and reductases are enzymes that help in the processes of oxidation and reduction. Oxidase enzymes are further divided into:

• Dehydrogenase, namely this enzyme, plays an important role in converting organic substances into oxidation products.
• Catalase is an enzyme that can decompose hydrogen peroxide into oxygen and water.

Desmolase 

Desmolases are enzymes that break down CC, CN and several other bonds. Desmolase enzymes are further divided into:

• Carboxylase is an enzyme that breaks down pyruvic acid into acetaldehyde.
• Transaminase is an enzyme that transfers an amino group from an amino acid to an organic acid so that the latter is converted into an amino acid.

Factors Affecting Enzyme Work

Factors that affect the work of enzymes include temperature, degree of acidity (pH), concentration of enzymes and substrates, cofactors and inhibitors. Each enzyme requires a different optimum temperature and pH (acidity level) because enzymes are proteins that can undergo changes if the shape of the temperature and acidity changes. Enzyme work is also influenced by other molecules. Inhibitors are molecules that minimize enzyme activity, while for activators molecules that increase enzyme activity. The following are factors that can affect the performance of enzymes.

Temperature or temperature

Enzymes are composed of proteins, very sensitive to temperature. If the temperature is too high, it can cause protein denaturation. Too low a temperature can inhibit the reaction. In general, the optimum temperature of the enzyme is 30-400C. Most enzymes do not show a reaction if the temperature drops to 0c, but the enzymes are not damaged, if the temperature is normal, the enzymes will be active again. Enzymes can withstand low temperatures, but if temperatures above 500 c will be damaged.

Concentration of enzymes and substrates

In order for the reaction to run optimally, the ratio of the amount between the enzyme and the substrate must be appropriate. If there are too few enzymes and too many substrates, the reaction will be slow, and there may even be substrates that are not catalyzed. The reaction will be fast if there are more enzymes.

Activating substances 

Certain chemicals can increase enzymes. For example, salts and also alkali metals with a dilute concentration of 2 percent to 5 percent, so that they can control the work of enzymes. As for other activating substances, such as Mn, Mg, Co, ions, and so on.

Enzyme inhibitors

Some chemicals can inhibit the performance of enzymes. For example, salt containing mercury and cyanide. There are three types of inhibitors that Readers needs to understand. The following include:

• competitive inhibitor 

In inhibitor inhibition, each inhibiting substance has a structure that is almost the same as the substrate structure. Therefore, the inhibitor substance will have the potential to the active site of the enzyme. If the inhibitor first binds to the active site of the enzyme, then the substrate can no longer bind to the active site of the enzyme.

• Non competitive inhibitor

In this inhibition, the substrate is no longer able to bind to the inhibitor enzyme complex, because the active site of the enzyme changes. So the enzyme will lose its activity. Therefore, the surface of the active site cannot be in contact with the substrate.

• Feedback inhibitors

A reaction that can inhibit an enzyme working process in the reaction.

From all the discussion above, it can be said that this enzyme is needed by the body. In addition, there are also several factors that will affect the work of the enzyme itself.

Well, that’s the meaning, structure, properties and factors that affect enzymes, yes, Readers. It turns out that enzymes have an important role in the survival of living things. Hopefully all the discussion above is useful and can add to your insight.

 

Definition of Entrepreneurship – The term entrepreneurship is also known in Indonesian as entrepreneurship. In addition, the notion of entrepreneurship is also known as a term that has a meaning related to courage, creativity and innovation.

In general, entrepreneurship is also a process of applying innovation and creativity in creating something different that also has value and ability to face life’s challenges by seeing opportunities from various risks and uncertainties in order to achieve profit and growth.

To find out more clearly about entrepreneurship, then you can see this article, Readers. In this article, we will discuss entrepreneurship, starting from its meaning, goals, and benefits. So, read this article to the end, Readers.

Definition of Entrepreneurship

Entrepreneurship is entrepreneurship and the word entrepreneurship itself basically comes from the French word entreprendre which means to do. Then, this term from French developed into entrepreneur or entrepreneur. Until finally the word developed again into the word entrepreneurship.

The word entrepreneurship itself also has an entrepreneurial concept which is of course identical with the creation of various new things in order to obtain various advantages. Therefore, it is not surprising that this concept is synonymous with the activity of opening your own business.

Definition of Entrepreneurship According to KBBI and Experts

1. Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI)

Entrepreneurship or entrepreneurship is about entrepreneurship. Meanwhile, entrepreneurs or self-employed are people who are smart or talented in recognizing new products, determining new production methods, also arranging operations for procuring new products, marketing them, and managing their operating capital.

2. Eddy Soeryanto Soegoto

According to Eddy Soeryanto Soegoto, entrepreneurship is a business that is carried out by someone based on creative and innovative treatment to then produce a work that has a sale value, with the aim of providing benefits to other people and being able to create jobs.

3. Siswanto Sudomo

Siswanto Sudomo said that the notion of entrepreneurship is everything that is closely related to an entrepreneur who has an attitude of wanting to work hard and make sacrifices, dares to do everything in his power and effort, and dares to take all risks to then realize his ideas and ideas.

4. Hermawan Kartajaya

Hermawan Kartajaya then explained that the notion of entrepreneurship is an attempt to create value through observing a business opportunity, by managing risks that may arise as well as skills in communicating and mobilizing existing resources, especially human resources so that they can create something. which produce.

5. Abu Marlo

Abu Marlo in the book Entrepreneurship Hukum Langit (2013) then explains that entrepreneurship is a person’s ability to then be sensitive to opportunities and take advantage of these opportunities to then make changes from the existing system. In the world of entrepreneurship, opportunities to realize or carry out a business must still take into account the risks faced.

6. Robbin & Coulter

Robbin & Coulter himself explains that entrepreneurship is a process in which a person or a group of individuals uses organized efforts & means to then seek opportunities and create a value that grows by fulfilling needs and desires through innovation and uniqueness, regardless of any resources. currently in use.

Entrepreneurial Goals

When playing a business, when an entrepreneur then makes a plan, he must have a goal. As for some of the goals of entrepreneurship itself are as follows:

1. Supporting the Emergence of Small Businesses

An entrepreneurial activity then emerges, it must involve many people to support the running of a business. The involvement of human resources, may then be acknowledged directly or indirectly, will form new characters as business actors.

During this pandemic, many economic sectors then stopped, so that many human resources lost their source of income. Currently, what is needed is an entrepreneurial activity that side with the people’s economy. If these people’s economic activities are then fully supported, then new jobs will also be opened, and the people’s economy will also be helped.

2. Community Welfare

The sluggish economy has lifted due to the pandemic, which has also resulted in an increase in the poverty rate in a society. However, with the existence of several economic activities that run through entrepreneurship, it is then expected to be able to provide support for the national economy, so that the poverty rate can be reduced.

3. Fostering the Spirit of Innovation

The next goal of entrepreneurship is to foster a passion for innovation. That way, the business that is being undertaken can continue to grow because it is able to keep up with the times.

Entrepreneurial Benefits

Entrepreneurship is entrepreneurship, according to Zimmerer there are several benefits of entrepreneurship including:

1. Provides an opportunity to control one’s own destiny

In this case, it can be interpreted that you can then own or lead a company with freedom and opportunities for entrepreneurs to then achieve important goals for them.

2. Provide opportunities to make changes

With more and more entrepreneurs starting businesses because they see an opportunity to be able to make changes that they think are important. Entrepreneurs also have many ways to express concern for social issues and have a desire to live a better life.

3. Provide opportunities to reach their full potential

For entrepreneurs there is not much difference between work and play, both are the same. They also know that the limit to their success is all that is set by their own creativity, enthusiasm and vision.

4. Providing opportunities to gain unlimited profits

Even though money does not have the main driving force for entrepreneurs, profits from business can be said to be an important motivating factor for starting a company.

5. Providing opportunities to play a role in society and get recognition for their efforts

These business owners love the trust and recognition they then receive from customers who have served them faithfully. The important role played in a local environment and awareness actually has a considerable influence on the community environment. In fact, entrepreneurship can play a role in society and its business is more easily recognized by the public.

6. Provide opportunities to do something you like and enjoy doing it

Most entrepreneurs then succeed in choosing a particular business, because they are then interested and like the job. This can be interpreted as a hobby can also be used as a job.

Stages of Becoming Entrepreneurship

The entrepreneurship process begins with an axiom, namely the existence of a challenge, from this challenge then comes the idea, willingness and encouragement to take the initiative, which is nothing but creative thinking and innovative action so that the challenge is overcome and solved. According to Suryana (2006), the stages or steps of entrepreneurship in a person are as follows:

1. The starting stage

The stage where someone then intends to do business, should start with preparing everything needed. In addition, starting with seeing new business challenges and opportunities and continuing with the possibility and desire to open a new business. This stage also selects the type of business that will then be carried out whether in agriculture, industry, or services or other businesses.

2. The stage of carrying out the business

In this stage an entrepreneur then manages various aspects related to his business, covering several aspects, namely:

• Running a business
• Financing
• HR
• Ownership
• Organization
• Leadership which includes how to take risks and make decisions, marketing, and in evaluating.

3. The stage of maintaining the business

The stage of maintaining a business can be interpreted as the stage of an entrepreneur in conducting analysis and also being able to overcome the problems being faced, such as challenges, obstacles, and so on. In this way, the ongoing effort can be maintained.

4. Business development stage

This stage is where the entrepreneur has succeeded in going through various problems in his business. In addition, at this stage too, entrepreneurship can develop its business. As for how to develop this business, you can start by increasing relationships, updating methods and systems, updating the products produced, enlarging and expanding the business, adding quality, adding services, adding manpower.

In fact, you could say that at this stage, entrepreneurs can then make long-term economic contributions to humans, nature and the environment. The benefits of developing this business can then be obtained clearly, regarding the contribution to employment problems, namely there will be an additional workforce.

Those are the four stages to become an entrepreneur. Of the four stages are certainly very difficult to achieve. Therefore, never give up and continue to believe in doing entrepreneurship because in the future, you may become the leader of a business.

Closing

Basically entrepreneurship is an activity in building a business. In building a business, this can not be done just like that. In other words, it must take time for the business that is built to be successful. Even though it is difficult, but if it is done with full sincerity, then the business that you are doing can grow.

If your business has grown, it is possible to open a branch. Even so, the business that has been built must also be maintained properly so that it does not just collapse. Thus the discussion about the meaning of entrepreneurship to its benefits and also the stages. Hopefully all the discussion above is useful for Readers.

 

Definition of Enthalpy – In learning chemistry we will get to know material about chemical thermodynamics which discusses the change of heat energy into other forms of energy. In learning this science, we will also get to know about the enthalpy formula, which is a sub-branch of learning from thermodynamics that discusses the amount of energy, volume, and heat pressure of a substance.

For this reason, Readers who want to know and learn more about the meaning of enthalpy in order to better understand the formula and its application in chemistry lessons, in this discussion we will summarize various information related to the enthalpy formula.

Furthermore, the discussion regarding the meaning of enthalpy can be seen below!

Definition of Enthalpy

Thermodynamics is a branch of physics that deals with the conversion of heat energy into other forms of energy. The first law of thermodynamics and the second law of thermodynamics are references when discussing energy changes. Measurements in thermodynamics are not expressed in microscopic terms but in macroscopic quantities.

Thermodynamics is closely related to statistical mechanics, thus inferring thermodynamic relationships. The origin of the word thermodynamics comes from two Greek words, namely thermos which means heat and dynamic which means change. The discovery of the concept of thermodynamics originated from the efforts of scientists in the 19th century AD to create machines capable of producing energy changes.

The purpose of this energy conversion was initially to facilitate work by converting energy into work with the maximum energy change. The first machine created by scientists was able to convert the energy of motion into potential energy. Its working principle is based on collision events. There were attempts by scientists who at the end of the 20th century succeeded in developing theories related to thermodynamics. The thermodynamic theory applies to states of heat or systems in equilibrium at the beginning or at the end.

After the 19th century AD, the development of thermodynamic theory shifted to quantum physics and phase transitions. Phenomenologically, the development of the thermodynamic theory is aimed at macroscopic systems. In physics, the thermodynamic formula becomes an axiom that includes the three laws of thermodynamics. The key concepts underlying the three laws of thermodynamics are energy and entropy.

Thermochemistry or chemical thermodynamics is a branch of chemistry that studies the energy that accompanies physical changes or chemical reactions. The main goal of thermochemistry is to establish criteria for determining the probability or spontaneity of the required transformation. In this way, thermochemistry is used to predict energy changes that occur in chemical reactions, phase changes, and solution formation. Most properties in thermochemistry evolved from the application of the First Law of Thermodynamics, the law of the “conservation” of energy, to functions of internal energy, enthalpy, entropy, and Gibbs free energy.

Enthalpy is a law of thermodynamics that states the sum of the internal energy, volume, and thermal pressure of a substance. The SI unit for enthalpy is the joule, but the British units for heat and calories are also used. It is not possible to measure the total enthalpy (H) directly. As in classical mechanics, only changes can be evaluated. Enthalpy is a thermodynamic potential, so to measure the enthalpy of a system we must first determine a reference point, then we can measure the change in enthalpy ΔH. . The ΔH change is positive for endothermic reactions and negative for exothermic reactions.

For a process at constant pressure, ΔH equals the change in energy within the system plus the work done by the system on the surroundings. So the enthalpy change under these conditions is the heat absorbed or released by a chemical reaction or external heat transfer.

The enthalpies of ideal gases, solids and liquids are independent of pressure. Real objects at room temperature and pressure often obey this property more or less, which simplifies enthalpy calculations.

Enthalpy Formula

Enthalpy is the amount of energy possessed by the system (U) and work (PV), so that it can be written H = U + PV. While the change in enthalpy is the heat of reaction from the reaction at constant pressure. To calculate enthalpy, it must be measured at a specific temperature and pressure.

According to chemists, a temperature of 25°C and a pressure of 1 atm is a good measure of enthalpy. The enthalpy change measured by standard measurement will be called the standard enthalpy change. The unit is the kilojoule (kJ) in the international system (SI). Writing the enthalpy for the reaction in the reaction equation is done by writing the symbol for the enthalpy change (⧋H) after the reaction equation.

It was also explained that enthalpy is the amount of energy possessed by a system which is denoted by U and work is denoted by PV so that the enthalpy change formula can be written as H = U + PV .

While the change in enthalpy is the heat of reaction from the reaction at constant pressure. To calculate enthalpy, it must be measured at a specific temperature and pressure. According to chemists, a temperature of 25°C and a pressure of 1 atm is a good measure of enthalpy.

The enthalpy change measured by standard measurement will be called the standard enthalpy change. The unit is the kilojoule (kJ) in the international system (SI). Writing the enthalpy for the reaction in the reaction equation is done by writing the symbol for the enthalpy change (⧋H) after the reaction equation. For example:

A(s) + B(aq) → C(aq) H = + x kJ

Enthalpy Types

When recording thermochemical data, the enthalpy change for a reaction under standard conditions (25∘C, 1 atm) is represented by the symbol H∘ with units of kJ/mol and depends on the type of reaction. is derived into several enthalpy formulas and as an example as follows:

1. Enthalpy of formation

The standard enthalpy of formation in which a compound represents the amount of heat required or released for the formation of 1 mol of the compound from standard state stable elements (STP).

Enthalpy of formation is the change in the amount of heat of formation per 1 mol of a compound from its elements under normal conditions. Standard normal values ​​are determined at a temperature of 298 oK and a pressure of 100 kPa. In free elements, the standard enthalpy of formation is zero. The enthalpy of formation under standard conditions is denoted Δ𝐻𝑓𝑜. The enthalpy combinations form elements or compounds that can be used to calculate the enthalpy change in a chemical reaction. The equation used to determine the enthalpy change for a reaction is: Δ𝐻𝑜(reaction) = ΣΔ𝐻𝑓𝑜(product) – ΣΔ𝐻𝑓𝑜(reactant).

The standard enthalpy change for forming 1 mole of a substance directly from its elements in their standard states (298 K, 1 atm). For example, the enthalpy of formation of standard water is −285 kJ/mol, so the thermochemical equation becomes:

H2(g)+12O2→H2O(l) ΔH=−285 kJ

The thing to note is

• Considering the shape of the element under standard conditions, choose the most stable allotrope. For example, graphite is the most stable allotrope for carbon
• In general, the enthalpy of formation of a compound is negative (exothermic), indicating that the compound is more stable than its elements.
• The enthalpy forming element in its standard form is set to zero

2. Atomization enthalpy

In this concept it is called elemental atomization, which is the enthalpy change if 1 mole of gas consists of elements in the form of matter under standard conditions. The atomization reaction will have a positive ⧋H (endothermic). Indeed, reactions require energy to separate atoms.

Atomization enthalpy is the energy required to produce 1 mole of gaseous atoms in an element. Atomization enthalpy values ​​are determined when an element is at room temperature in its normal phase. Atomized enthalpies are used to measure the formation of metallic compounds by breaking metallic bonds.

The enthalpy change for atomization of 1 mol of a substance into its elements in their standard states (298 K, 1 atm). The standard atomization enthalpy is opposite to the formation reaction, so its value is the same as the formation enthalpy but opposite in sign.

An example of a standard decomposition enthalpy can be seen from the formation reaction above, so the standard decomposition enthalpy is:

H2O(l)→H2(g)+12O2(g)ΔH=+285 kJ

3. Enthalpy of combustion

Standard enthalpy of combustion where a compound represents the amount of heat required or released for the combustion of 1 mol of a compound from its stable element under standard conditions (STP).

The enthalpy of combustion is the difference between the enthalpy of the products under certain conditions and the enthalpy of the reactants under the same conditions. Calculation of enthalpy of combustion is done for complete combustion. The amount of enthalpy change produced in a chemical reaction is called the heat of reaction. Calculation of the heat of reaction can be calculated based on the difference between the heat of formation between the products and reactants.

The enthalpy change for the complete combustion of 1 mole of a substance, measured under standard conditions.

Combustion is said to be complete if:

• Carbon (C) turns into CO2
• Hydrogen (H) burns to become H2O
• Sulfur (S) burns to SO2

Example of Enthalpy Discussion Questions

1. Problem 1

Determination of the enthalpy of combustion of charcoal in carbon dioxide and steam.

Response:

The reaction of burning coal can be written as follows.

C(s) + O2(g) → CO(g)

Not all changes that occur in enthalpy can be determined by conducting experiments. For example, in the combustion reaction, carbon (graphite) turns into carbon monoxide. The enthalpy change for reactions that burn carbon to pure CO tends to be more difficult because CO is flammable. And if we react carbon with excess oxygen, CO will immediately burn and turn into CO2. During this time, in a limited amount of oxygen, a mixture of CO and CO2 will be formed.

However, the enthalpy change that occurs during the formation of CO can be determined on the basis of the enthalpy change that occurs easily. The reaction is easier than burning carbon and turning it into carbon dioxide and burning carbon monoxide turning it into carbon dioxide.

The enthalpy value of this reaction is unknown. The enthalpy value of the coal combustion reaction can be determined using a reaction with a known enthalpy value. We know that the enthalpy of formation of CO2 = –393.5 kJ mol-1 and the enthalpy of combustion of CO = –283 kJ mol-1.

Based on the two enthalpy data, using Hess’s law, the enthalpy of burning carbon converted to carbon monoxide can be calculated as follows.

The thermochemical equation leads to the formation of carbon dioxide (CO2)

(1) C(s) + O2(g) → CO2(g) = -393.5 kJ/mol

The thermochemical equation leading to the burning of carbon monoxide (CO)

(2) CO(g) + 1/2 O2(g) → CO2(g) AH = -283 kJ/mol

To get the equation for the reaction that burns carbon to carbon monoxide, reaction (2) can be reversed and can then be added to reaction (6).

Removing two substances that are equal on both sides, we get the following reaction equation:

C(s) + O2 (g) → CO(g) ∆H = -110.5kJ

Based on the sum of the two reaction stages, the enthalpy change of the results of burning carbon that is converted into carbon monoxide can be determined in a way that tends to be easier, namely by adding up the enthalpy changes of the two reaction phases. . incident. The determination of the magnitude of the enthalpy change in this way was discovered by a Russian chemist, namely GH Hesse (1840). Through a series of experiments he conducted, Hess stated that enthalpy changes depend only on the initial and final state of the reaction, and not on the course of the reaction.

Thus, if a chemical reaction takes place in several reaction steps, the enthalpy change is determined by adding the enthalpy change for each step. This Hess statement became known as Hess’s Law (or better known as the Law of Complement of Heat). Applying Hess’ law we can easily determine the enthalpy change for reactions that are hard to determine when doing experiments.

The thermochemical equation is prepared in such a way that the total yield of the reaction with the change in enthalpy is determined. Usually, several equations must be multiplied by the appropriate coefficients to obtain the required thermochemical equation.

This calculation method follows Hess’s law which states that the enthalpy of a reaction absorbed or released by a reaction does not depend on the course of the reaction. Some principles for calculating thermochemical equations according to Hess’s law that need to be considered are:

• If you need to reverse the reaction equation, change the sign ∆H. For example,

Reaction:

H2(g) + O2(g) → H2O2(l) ∆H = –187.8 kJ

Behind:

H2O2(l) → H2(g) + O2(g) ∆H = +187.8 kJ

• If in an addition reaction a substance appears on both sides of the equation in the same phase, the substance can be removed. The example is:

H2(g) + O2(g) → H2O(g) ∆H = +241.80 kJ

H2O(l) → H2(g) + O2(g) ∆H = –285.85 kJ

H2O(l) → H2O(g) ∆H = –44.05 kJ

Calculations of the ∆H of the reaction can also be made from the basic data of the standard heat of formation reaction (∆Hf°). The standard heat of formation is the heat of formation of compounds based on their elements. Consider the general equilibrium reaction equation below. aA + bB → cC + dD

∆Hreaction = (c × C + d × D) – (a × A + b × B)

= ∆H°f products – ∆H°f reactants

So, in general the reaction ∆H can be determined by the formula:

∆H reaction = H°f products – ∆H°f reactants

Information :

• ∆H°f gives: is the total standard enthalpy of formation based on the product of the substance.
• ∆H°f of reaction: is the total standard enthalpy of formation based on the reactants.

Conclusion

So a brief discussion of what is the meaning of enthalpy and an explanation of the formula. Not only knowing the meaning of enthalpy in chemistry, but also discussing the types, formulas, and examples of problems from discussing enthalpy itself.

Knowing what enthalpy is gives us new knowledge about learning chemistry which can be useful in everyday life if the application of the concept of enthalpy is used according to the rules.

 

The term engagement is a term that you need to understand for those of you who often use social media. Especially for those of you who want to get into the world of business on social media. Why is that? This is because engagement is an important aspect for increasing a company’s reach and relevance in the world of digital marketing.

In addition, engagement is also useful for facilitating profitable relationships between customers and companies. If your social media has unsatisfactory engagement rates, it’s usually difficult for companies to attract customer interest and receive ROI.

In this article, we will discuss this matter further, so that Readers can better understand what engagement is and how to measure it.

 

Definition of Engagement

Engagement is a benchmark tool used to see the level of audience engagement on social media efforts for online businesses. In addition, engagement can be said to be a parameter that can determine whether the content you present is relevant to the followers or followers of the social media account that you are managing.

Simply put, engagement can also be interpreted as two-way communication, the key of which is feedback. Engagement is the audience’s response to certain messages or content that you post. A good result is when the audience pays attention in the form of a good response.

The term engagement has become a common matrix for evaluating the performance of social media marketing, but it doesn’t always lead to sales. So, it’s not only the aspects of the number of shares, likes, followers that need to be considered when managing a social media, but this aspect of engagement is no less important.

For corporate marketing, this engagement is very important because customer activity and engagement is crucial for every social platform to build a positive brand experience . Not only that, companies also need benchmarks to develop meaningful business relationships with customers and new prospects.

For example, with more than 1.5 billion monthly users, Facebook presence has become a necessity for both online and offline businesses.

Types of Social Media Engagement

There are 3 types of interactions that are included in engagement on social media. Here is the explanation:

1. Conversation

Conversations that occur after you upload content are included in engagement. Usually this conversation occurs in the comments column or Direct Message (DM).

2. Amplification

Sharing or spreading content through Instagram stories and other social media is also included in the engagement category.

3. Reaction

The reactions given to the content you post in the form of likes , comments , emoji responses are also included in the engagement category .

The following are the types of social media engagement as described in the table.

How to Measure Engagement Rate on Social Media

Engagement rate is a formula used to measure the amount of audience interaction with the content you create. That way, you will know how effective the content you have created is and whether it is fit for purpose or not. There are several ways to measure engagement on social media, here are the explanations:

1. Engagement Rate by Reach (ERR)

ERR is the most popular formula used to calculate engagement. ERR results are obtained from calculating the percentage of the audience that interacts based on the total reach of the content. You can use the engagement rate formula to calculate the interaction ratio for one post.

There is also an ERR formula as follows:

ERR = total interactions per post / reach per post x 100

While the formula for finding the average value of all posts is

Average ERR = total ERR / total posts

2. Engagement Rate by Post (ERP)

ERP is used to measure follower interaction on certain posts. Almost the same as ERR, the difference is that this formula uses posts as the measurement parameter, not reach as in ERR.

There is also an ERP formula as follows:

ERP = Total interactions on a post / Total followers* 100

The formula for calculating the average ERP is

Average ER by post = Total ER posts / Total posts

3. Engagement Rate by View (ER View)

If video is the main content of your account, then ER View is suitable for measuring the engagement you get.

The ER View formula is as follows:

ER View = Total video post engagement / Total video views*100

While the formula for calculating the average ER View is

Average ER View = Total ER View / Total Posts

4. Daily Engagement Rate (Daily ER)

You want to know how often your followers interact with your account every day? You can measure it with the Daily ER, you can also find out which days your followers interact with your account more often, so you can also make strategy adjustments based on these results.

The formula for calculating the Daily ER is as follows:

Daily ER = Total interactions one day / Total followers*100

The formula for calculating the average engagement every day is

Average Daily ER = Total interactions for X days / (X days *followers) * 100

The following is a concrete example for measuring social media engagement:

Let’s assume that in 1 (one month), an account managed by a certain brand publishes 12 content on Facebook, generating 1,200 organic reach.

Then those 12 contents generate the following response:

• 10 comments
• 10 shares
• 24 likes
• 5 clicks

Which means that the total response is 39

So, to find out the engagement ratio on social media content that month is the following calculation

(total activity response/ engagement : total views/reach) x 100%

Based on the example above, (39 : 1,200) x 100 = 3.25%

So, the engagement rate this month has a value of 3.25%.

When can you say engagement on social media is good?

After knowing how to measure engagement rate on social media. You can see if your social media has good engagement or even less. Generally, a good engagement rate has a value between 1% and 5% . However, this figure will of course be different depending on other factors such as niche, audience demographics, to the number of followers .

The more followers you have, the more difficult it will be to achieve high engagement rates .

How to Get Engagements

There are several ways to get good engagement or engagement from the audience. Here’s how you can follow them on your social media.

1. Post Daily

Keep your account or your brand on top of your audience’s feed or newsfeed using unique content. Consistent posts will make your brand visible to your audience or followers .

It can also remind them that you exist and have something interesting. However, you also need to pay attention not to post too much content per day because it will make your account look like spam to users.

If your account is considered spam , then as a result your posts will be ignored and at worst your account will get a reputation as a useless and unreliable ad spammer . You can consistently post one to three pieces of content to start with.

2. Using Images

The next step is to use images. You need to know that images can increase the level of interaction for all social media platforms. Studies have shown that Facebook posts accompanied by images have an 85% (percent) engagement rate, compared to just 4% for other types of posts. Images also increase re-tweets on Twitter by 35 %

3. Be Personal

The thing to watch out for is that you don’t sound or look like a press release or a journalist. Show the audience that there are people who are really behind the brand or brand that you are going to sell, so that the audience will believe it later.

4. Listen

Engagement goes both ways. You can listen to what people are saying about your brand or brand, then you can respond to criticism in a constructive and positive way.

If a customer has a valid complaint, don’t just admit it, you need to address it. Then, make sure everyone sees how responsive and humble your brand is and they can wait for another post as a follow-up to that complaint.

5. Monitoring

There are several free social media marketing apps used to track shares, tweets , likes and keywords related to your brand .

Sites such as hootsuite , social mention , addictomatic use various types of crawls and algorithms to be able to determine who sees your social media posts and how they respond to them.

6. Create Contests and Giveaways

Next you can create contests and giveaways, this is the best way to increase interest in your brand. You need to know that everyone will love free stuff.

7. Partnership

Next, you can do a partnership or partnership. Share links or links and generate original content with other popular brands (most importantly not your competitors’ brands ). That way, it will be a differentiator from your brand and your audience’s taste maker.

8. Cover All Social Media Bases

By covering all social media bases, you can produce content for the top social media sites and cross-pollinate your content between them. An example is a more dynamic image-oriented Instagram post link or link to Facebook and Twitter. Like other metrics, engagement or social media engagement cannot be viewed as such in a vacuum.

You can balance engagement with content marketing and knowing how to use it to do more effective marketing means understanding the systems that lie behind the most popular social media platforms, as well as how people use those systems.

How to Increase Social Media Engagement

1. Engagement Analysis

You can analyze by writing down various aspects on social media, such as the number of followers , the number of comments, and shares obtained in each post , and other elements that must be measured.

2. Determine the Right Strategy

Every company has different goals, so the social media strategy that is applied is also different. The strategy applied must be in accordance with the needs of the company and its audience.

3. Creating Interactive Content

Over time, customers will not be satisfied with content that is only informative. In order to get customers involved and prioritized, interactive content is the right choice.

4. Make Customers or Followers Loyal

Managing followers is very important because the interactions they have on your account will have a big impact on increasing engagement . That means, you can invite followers to be directly involved in any content created to increase engagement.

You can do live broadcasts, or share stories in the form of quizzes, surveys and features on other social media.

How to Increase Instagram Engagement

Currently, almost everyone has a personal Instagram account, apart from that, Instagram is also one of the social media that has great potential to be developed as a business medium.

However, to develop a business on Instagram, we need to pay attention to engagement. That way we can find out the attachment of our account to followers on Instagram. Here’s how to increase engagement on Instagram:

1. Consistent in Making Posts

One way to build the trust and loyalty of followers on Instagram is to post consistently and regularly. This will show followers that you are committed not only to the product that will be sold but also committed to your followers or followers .

2. Use Hashtags

If you use hashtags for your posts it will really help to increase engagement on Instagram. Hashtags are useful for sorting and filtering content. However, you also need to pay attention to when you make too many hashtags , they are actually irrelevant. This is because it will make the system think of you as spam.

3. Use One Kind of Filter

Using filters is proven to make your posts more interesting. Sticking to one type of filter will give a different look and identity to the images and videos you post. This can leave an impression on your followers .

4. Post Instagram Stories Regularly

As we know that Instagram stories only last for 24 hours. Every time you add a new story, your profile picture will get a colored circle and your profile will appear in the first row. So, if you post stories daily, then you will also keep the content fresh for your followers with reminders of new content.

5. Use Interactive Features

Another good thing for getting interaction is being able to take advantage of several features such as “ask me questions” , income polls and other features available on Instagram. You can also ask them what content they would like to see or would be interested in.

6. Conducting Analysis on the Content Created

The last tip and how to increase Instagram engagement is to analyze the Instagram content that you upload. In this way, you can find out which content has the most responses and is busiest.

In doing this analysis, you also need to calculate the level of engagement on each post within a certain period of time, for example every month. Apart from that, you also need to record posts and content that have the highest engagement .

Well, Readers, that’s an explanation about engagement , how to increase it and how to calculate your own engagement .

Definition of Energy – Energy is needed for daily activities. For example, when we exercise, of course we feel tired. After feeling tired, we naturally rest, starting from sitting, drinking or even consuming food.

All of the above activities require energy. The clock moves every second requiring energy from a device we call a battery. Batteries also have to be replaced over time, as they only have energy for a certain amount of time.

There are many types of energy, ranging from artificial energy to natural energy. Natural energy that can be used by humans is wind, water, oil, light. The greatest light energy today is the sun.

Solar energy also helps plant processes to photosynthesize, make rain and others. One of man-made energy is nuclear energy. But it takes experts to stabilize the radiation produced. Below will be explained more about energy.

Definition of Energy

Energy, in physics, is a unit of capacity to do work or work. There are several forms of energy, kinetic, thermal, electrical, chemical, nuclear, and many other forms of energy. The law of the conservation of energy states that energy can be changed in form, but cannot be created or destroyed.

The unit of measurement in the International System of Units (SI) for energy is the joule, which is the energy transferred to an object by moving it one meter against a force of one newton.

All forms of energy are associated with motion, for example, every object has kinetic energy when it moves. A tensioned device such as an arc or spring, even when at rest, has the potential to create motion.

It also contains potential energy because of its configuration. Similarly, nuclear energy is potential energy because it results from the configuration of the subatomic particles in the atomic nucleus.

Common forms of energy include kinetic energy from a moving object, potential energy stored by an object’s position in a gravitational, electric or magnetic force field, elastic energy stored by stretching a solid object, chemical energy released when fuel burns, radiant energy carried by light, and heat energy due to the temperature of an object.

Mass and energy are closely related. Because of the mass-energy equivalence, any object that has mass when at rest is called rest mass. Rest mass also has an equivalent amount of energy which is called rest energy, and any additional energy of any kind that an object gains on top of that rest energy will increase the object’s total mass just as much as it increases its total energy. For example, after heating an object, the increase in its energy can in principle be measured as a small increase in mass, with a fairly sensitive scale.

As previously discussed, living organisms need energy to stay alive, such as the energy that humans get from food and oxygen. Human civilization needs energy to function, which it gets from energy sources such as fossil fuels, nuclear fuel, or renewable energy.

Earth’s climate and ecosystem processes are driven by the radiant energy the Earth receives from the Sun and the geothermal energy contained within the Earth.

Types of Energy 

Types of energy can be categorized into two broad categories, namely kinetic energy or energy of moving objects and potential energy or stored energy. These are the two basic forms of energy. Here are some types of energy namely heat energy, light energy, chemical energy, nuclear energy, electrical energy, motion energy, sound energy, elastic energy and gravitational energy.

1. heat energy

Thermal energy is the energy that comes from a substance whose molecules and atoms vibrate faster due to an increase in temperature. The molecules and atoms that make up matter are in motion all the time.

When a substance is heated, the increase in temperature makes these particles move faster and bump into each other. Thermal energy is energy that comes from a substance that is heated. The hotter a substance, the more its particles move, and the higher its heat energy.

Examples of heat energy that exists in everyday life are the warmth from the sun, a cup of hot cocoa, baking a cake in the oven, and heating the body from a heater. Hot chocolate has heat energy from its vibrating particles.

When you pour cold milk into hot chocolate, some of this energy is transferred from the chocolate to the particles in the milk. Similarly, when you touch a hot object, heat energy is transferred from the object to your skin.

2. chemical energy 

Chemical energy is stored in the bonds that link atoms to other atoms and molecules to other molecules. Because chemical energy is stored, chemical energy is included in the form of potential energy.

When a chemical reaction takes place, stored chemical energy is released. Heat is often produced as a by-product of a chemical reaction; this heat generated is called an exothermic reaction.

Chemical energy is the most widely used type of energy in the world, because it is very important for the existence of humans and nature. Here are some examples of chemical energy used for human life, such as the food we eat contains stored chemical energy. When the bonds between atoms in food loosen, chemical reactions occur, and new compounds are created.

The energy generated from these reactions keeps us warm, helps us move, and allows us to grow. Different types of food store different amounts of energy. Dry wood contains stored chemical energy. When burning wood in a fireplace, chemical energy is released and converted into heat energy and light energy.

3. nuclear energy 

Nuclear energy comes from the atomic nucleus. Energy released by nuclear fusion fuses together or nuclear fission. Nuclear plants use the nuclear fission of a radioactive element called uranium to generate electricity. Atoms are the particles that make up every object in the universe, consisting of neutrons, protons and electrons. The elements that make up the atom contain a nucleus, from which nuclear energy originates.

Nuclear energy is released from atoms through Nuclear Fusion and Fission. Nuclear fusion, when atomic nuclei are fused or fused together, is how the sun generates energy. Nuclear fission, when the atomic nucleus is split. This is the method used by nuclear plants to generate electricity. The fuel for nuclear energy is uranium.

Uranium is a radioactive element that was formed when the earth was first created. It occurs naturally in certain rock types. Uranium is one of the few elements that easily splits open, so it is used as a fuel by nuclear power plants. Although uranium can be found all over the world, it is still a non-renewable energy source.

4. electrical energy 

Electrical energy is a type of kinetic energy caused by moving electric charges. The amount of energy depends on the speed of the charge, the faster the charge is moving, the more electrical energy it carries. Some examples of electrical energy are car batteries, chemical reactions produce electrons that have the energy to move in an electric current. These moving charges provide electrical energy to the circuits inside the car.

During a thunderstorm, lightning is an example of electrical energy, what we can see is electricity in the atmosphere being released. Electric eels also generate electrical energy, which they use to defend against predators and to electrocute their prey. Electric eels can generate up to 600 volts of power, five times the amount of power that a standard wall outlet can provide.

5. light energy 

Light energy is a form of electromagnetic radiation of different wavelengths, which is visible to the human eye. Light energy is a type of kinetic energy. Light energy propagates in the form of waves. This energy is so fast in fact that nothing travels faster than the speed of light. The speed of light can go as fast as 300,000 km per second.

Light energy is formed because light is made up of photons, which are like tiny packets of energy. When the atoms of an object heat up, photons are produced from the movement of the atoms. The hotter the object, the more photons it generates. Examples of light energy are stars, lamps or lasers. 

6. motion energy

Motion or mechanical energy is energy stored in moving objects. Actual energy of motion is the sum of the kinetic and potential energy in an object that is used to do work. Work is when a force acts on an object and causes it to move, change shape or position, or do something physically. When pushing the door open, ‘work’ has been done on the door, causing it to open.

Also, let’s say you have an iron hammer and you want to use it to drive a nail into a piece of wood on the floor. The iron hammer itself has no kinetic energy, but has some potential energy due to its weight. To do the work of driving a nail into a piece of wood, you must first lift the hammer to increase the hammer’s potential energy. Next, you have to use force to move it downwards at high speed to hit the spikes, so it now has kinetic energy.

7. sound energy 

Sound energy is the movement of energy through a substance in waves. Sound energy propagates in the form of waves. Unlike light energy, sound cannot travel through a vacuum, because there are no atoms to transmit vibrations. Sound energy is produced when a force causes an object or substance to vibrate.

The energy is then transferred through the substance in the form of waves, which are called sound waves. Sound can be transmitted by solids, liquids, and gases, because such media have atoms to transmit vibrations. Some examples of sound energy in everyday life are clapping, singing or speaking, playing musical instruments and others. 

8. elastic energy

Elastic energy is a form of potential energy, because it is stored in the bonds between atoms in an object or substance when it is under pressure for a while. This pressure can be caused by the object being stretched or pinched. Elastic energy is stored in the bonds between atoms in an object or substance. These bonds absorb energy when stressed, and release energy when relaxed.

Forces acting on an object can cause it to deform temporarily, such as when stretching a rubber band, or pressing a squishy ball with your hands. When this occurs, elastic energy may be stored within the object, ready to be released when the object returns to its original shape. Some examples of elastic energy are springs, sponges and catapults. 

9. gravitational energy 

Gravity is a force that tries to pull two objects towards each other. Earth’s gravity is what keeps things on the ground and what causes things to fall. Earth has gravity, useful for holding everything close to the planet. Trees, water, animals, buildings and the air we breathe are all held here by gravity.

The planets, their moons and the stars in the universe have gravity. Even our own body has gravity. Earth’s gravity is so much stronger than our own that we don’t notice the gravity that our bodies have. Black Hole or black hole has the highest gravitational pull.

Energy Function 

Energy is the main requirement for living things in carrying out activities. Nature produces a lot of energy that can be utilized by humans, such as the sun, sea and others. Energy has many functions for various fields. Starting from the perspective of classical mechanics, several mechanical formulas have been developed using energy. The concept of energy in classical mechanics is generally useful for modern physics.

In biology, energy has a role for biological systems, from the biosphere to the smallest living things. The movement of energy occurs in the biosphere, the layer of the earth where most life exists. Starting from the root system to the deepest trenches in the ocean. Energy has a role in the growth and development of cells of an organism, including humans. 

How to save energy 

An easy way to save energy is to make small changes to your daily habits and do some basic maintenance routines. Here are some ways to save energy that you can do at home.

1. Wash clothes at once: when washing clothes, always try to wash clothes in one batch. Washing machines are designed to be able to wash a lot of clothes. By washing clothes at the same time you can save your electricity and energy.
2. Clean electronics: every electronics work more efficiently when they are clean from dust and dirt. If the tool works more efficiently, it does not require a lot of energy.
3. Do not open the refrigerator and oven for too long: Always try to close the oven when cooking. Don’t stand in front of the fridge for too long, the longer the fridge is open, the more energy it takes to keep food cold.
4. Open the window blinds: Letting sunlight into the house will benefit the room. The room is not damp, there is no need to turn on the lights, moreover, sunlight can warm up a cold room.
5. Turn off the lights: Turn off the lights when you’re not in the room. Light bulbs waste 95% of energy and give off heat. Use it sparingly, or replace it with a lamp that uses a sensor so it’s much more economical.
6. Don’t take a long shower: Humans do need a shower to clean their bodies, but taking a long shower especially using a shower can consume 2.5 gallons per minute.
7. Unplug unused plugs: Charging a cellphone or laptop battery is indeed a primary need. However, if you don’t unplug chargers that are not in use because they will draw power continuously.
8. Use sleep or hibernate mode: If you are using a laptop, and leave it in screen saver mode, it’s best to put it in sleep or hibernate mode. That way the electrical energy used becomes more efficient.

 

 

Definition of Alternative Energy – Every human life cannot be separated from energy, so that in carrying out their daily activities, humans will always be side by side with energy. It is unimaginable how it would be if there was no energy in human life, most likely it would be very difficult for humans to maintain their lives. The relationship between humans has actually been going on for a long time, it’s just that the energy used by humans is always developing.

Basically, the energy used by humans has actually been provided by nature, so that humans themselves can get it directly. However, some energy requires more effort to obtain. In addition, not all energy in nature can be renewed or you could say that some energy has a limited lifespan, but there is also renewable energy.

Not only renewable and non-renewable energy, the energy used by humans must not be used excessively because it can damage natural conditions. If natural conditions start to break down, it will be difficult for humans to get maximum energy because the climate and weather are also changing. Deterioration of the earth’s condition can also cause the energy in the earth to decrease.

Therefore, along with the times, humans are starting to realize that excessive use or use of energy is not good, so energy use must be in moderation. Not only that, some people are starting to become aware of getting used to using alternative energy. This alternative energy can be used to fulfill daily activities. Even though it is only alternative energy, the quality of energy ii can be used optimally.

Alternative energy is often known as renewable energy. Basically this alternative energy serves to replace conventional fuels. Therefore, to obtain alternative energy, human intervention is needed so that renewable energy can be used optimally. So, to explore what alternative energy is and its benefits, Readers, you can read this article to the end.

Definition of Alternative Energy

Basically this alternative energy plays a very important role in the sustainability of humans and the earth. With the maximum use of alternative energy, the current condition of our earth can be felt by the next generation. However, it is very unfortunate that only a few people use alternative energy and more often use fossil energy, such as oil and coal to meet their daily needs.

Alternative energy is energy as a substitute for fossil fuel energy. This is in line with the definition of energy in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) alternative energy is energy that does not come from petroleum, for example hydropower, geothermal, nuclear, solar, wind, waves, biomass, natural gas, peat, coal, and natural gas.

Some people who are already aware of the dangers of non-renewable energy that can damage or disrupt the sustainability of the earth and humans, they are starting to abandon non-renewable energy. Quoted from the Encyclopedia Britannica that alternative energy sources are energy obtained through energy sources that are renewable (renewable), recoverable, or eternal. For example rivers, sea tides, biomass, biogas, sun, and river flow.

The Purpose of Forming Alternative Energy

Basically, the main purpose of creating alternative energy is to replace energy derived from fossil fuels. Therefore, alternative energy began to be developed by humans, either in groups of people or groups in the form of companies. The large number of people who are starting to develop alternative energy means that there are also more and more people who are aware of the dangers of non-renewable energy.

For some companies, the goal of making alternative energy is to make a profit because the alternative energy will be traded. In addition to getting profits, these companies have participated in preserving the environment.

For ordinary people, making alternative energy aims to keep the environment they live in to stay healthy. If the environment is healthy, then the people in that environment are also healthy too and the energy can be used continuously because it is renewable.

Alternative Energy Sources

1. Hot Sun

For human life solar energy is the most important energy. The existence of the sun on this earth is needed by humans, even plants and animals also need energy from the sun. Solar energy that has entered the earth must be returned again so that global warming does not occur. Global warming can occur due to activities that use non-renewable energy excessively.

On the other hand, solar energy can be used as an alternative energy source so that the environment remains healthy and people will be more enthusiastic about living their lives. In addition, an environment will not be damaged quickly, so that the next generation can still feel the pleasures of life on earth.

2 Water

As many people know that water is needed by the human body because without water, we will experience dehydration. In addition, water can also be used to make alternative energy because it can replace fossil fuel energy. However, new water can be used as alternative energy as long as it is in large quantities. If it is still in small quantities, it will be difficult to make water as an alternative energy.

Several countries have started to develop water into electrical energy, even Indonesia already has dams that are large enough to be used as a source of electrical energy. If we can’t turn water into maximum electrical energy, then we can use just enough water.

3. Geothermal

The existence of geothermal occurs because of an event that is caused because there are many radioactive particles that come from inside the rock. For some people, they don’t know where the geothermal energy comes from. Geothermal comes from magma. Magma itself is an outer core of the earth made of rock with very hot temperatures.

The location of geothermal is at a depth of approximately 6,400 km from the earth’s surface. In addition, geothermal energy can be said to be energy that originates from within the earth. Even though geothermal energy is hot enough, it can still be used for renewable energy sources. In general, geothermal energy is used as energy to generate electricity through turbines.

4. Biomass

Biomass is a material obtained through plants or plants, either directly or indirectly and in large quantities can be used as energy. Sources of biomass do not only come from plants, but can also come from animal waste. Biomass is also known by another term, namely phytomass or natural resources. There are several things that fall into the category of biomass sources, such as water hyacinth, giant seaweed, sawdust, wood chips, rice husks, straw, kitchen waste, animal dung, and others.

These sources of biomass if left too long can cause more and more piles of waste, and can even cause global warming. Therefore, we can maximize the sources of biomass to be used as an alternative energy source or renewable energy. By using this biomass, human life will last longer because the environment will be healthy and not easily damaged.

5. Wind

Wind is a moving air caused by differences in pressure on the earth’s surface. The movement of wind from high areas to low areas, so that it can cause the air temperature in an area to be different. We can feel this difference in temperature at night and during the day.

Wind is very much needed in human life, even almost every activity carried out by humans requires wind. If the wind can be maximized properly, it can be used as an alternative energy source. Some countries have made wind an alternative energy source, such as the United States. In general, wind is used as an alternative source of electricity or often known as wind power generation.

6. Nuclear

The next alternative energy source is nuclear. Nuclear is a substance related to the nucleus or atomic energy. Some countries in the world, have used nuclear to serve as a renewable energy source. One country that has developed and used this energy source is Japan. This is done because nuclear can prevent the occurrence of the greenhouse effect, so that global warming can be prevented properly.

Nuclear energy is used as a source of electrical energy. There is no doubt about the ability of nuclear energy to convert it into electrical energy. This can be proven by 1 gram of radioactive substance can generate electrical energy of around 50 thousand kWh per hour.

Examples of Alternative Energy

1. Solar Panels

As many people already know, the sun is the main source of geothermal energy. Therefore, some of the energy sources that exist on earth come from the sun. The radiation emitted by the sun can actually be used as a source of electrical energy and heat energy. To convert solar radiation into electrical energy, usually the tool used is a solar panel.

Solar panels are able to convert solar radiation into electrical energy because they contain a series of photovoltaic cells or, if interpreted, are “electric light”. This alternative energy that comes from solar panels can be used in any object, such as electric boats, electric cars, electric lights, and so on. However, all of these objects must be placed with solar panels, if there is no solar panel, then solar energy cannot be converted into electrical energy.

2. Windmills

As the name suggests, this tool can be used as alternative energy, namely converting wind energy into electrical energy or kinetic energy into mechanical energy. The windmill will be connected to a new generator engine that can be converted into electrical energy. In simple terms, the windmill will rotate, then the turbine or generator for electricity will move. After the generator is moving, the electrical energy can be used.

One country that has developed this wind energy is the Netherlands. The Netherlands has long been using windmills to get electricity. Therefore, the Netherlands is also known as the “country of windmills”.

3. Geothermal

Alternative energy derived from heat energy not only comes from solar heat, but geothermal energy can also be used as an alternative energy source. Geothermal or known as Geothermal can be used as electrical energy. Even research conducted in Iceland revealed that geothermal energy has the ability to multiply electrical energy up to ten times.

In simple terms, the workings of hot steam are converted into electrical energy, such as a source of hot steam originating from below the earth’s surface to be drilled, then the hot steam that comes out of the drilled hole is then filtered and used to drive a generator, so that electrical energy can be used.

4. Hydropower

After the example of alternative energy from wind, now is an example of alternative energy derived from water or known as hydropower . In this example you can see it in a reservoir that is directed through a water pipe to go to a turbine. After the turbine moves due to the abundant amount of water, it will produce electrical energy. Electrical energy with hydropower is also called a Hydroelectric Power Plant (PLTA).

Several regions in Indonesia have used water energy to be converted into electrical energy through reservoirs, such as the Jatiluhur reservoir in Purwakarta, the Asahan reservoir in North Sumatra, the Saguling reservoir in the West Bandung area, and so on.

5. Biodiesel

Biodiesel is a fuel that can be used as a substitute for alternative energy. Biodiesel is derived from renewable sources, such as animal fat or vegetable oil. Biodiesel derived from vegetable oil will go through several processes, such as lipid transesterification. This process needs to be done to change the base oil into esters by removing free fatty acids.

After going through that process, biodiesel can be used as fuel. Basically the workings of biodiesel are almost the same as the workings of diesel derived from diesel (fossil fuel). If we frequently use biodiesel, then we have reduced the use of fossil fuels, so that we can also maintain environmental sustainability on earth and human health.

Benefits of Alternative Energy

Alternative energy has several benefits that can be felt, including:

1. Reducing Dependence on Fossil Fuel Energy

As previously discussed, if fossil fuel energy will run out in time and can damage the earth. What’s more, fossil fuel energy is overused. Therefore, by using alternative energy, we have reduced our dependence on fossil fuel energy, so that humans can feel a more beautiful environment.

2. Environmentally Friendly

The next benefit that can be felt when using alternative energy is that the quality of the environment will be maintained or you could say it doesn’t pollute the environment. This is because almost all alternative energy is environmentally friendly and does not produce excessive pollution.

3. No Scarcity Happens

Almost all alternative energy sources do not experience scarcity or can be renewed, so humans do not have to worry about running out of alternative energy sources. With these benefits, the economy can run well.

Conclus ion

It is time for alternative energy to be used by every human being. This needs to be done so that the earth’s condition is not quickly damaged, so that the next generation can live longer. Alternative energy or renewable energy is indeed very difficult to implement because almost all humans are used to using fossil fuel energy. To realize the importance of using alternative energy, we need to realize that alternative energy has many benefits in our daily lives.

 

Definition of Endurance – Physical fitness must always be considered, maintained, and maintained. If our physical condition is strong, then we will be able to carry out various daily activities smoothly. A person who has a good level of physical fitness will be able to do activities well, for quite a long time, and not experience excessive physical fatigue.

DEFINITION OF ENDURANCE

What is meant by endurance is the ability to resist fatigue and quickly recover from fatigue. Someone who has good endurance will be able to carry out activities that are longer continuously. Enhancing the body’s resistance properly can also delay the onset of fatigue.

More simply, the notion of endurance is the ability of living things to mobilize themselves to remain active for long periods of time. Endurance is also related to the body’s resistance, namely the ability to fight, fight, survive, or recover from fatigue. In other words, endurance is a person’s ability to move the whole body with moderate to fast tempo and frequency, for a relatively long time, and without experiencing severe fatigue or pain.

Having good endurance can be one of the main assets that greatly contribute to increasing the ability of various sports that prioritize endurance in the game. There are many sports that rely on endurance as one of their main capital, for example running, martial arts, basketball, soccer, and other similar sports. Endurance is very useful for athletes so they can play well on the field for a long time.

Endurance can be divided into 2, namely muscular endurance and cardiovascular endurance. Muscular endurance is a person’s ability to make his muscles contract for a relatively long time, continuously, while carrying a certain load, while cardiovascular endurance is a person’s ability to use the lungs, heart and other circulatory systems effectively and efficiently to carry out work continuously, for quite a long time, and also with high intensity.

The key to endurance is processing oxygen, the body needs oxygen as a material to produce energy. Oxygen must be continuously included or distributed to all organs or all body tissues that require energy. Each sport definitely requires a certain amount of energy. Endurance or endurance has several other names, namely anaerobic capacity, aerobic power, and also vitamaxsima. Endurance is also symbolized using the VO2max symbol, the units used are liters per minute or cc/kg/BB/ min

BENEFITS OF TRAINING ENDURANCE

1. Improve self-fitness

Practicing endurance is the same as increasing fitness. This can happen because the exercises done to train endurance are also the same as exercises to improve fitness. For example, doing jogging, gymnastics, and or other sports activities on a regular basis can certainly help make your body more fit.

2. More difficult to tire

Doing endurance exercises can also make yourself more energetic and less tired. This can happen because by doing endurance training, it will make yourself accustomed to doing physical activity so that it makes you have more energy when compared to when you are not doing physical activity.

The analogy is, for example, if you are used to doing gymnastics or workouts in the morning before going to work, then your body will have warmed up, your respiratory system will get better, and your body will feel lighter because calories have been burned previously through gymnastics or work-out activities. the outs. However, this will be felt if you do it regularly and continuously.

3. Reducing the risk of heart disease

Heart disease is a degenerative disease or it can also be called an old disease. Old disease is a disease as a long-term effect that is obtained in old age as a result of activities in the past. A person can get heart disease usually caused by not having a healthy lifestyle in his youth, not maintaining a good diet, and consuming unhealthy foods as well. By doing sports activities to maintain endurance, it will help you to reduce the risk of heart disease in old age. This can happen because you are used to training the heart to work while reducing fats in the blood vessels that can hinder heart performance.

4. Lowering bad cholesterol levels

There are two types of cholesterol in our bodies, namely good cholesterol and bad cholesterol. This bad cholesterol is commonly called LDL or Low Density Lipid which means Low Density Lipid. Bad cholesterol or LDL can cause various types of diseases such as heart attacks, gout, pain in the joints, strokes, and so on.

By doing regular and sustainable body strength training, you can help your body get rid of bad cholesterol while reducing the risk of developing these scary diseases.

5. Control blood pressure

Human blood pressure can be divided into two, namely hypertension or high blood pressure and hypotension or low blood pressure. Both types of blood pressure, both hypertension and hypotension, are not good things for the body.

High blood pressure or commonly called hypertension usually occurs when flowing blood pushes very hard against the arteries which causes the heart to have to work very hard to pump blood throughout the body. If this continues continuously, it can cause various types of diseases such as heart disease and stroke.

Not only physically, maintaining endurance data also has a positive effect on mental health, including for people with hypertension. According to the American Heart Association (AHA), exercise is recognized to reduce stress levels in a person. There is also stress can make blood pressure rise temporarily. If this situation occurs continuously it will cause permanent hypertension.

Low blood pressure or hypotension is a condition in which blood pressure is much lower than it should be. It can occur both as a symptom of a variety of conditions or as a condition on its own. If blood pressure is too low, eating can cause blood flow to vital organs, especially the brain and kidneys to be obstructed or reduced.

Practicing endurance with light exercise such as leisurely walks, light workouts, yoga, and so on will help in dealing with low blood pressure and make blood pressure more stable than usual.

HOW TO TRAIN ENDURANCE

Endurance or body resistance can be maintained and increased through various kinds of physical exercise. Proper exercise can maintain and increase endurance well. So what are the right types of physical exercise to increase endurance?

1. Muscle Exercise

Muscle training or basically also known as muscle endurance training is the ability to fight or withstand heavy loads in a relatively long period of time. In order to increase the endurance of the muscles, the usual forms of exercise are sit-ups, pull-ups, push-ups, planks, and also squats .

It can be seen from the examples of exercises that have been mentioned, apart from maintaining endurance, these forms of muscle training can also be used to measure and train muscle strength and endurance. For example , pull-ups will have a good impact on the arm and shoulder muscles, squats can help increase the endurance of the thigh muscles, while  push-ups can train the strength of the arm and chest muscles.

2. Jogging , running, and light walking

Jogging or running is a light sport that can be done by anyone, anywhere, and anytime. Jogging or running within 15-30 minutes and done regularly every day can increase endurance and train leg muscles.

Meanwhile, running long distances at a slow tempo or walking leisurely for long distances can also provide benefits for increasing endurance and improving cardiovascular fitness.

3. Cycling

Currently, cycling is becoming a trend in various circles, both children and adults. The right cycling activity can have a very good impact on body fitness and health. Cycling can train stamina and maintain and increase heart strength. In addition, cycling can also strengthen and train leg muscles.

4. Aerobics

Doing high-intensity aerobic exercise can have a good impact on heart muscle training and also increase stamina. This can happen because when doing aerobics, almost all the muscles in the body move.

5. Fartlek

Fartlek or also known as speed play is one of the various forms of exercise to increase endurance. This exercise is a combination of different forms or different types of running. Whether it’s slow running, fast running, twisting fast running, and also jumping.

Fartlek also has benefits besides training endurance, fartlek  also has a function to increase agility, train reflex responses, train muscles, and help synchronize the eyes, brain, and movement.

6. Up and Down Bench

Up and down the bench as the name suggests this activity is useful for maintaining endurance by just getting up and down from the bench. The items needed are only a bench, but adjusted to your height. Movement up and down the bench can be done in the following way:

1. The bench is placed on a flat surface such as the floor
2. You stand in front of the bench.
3. Then, you start up on the bench and then down again.
4. Then, up again and down again.
5. Make movements up and down the bench, adjusting to the abilities you have

This activity is also useful for practicing breathing and increasing the strength of the thigh, calf and leg muscles.

7. Circuit Training

Circuit training is an exercise that is carried out by making several training posts. Each post has a form of training with a specific purpose and function. The main purpose of this training is basically to combine various forms of exercise that are useful for improving various physical components. Circuit training activities are carried out in stages and continuously.

Circuit training activities can be done in various places, for example in the wild, in the field, or just using tools for weight training. Here are some things to consider in circuit training activities :

• The distance to be covered .
• Weights or training weights.
• Light and heavy variations of each post.
• Involvement of various muscles (upper body muscles, lower body muscles, small muscles, large muscles).
• The time spent doing the movement or exercise.
• Focus on the physical component to be trained (eg agility or speed).
• The number of repetitions of the exercise.

The following is an example of a circuit training form with multiple post objectives:

1. Post 1 warm up for 10 minutes
2. Post 2 does skipping exercises (playing jump rope) for 40 seconds.
3. Heading 3 did a shuttle run (run back and forth) with a distance of 5 meters seven times.
4. Pos 4 sit ups 20 times.
5. Pos 5 push up 30 times.
6. Post 6 back up 30 times.
7. Pos 7 squat jump 30 times.
8. Post 8 squat thrust 30 times.
9. Post 9 cools down for 10 minutes

8. Training intervals

Interval training is a form of exercise to maintain endurance by requiring several factors. The following factors are needed in interval training :

1. Sets the distance to be traveled. For example 100, 300, or 600 meters according to ability.
2. Determines the number of repetitions of the run. For example, 300 meters six times.
3. Set the tempo or rhythm of running speed (seconds / minutes).
4. Set rest times or intervals. The rest time between running repetitions is set for seconds or minutes. Rest can be done by controlling your breath, walking slowly, jogging, or light exercise.

9. Swimming

Swimming is a sport that is quite popular with many people from all walks of life, both children and adults because it is fun and can be used as an activity for refreshing. Besides being fun, swimming also has various benefits for health and fitness, one of which is to increase stamina.

When swimming, the whole body will work to fight the water. This high resistance will be useful for training muscles and increasing stamina in the body to become stronger.

10. Yoga/Pilates

And the last exercise recommendation is yoga or pilates. Movements performed in yoga or pilatee activities generally aim to help train balance. However, from these goals it is possible that yoga or pilates are also effective for maintaining and increasing your immunity level.

Various kinds of yoga or pilates movements not only require physical flexibility but also require qualified physical strength. If you are interested in doing endurance training but feel it is too difficult, heavy, or lazy to try the nine sports mentioned, then try practicing yoga or pilates because these exercises are more concise, can be done anytime, and anywhere.

Enough of the summary regarding the meaning of endurance , its benefits, and also how to train it. Thank you for visiting, I hope this article is useful and can help you.

 

What is Empathy? Empathy is a mental state, in which a person feels the same thoughts, feelings, or circumstances as others.

Many times people hear the word ’empathy’, but don’t know the exact definition. Empathy and sympathy are often equated, even considered the same, even though these two things have their own characteristics. What’s that like? Let’s get to know empathy through the following explanation.

A. Definition of Empathy

To be able to better understand the feelings experienced by oneself and others, Readers can also read the book Series Me and My Family: My Various Feelings.

This sense of empathy can arise as the ability to be self-aware when dealing with the feelings of others, then act to help them. Oneself will understand them, from their point of view. This feeling is very important in building relationships or establishing relationships with other people.

Then according to Chaplin, the notion of empathy is the ability to project one’s own feelings on an event, a natural object or aesthetic work and the realization and understanding of other personal needs and suffering.

B. History of Empathy

The term empathy was originally used by an aesthetic critic to understand another person’s perspective. EB ‘Motor mimicry’ as another term used by Titchener, who is an American psychologist.

He interprets it from physically impersonating someone else’s burden, then sharing that feeling. This is because humans as social beings need each other as discussed in the Empathy Generation book.

C. Definition of Empathy According to Experts

1. M. Umar and Ahmadi Ali

Empathy is defined as a tendency that a person feels to feel something someone else would, if he were in that position.

2. Patton

Establishing a close relationship, so that you can understand other people’s feelings requires time and process. Even though it is not easy, one has to do it for the sake of having compassion and caring for the person it is aimed at. “Posing yourself in someone else’s shoes.”

3. Chaplin

Able to project a sense of self onto an event or object, aesthetic work and realization of needs, to the suffering of others.

4. Al Barry and Partanto

The attitude of activeness of the muscles or feelings experienced by humans when facing objects or humans, then unites with them at a certain time and holds a response when accompanying them.

5. EB Titchener

Feelings that arise as a result of physical imitation, which is ultimately able to create the same feelings.

D. Development of Empathy

1. Emotional Empathy

Babies aged zero to one year will usually cry when they see another baby crying. Hoffman calls it global empathy because one cannot distinguish between oneself and the world.

2. Egocentric Empathy

In toddlerhood or under the age of five, a child begins to be able to distinguish that grief is not his, the distress that is befalling other people, not his own.

Their cognitive development is immature, but instinctively they will try to help even though they don’t know for sure whether the actions taken are appropriate.

3. Cognitive Empathy

Beginning at the age of six, a child begins to see things from other people’s perspectives. This type does not require emotional communication, such as crying. Whether shown or not, a child has begun to understand.

4. Abstract Empathy

When childhood will end at the age of 10-12 years, empathy is not only aimed at people who are known or often met. Groups of people who have never met before can also be the target of empathy.

E. Characteristics of Empathy

1. Ability to Understand Others

The person’s behavior is multifactorial, influenced by many things. When you see someone feeling a certain emotion, you will naturally feel the same way yourself. Being able to read situations and understand what other people think and feel is also discussed in Nunchi’s book which calls it the sixth sense.

This is useful for daily interactions, so that you can relate to others.

The conversation becomes more connected, the other person becomes happy. However, there were times when a person couldn’t understand other people’s feelings. It’s not that they don’t care, they just don’t understand.

2. Understand Sign Language

Why is sign language so important? A person’s emotions can be seen through their gestures, so their movements can speak.

For example, when someone is happy, they will look more cheerful and enthusiastic, while when they are sad, they will tend to be gloomy and look lethargic when doing activities.

Intonation and other non-verbal ways can be used to find out their emotions.

3. Role Performed

Empathy will manifest a reality and action on the feelings that are felt. However, not everyone can respond to other people’s feelings. When sad, there are those who feel sorry for them and listen to their outpourings, there are also those who ignore them and leave.

When the listeners returned, only apologies came out and they reasoned that they couldn’t stand listening to sad stories. Or, not at all, just don’t care and bring up old events.

4. Understanding Yourself

If you continue to face strong negative feelings, the impact is quite severe emotional exhaustion. Not everyone is also taught to accept emotions. For example, boys shouldn’t be crybaby, crying will make themselves look weak, or being concerned with emotions is a waste of time and useless.

In the end, they become unaware of their own feelings. The feelings that are being felt are difficult to understand. If you can’t understand yourself, empathy that has a positive impact will not appear.

Emotions towards feeling sad or happy are commonplace. When angry or feeling a problem, you can cry yourself or tell others about it. As long as it doesn’t drag on. “Our emotions are our own.”

 

5. Doesn’t Mean Dissolving In Other People’s Problems

Understanding feelings or feeling the same way as someone, that’s okay. However, it is not permissible to interfere or deal with the problem too deeply, so that empathy still has certain limitations.

F. Empathy Factor According to Siwi (1992)

1. Parenting

In fact, 98% of humans are born with the potential to empathize. The rest are people with psychopathic tendencies.

The parenting style of parents who instill empathy in their children from a young age. For this reason, during the growth and development of children, parents become the main teachers and guides in shaping their character.

Parents are examples that will influence children’s behavior. You do this by not being too self-centered, encouraging children to experience and express their emotions, not restraining children when they want to interact with their friends, as long as it is still in a positive sphere.

2. Personality

Often self-reflect and have a calm demeanor? That means, the individual will certainly have high sensitivity when sharing with others. The person is usually able to exercise good emotional control over himself. Introvert personality is believed to have a high sense of empathy, you know!

3. Age and Degree of Maturity

The older you get, the higher a person’s empathy. The degree of maturity of a person will be higher, so they can socialize well with each other.

4. Socialization

For example, when a child is playing with his friends. In the games that are held, of course there will be cooperation or close relations. They can be more open to others and feel tolerance.

G. Benefits of Empathy

1. Liked by People Around

With empathy, one can produce positive emotions or aura. Life will be happier with people around who feel love and compassion.

2. Keep Away From Selfish Attitudes

Compassion will keep the heart away from jealousy, selfishness, and pride. This ugliness is certainly not good for oneself, it can cause stress, high ambition, and even lies. Hostilities with other people can make bad days. Life becomes unhealthy.

3. Acquiring Kindness

With a caring attitude and action in helping others, someone will become a better person. God and fellow human beings will reward him with something good too. Life will be made easier and not filled with problems.

H. Examples of Empathy

When there is sad news from a friend whose relative has passed away, condolences and prayers can be sent. Learn more about this feeling through the book The Art of Reading People’s Hearts, Minds, and Feelings.

Visit a friend who is sick, comfort him, and provide what is needed. Collected voluntary donations from classmates for a sick friend. Participate in providing assistance to victims of natural disasters. Everything is a positive action and makes the heart feel happy.

I. Characteristics of Highly Empathized People

1. Has High Sensitivity

With this condition, someone will usually naturally open up to help others, at least willing to listen. When a friend is feeling sad or happy, you will always be there and embrace him. However, because of this one feeling, a person becomes easier to be offended or hurt.

2. Have High Intuition

Someone with high empathy will usually develop life according to his intuition. Another way is to feel or want to feel the emotions of others.

3. Tend to be alone

This person usually does not like to join a group that makes him uncomfortable. This person needs more me time , especially if he is in a busy life that often makes him tired.

Usually, the me time you get will be used to rest and recover energy. They will love themselves, so that when listening to other people, the feelings conveyed feel as if they were felt by themselves.

4. Taking a Role ( Role Taking )

Concrete behavior, as well as empathy will come by itself. Individuals will feel the reactions or emotional feelings felt by others.

However, empathy will open the eyes of an individual to the suffering felt by the other person.

After feeling this, you will usually be spontaneous to take a role or action, either in a positive and helpful way or just let it be.

5. Emotional Control 

Realizing that he is feeling empathy and not being too absorbed in other people’s feelings.

J. How to Build Empathy

1. Learn More Sensitive

Be sensitive to things that are happening around. This factor is very important to build a good sense of empathy. Don’t expect big things if you can’t do small things.

Starting with the closest environment, namely the family. How to empathize with your father, mother or next of kin. After success, practice in the community, such as neighbors, school friends, and the community.

Tell them that you can help them if they need help.

2. Don’t be high

With a sense of pride, arrogant attitude will be reflected in a person. Learn to be sociable in any environment, act as if there is no distance between yourself and others because empathy also arises from mutual respect.

3. Imagine If Yourself Became Someone Else

Empathy can emerge if instilled in yourself. By imagining that the person feeling something is yourself, gratitude will be felt to be the most important thing in life. Empathy is not just feeling or helping others, but feeling sincere and being a good form of worship.

4. Accepting Differences

It is undeniable that the differences that exist in each individual sometimes have two sides. One side of myself can accept differences, the other side of myself feels that there is no need for differences.

Therefore, instill in yourself that differences exist as a gift that allows humans to continue to learn and improve themselves.

5. Be Friends With Anyone

Empathy can arise if you interact a lot with other people. That way, their feelings can be easily identified. By making friends with anyone, it doesn’t mean that everyone has to follow their habits, preferences, or interests.

6. Don’t Judge

Can’t understand other people’s feelings, but don’t judge either. On the other hand, people who want to be heard should not immediately make mental judgments and think that other people don’t care. Be considerate , not everyone shows the response, as expected.

Be more specific and elaborative, say in detail or at least be clear about the feelings you are feeling. Sometimes, people can feel sad because they are not understood or understood. However, everyone can develop or change with effort.

K. Tips for Becoming a Good Listener ( Active Listening )

That way, the other person who is telling the story will feel more comfortable when pouring out his heart. For this reason, the role of a mentor or psychologist is needed by some people. They have been trained to listen to others. Actually, this active skill can be learned by everyone. Its application can be done when making relationships in the office or discussing with study groups.

When talking, someone really needs active listening , especially someone who feels that it is difficult for him to get close to other people. In the simplest way, namely simply listening, other people have found it helpful. Still sure you have great empathy?

If you put this aside, in social life everyone as a human being must have concern for the environment and others around him. Why? This concern greatly impacts survival. Every human being will get help if it helps. Don’t be too proud to talk if the situation is urgent, for sure the people closest to you or those within your own circle will be moved to take part.

Also read articles related to “Understanding Empathy” :

• Social Structure in Society
• Social Differentiation
• Social Deviations in Society
• List of Tribes in Indonesia
• Definition of Social Interaction
• Examples of Legal Norms
• Definition of Norm
• National Movement Organization

This book presents very important information to be used as a therapy tutorial in contemporary life. If Readers already knows Erich Fromm’s book The Art of Loving, this book is his counterpart—that is, starting with listening. And, Erich Fromm presents this listening method as an art.

Give empathy to those who are currently grieving. Follow and feel the sadness as if it were your sadness too. Give encouragement so that they will always survive and fight in difficult times. This book “We Are the Same as Humans” will give hope so that we can continue to face tomorrow.

When it rains we ask for the sun. When it’s hot we ask for rain. As if there is never an end to us asking without trying to be grateful for what we get now. In fact, the circumstances faced this time may be better than the circumstances faced by others out there. This book teaches us to be more empathetic and give thanks more, how many blessings the universe has given us.

 

Issuer is a term most widely used in the world of investment and capital markets. This term denotes a private or state entity that makes an effective effect on society for the purpose of raising additional capital or funds.

In general, the term is associated with companies on the stock market. That is, the company’s actions have been sold to the public.

This definition is not wrong, but also inaccurate. Because this term is not only for companies, but individuals, joint efforts, associations and groups or organizations.

The offer given by the issuer is an offer to sell joint securities with the procedures regulated in the capital regulations and the applicable legislature.

Definition of Issuer

In the world of finance, an issuer itself means a party that conducts a Public Offering, such as an issuer offering securities to sell Securities to the public based on procedures regulated by applicable laws and regulations.

This can be interpreted as a company, both private and state-owned enterprises, seeking capital from the stock exchange by issuing securities.

There are also securities offered by issuers, namely debt acknowledgments, stocks, bonds, futures contracts on securities, proof of debt, commercial paper, units of collective investment contract participation, and every derivative of securities.

Another type of securities is sukuk, a sharia securities. It is a contract and how it is issued in accordance with sharia principles in the capital market. In general, companies in this category conduct securities offerings through the capital market for stocks, bonds and sukuk.

What’s an Effect?

When talking about Issuers, it is closely related to Securities. Securities in English are called “securities” or securities, which means securities that have value and can be traded. Securities can be categorized as debt and equity like bonds and stocks. Companies or institutions that issue securities are called issuers.

Differences between Issuers and Public Companies

Due to the sale of Securities in the Capital Market, issuers are often equated with public companies. However, the Issuer itself is not the same as a Public Company.

Based on what is written in the Law of the Republic of Indonesia No. 8 of 1995 concerning the Capital Market, the Issuer is a Party that conducts a Public Offering, which means that the party conducts an offer of Securities to sell Securities to the public based on the procedures regulated in the applicable laws and regulations.

Issuers themselves are in the form of individuals, companies, joint ventures, associations, or also in the form of organized groups that are different from public companies, which means companies whose shares are owned by at least 300 shareholders and have paid-up capital of at least IDR 3. billion, or a number of shareholders and paid-up capital that has been stipulated by Government Regulation.

The Role of Issuers in the Capital Market

The role of an issuer in a capital market, among others:

1. Expansion of a business, capital that has been obtained from investors or shareholders will be used to expand business fields, market expansion or production capacity.
2. Besides that, it also improves the capital structure, balances between own capital and foreign capital.
3. Conduct shareholder transfers. Transfer from old shareholders to new shareholders.

Issuer’s Presence Enliven the Stock Exchange

As we have discussed together above, the issuer itself can be in the form of a private company or a state-owned company, both in an open or closed company.

However, the important thing that needs to be underlined is that not all companies have issuer status, because the status of an issuer company that is only held for companies is if they have traded their shares or bonds on the stock exchange floor.

Therefore, an issuer needs to carry out an IPO or what is called an Initial Public Offering before it can be called an issuer company. However, there are also some quite striking differences between public companies and issuer companies.

Reporting from the official website of the OJK or the Financial Services Authority, a Public Company is a company that has a Limited Liability Company basis, according to what is stated in Article 1 paragraph 1 concerning General Provisions of Law Number 40 of 2007 regarding Limited Liability Companies.

So, we can conclude that the most striking difference between an issuer company and a public company is that an issuer company is a company that has conducted an IPO, while for a public company it is a company with the status of a Limited Liability Company or PT that has already conducted an IPO.

The Company’s Purpose to Become an Issuer 

What is the reason for a company to take the floor in the capital market? Companies that decide to become issuers are not without reason. They want to get benefits for the development and sustainability of the company.

Below are some of the benefits that you will get if you become an issuer, including:

1) The value of the company has increased

By becoming an issuer and being listed on the capital market, the value of a company will increase. This increase will also have a significant impact on public trust.

If the company has an ever-increasing value, the public will also trust and be interested in investing in that company. Which means that the more capital is pushed into the company, the funds will be obtained from the investors and then used to support decisions on the company’s strategic steps, such as for example business expansion.

2) The image of the company is increasing

If a company has been listed on the capital market, it can be said that the company is trusted and its image has been recognized by the public.

All information about a company can be accessed easily by the public as proof that the company can be trusted.

3) Business continuity becomes more secure

After becoming an issuer, the company will have the opportunity to get capital injections or funds from investors. These funds can be used as capital for the continuity of the business in the future.

4) Get tax incentives

In accordance with Government Regulation No. 56 of 2015 states that a company in the form of a public company can get an income tax incentive of 5 percent lower than domestic corporate income tax.

Reasons for Companies to Issue Securities

In general, the reason for a company to issue securities is to get a large amount of additional capital. There are two ways companies obtain capital, namely:

1. Debt Financing

Debt financing itself means a debt financing. Which, issuers can get foreign capital by issuing securities which are also known as bonds, which means they borrow funds from the public.

2. Equity Financing

Equity financing means funding by offering half of the company’s ownership rights to those who wish to provide capital. From this funding, a company will greatly benefit. In addition to obtaining funds, the company also does not need to return these funds and also does not need to pay debt interest.

Types of Securities Traded

There are many types of products offered, namely:

1. Shares (Right Issue, Warrant)

Shares are a sign of equity participation in the company. Simply put, shares are like evidence of ownership in a company or business entity.

So, when you own these shares, you can already be said to be the owner of the company. Therefore, shares are often referred to as securities, because they can be used as proof of legal ownership of the company.

2. Corporate Bonds

These corporate bonds are issued by a national private company such as BUMN and BUMD. Bonds are also often known as medium-long term notes whose ownership can be transferred.

The contents of this letter are an agreement from the company that will issue bonds to pay profits in the form of interest for a certain period of time and will pay off the principal debt at a predetermined time.

3. Mutual funds

Mutual funds themselves are a choice of stock instruments for investors, especially for investors who only have a little time and investors who do not have the expertise to calculate investment risk.

With this one instrument, it is hoped that investors who have the will to contribute to the Indonesian capital market.

In general, mutual funds can also be interpreted as a container that is used to collect funds from investors so that they can then be invested in securities portfolios by related investment managers.

4. Exchange-Traded Fund (ETF)

Exchange Trade Fund or ETF is a financial bond that exists in the form of a collective investment contract, in which the participation units are traded on the stock exchange floor.

Even though ETFs can be said to be almost the same as mutual funds, these products are also traded just like other common stocks on the exchange floor.

Basically, ETF itself is a combination of mutual funds in terms of management and the entire stock mechanism in terms of buying and selling.

5. Derivatives (Stock Option Contracts, Futures Contracts)

Derivatives have the form of a contract or an agreement whose profit value is directly related to the performance of other assets or commonly known as underlying assets.

The effect of this derivative is a special derivative effect, whether it is an investment or debt. The effect in question is a direct descendant of the main effect or a further derivative.

You can learn about the issuers that are printing losses from the industry and sectors most affected by COVID-19 on the IDX throughout 2020 by Buddy Setianto

Requirements to Become an Issuer

If you want to be on the floor of the exchange, there must be a number of requirements that need to be met. Among them:

• Preparing securities to be offered and traded to investors in the capital market.
• In a company that becomes an issuer, it is necessary to guarantee that the securities to be issued are appropriate and legally valid.
• Companies need to provide information that is as complete as possible and can be accounted for.

In addition to the things above, there are several documents that must be prepared and submitted as conditions, including:

• The document contains other information according to the request of the Financial Services Authority.
• Records of company financial statements that have been audited by a public accountant.
• Curriculum vitae of the board of commissioners, directors or other equivalent positions.
• Opinion in terms of applicable law.
• Agreement with Underwriters.
• A statement letter regarding the issuer’s commitment.
• Document requirements, as requirements for small-scale issuers and medium-scale issuers.
• Statement from capital market supporting professionals.

Issuer Registration and Information Disclosure

Issuers must include a registration statement in a public offering. On the other hand, public companies also need to be able to present a registration statement as a public company.

Regarding the registration statement, OJK will provide an effective statement to show proof of completeness, if all procedures and requirements have been fulfilled or a registration statement required in the established laws and regulations.

Issuer companies whose registration has become effective or public companies must be able to submit their reports regularly, as well as announce them to the public at large.

Apart from that, a report also needs to be able to announce to the public regarding material events that affect securities prices no later than the second working day after the existence of these conditions.

In accordance with RI Law no. 8 of 1995 concerning the capital market, a director, commissioner of a publicly listed company, and all parties who own issuers, at least 5% of the shares of issuers of public companies also need to report ownership, as well as any change in ownership of the company’s shares at least 10 days after the change in ownership .

Differences between Small and Medium Scale Issuers

Companies that have made public offerings are divided into two, namely small-scale and medium-scale issuers. What is a small-scale company and what is a medium-scale issuer? This definition has been written completely and clearly in the Financial Services Authority Regulation Number 53/PJOK.04/2017. 

1. Small scale company

The small-scale company in question is a company in the form of a legal entity established in Indonesia with assets of no more than IDR 50 billion. Companies on this scale are also not controlled by public companies whose total assets are on the medium scale or more than IDR 250 billion. 

2. Medium scale companies

This medium-scale issuer is a company that has a legal entity built in Indonesia, but has assets equivalent to or more than IDR 50 billion to IDR 250 billion. Another characteristic is quite the same as a small scale, which is not controlled directly or indirectly by a public company that has assets of more than IDR 250 billion.

Issuer Duties

In general, the task of an issuer to provide a public offering of securities is to be responsible for managing public funds in good condition. The securities offered are as described above.

Apart from those mentioned above, there are several other types of securities that the Issuer will offer to the public. Which of course depends on the development of the capital market in Indonesia. Until now, the government has also attempted to raise capital by issuing various innovative financial products.

How to Assess Issuers’ Securities Offerings

It is easy for us to understand that it is not easy to be able to assess the effect that has been given by the issuer in an initial public offering. There are a number of things that need to be considered when purchasing a securities offered by an issuer.

1. Pay attention and also learn the fundamentals of the company related to how to see the prospectus in it. In the prospectus there are usually financial statements, and in it there are also risks and opportunities for the company.
2. Check whether the company and other sectors are related to the issuer. Also check the opportunities from the group, or other related issuer sectors in the future. We need to analyze macroeconomics in order to be able to read the prospects for the securities offered by issuers.
3. Pay attention to the securities that guarantee the company’s emissions. As a suggestion, to choose a company that works with experienced and well-known underwriter services. The way to find out is to check the company’s underwriter experience.

Example of Issuer Company 

Below are some examples of issuers that have been listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange.

1. ADHI (Adhi Karya (Persero) Tbk)
2. AKRA (AKR Corporindo Tbk)
3. ANTM (Aneka Tambang Tbk)
4. ASII (Astra International Tbk)
5. BBCA (Bank Central Asia Tbk)
6. BBNI (Bank Negara Indonesia (Persero) Tbk)
7. BBTN (Indonesian Savings Bank (Persero) Tbk)

 You can learn about the 597 Issuers listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange September 2018 Edition Summary of Business Background and Management of Issuers by Buddy Setianto

After getting the full explanation above, it can be concluded that an issuer company is a private company or BUMN that seeks capital assistance or injection of funds on the stock exchange by issuing securities. The types of securities traded in it are quite varied, such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, exchange traded funds, and derivatives.

If you are interested in helping or funding an issuer company, then there are a number of things you must pay attention to, such as paying attention to the fundamentals of the issuer company, paying attention to the securities that have guaranteed the company’s emissions and so on.

 

Understanding sharia economics – In the world of economics, Islamic economics is also called sharia economics. Islamic economics is basically a middle way between the capitalist and socialist economic systems. Therefore, the Islamic economic system applies the principles of goodness from both of these economic systems.

You may have often heard the term Islamic economics in the Indonesian banking industry. However, what exactly is Islamic economics? To find out more about Islamic economics, you can see this article till the end, Readers.

Understanding of Islamic Economics According to Experts

pixabay
The following is the definition of Islamic economics according to several experts.

Yoyok Prasetyo

Quoting from the book Sharia Economics by Yoyok Prasetyo, the term Sharia Economics is the same as Islamic Economics, the difference is only the point of view of each expert who defines it.

Yusuf Qardhawi

According to Yusuf Qardhawi, the concept of sharia economics is an economy that is based on God, with God’s ultimate goal and the use of facilities that are inseparable from God’s sharia.

MA Mannan 

According to MA Mannan, the term sharia economics is a social science that studies the economic problems of the people imbued with Islamic values.

Omar Chapra 

On the other hand, according to Umar Chapra, the concept of Islamic economics is a branch of knowledge that helps humans create wealth by allocating and distributing various resources according to predetermined goals. However, it does not unduly restrict individual freedom, create macroeconomic and ecological imbalances, or weaken family and social cohesion.

Broadly speaking, Islamic economics is an economic system that applies the teachings of the Qur’an and hadith or Islamic law in its activities.

Readers can read a book entitled ” Introduction to Islamic Economics Basic Concepts, Paradigms, Development, Islamic Economics” to find out more about the history and understanding of Islamic Economics itself.

Characteristics of Islamic Economics

After discussing the meaning of Islamic economics according to several experts, the next discussion is the characteristics of Islamic economics. The following are some of the characteristics of the Islamic economy.

1. Using a Profit Sharing System

One of the principles of Islamic economics is the distribution of ownership that prioritizes justice. In other words, all profits derived from economic activity are shared fairly, for example in Islamic banking there is a profit share for the bank as well as for the customer.

2. Relationship Between Spiritual Values ​​and Material Values

Islamic economics is a form of helping the customer’s economy to benefit according to Islamic teachings. According to Islam, wealth from economic activities can be used for Zakat, Infaq and Sadaqah.

3. Granting Freedom Based on Islamic Teachings

Islamic economics gives freedom to economic actors to act according to their rights and obligations in carrying out economic activities.

4. Recognition of Various Types of Ownership

Ownership of funds and assets in the economy actually belongs to Allah alone. Hopefully the economy runs according to Islamic teachings.

5. Bound by Faith, Sharia and Morals

All economic activities are based on Aqidah, Sharia and morality to balance the economy.

6. Maintain Mental And Physical Balance

The goal of Islamic economics is not only to gain physical benefits, but to gain inner peace and profit in one’s life.

7. Providing space for the state and government

The sharia economy provides space for the government and the state to intervene as intermediaries when problems arise.

8. Prohibition of Riba

A form of usury is the accumulation of payments from a person who owns property to a person who lends property because of a failure to make a promise to repay the loan by a certain time. In Islamic economics, riba is prohibited.

The Purpose of Islamic Economics

Islamic Economics According to Islam, the best economic system is: As Muslims, it is appropriate for us to run this economic system. The objectives of Islamic economics, among others:

1. Purify the soul 

Purify the soul so that every Muslim can become a source of virtue for society and its environment.

2. Uphold justice in society

Justice in question includes aspects of life in the field of law and muamar. In this way, the bond of brotherhood increases.

3. Creating economic prosperity

With the sharia economy, economic growth can become more prosperous.

Principles of Islamic Economics 

The implementation of Islamic economics must follow the following principles (Sudarsono, 2002:
105):

1. Various sources are considered as gifts or entrusted by God to humans.
2. Islam allows private ownership within certain limits.
3. The main driving force of the Islamic economy is cooperation.
4. Islamic economics rejects the accumulation of wealth controlled by a handful of individuals.
5. The Sharia economy guarantees public property and its use is designed for the benefit of the many people.
6. Muslims must fear Allah and the Day of Judgment in the hereafter.
7. Zakat must be paid on wealth that reaches the ceiling (nisab).
8. Islam prohibits all forms of usury.

Benefits of Sharia Economics

If Islamic economics is practiced, Muslims will benefit greatly. The benefits of Islamic economics include:

1. If Muslims are found to be still struggling and practicing conventional economics, it means they have not converted to Islam.
2. The application and practice of Sharia economics by Islamic financial institutions such as banks, insurance companies, pawnshops and Baitul Maal wat Tamwil will benefit the world and the future.
3. The benefits of this life are obtained from the sharing of profits, but the benefits of the hereafter are freed from usury which is prohibited by Allah.
4. Business practices based on Islamic law have religious value because they carry out God’s law.
5. Islamic economic practices by Islamic financial institutions. This means supporting the development of Islamic economic institutions.
6. Practicing the Islamic economy by opening savings and deposits and buying Islamic insurance means supporting the economic empowerment of the people. Because the collected funds are collected and sent to the real trading department.
7. Practicing the Sharia economy means supporting the Amar Ma’ruf Nahi Munkar movement. This is because the funds raised by Islamic financial institutions can only be used for halal companies and projects.

What are the Roles of Islamic Economics? 

In the 2020 Sharia Economic and Financial Report (LEKSI), Bank Indonesia describes the three roles of the Islamic economy in the recovery of Indonesia’s national economy.

1. The aim is to support the liquidity of Islamic banks so as to facilitate the distribution of Islamic funds in Indonesia.
2. Implementing a partnership business model (KKMU Syariah) to optimize profit sharing properly. Thus, business opportunities are maintained by supporting resilience to manage business risks.
3. Optimization of Islamic social finance.

Sharia Economic Potential in Indonesia

Indonesia’s Islamic economic and financial potential is enormous, according to the Ministry of Finance (Kemenkeu). This can be seen in the increasing trend of the Financial Inclusion Index which is supported by Islamic financial assets as a whole. Moreover, this potential is supported by the rise of Sharia KUR and the rise of Sharia debtors.

As a bridge between economic development and Islamic finance, several financial institutions, such as the growth of social finance with zakat and waqf, tokenization of sukuk, digitization and development of Islamic fintech, and regulation of Islamic finance and impact investment (ESG). I have a chance.

In fact, according to the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Indonesia, Indonesia currently ranks fourth after Malaysia, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates in terms of Islamic economic and financial development.

In order to support the sharia economy and financial ecosystem, the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Indonesia is committed to coordinating policy makers, supporting regulations and developing the halal industry. all supporting elements of the Islamic economy, including government incentives to encourage Indonesia’s Islamic economic and financial potential will continue to grow.

What are the Sharia Economic Products in Banking? 

Islamic economics deserves thumbs up. Of course this makes a significant contribution to the productivity and professionalism of Islamic banking itself. The following is the presence of Islamic economic products, especially in the banking sector, which support the development of a very large Islamic economy.

1. Sharia Savings

Savings are described as deposits whose withdrawals are subject to various conditions imposed by the bank on its customers. Withdrawal facilities allow passbooks, ATMs, withdrawal slips, and other advanced methods such as internet banking.

The hallmark of sharia savings is the implementation of the wadiah contract. In other words, the savings are only deposited, the customer does not receive interest, but the bank gives gifts or bonuses to customers, which is of no use.

2. Sharia deposits

Time deposits are deposits that ordinary people choose to invest in. Not only is it easier, the profit you get is also higher than ordinary savings. Deposits are bank savings products that allow deposits and withdrawals to be made only at certain times because the bank needs time to invest.

A bank’s business or investment must be included in the halal category according to Islamic law. The terms or terms offered are the same as traditional deposits and range from 1 to 24 months.

Sharia deposits use Mudharabah contracts. This means saving through a profit-sharing system (relationship) between the customer and the bank. The advantage of this mudharabah contract deposit is usually using a ratio of 60:40 for customers and banks. The higher the bank’s profit, the higher the customer’s profit, and the lower the bank’s profit, the lower the customer’s profit, which means that the profit is risky.

3. Sharia Pledge (Rahn)

Sharia Pledge, practiced at PT. Pegadaian lends its customers valuable, salable and insurable assets. The money you lend is interest free. However, if the pawnshop cannot pay off its debt on the agreed date, the customer (rahin) is obliged to provide collateral (marhum) for the purpose of paying off the debt.

In practice, collateral is sold to cover debts if confirmed by the trustee. when the security interest is sold.

4. Sharia Demand Deposits

One of the sharia banking products included in the Wadiah (Deposit) Concept is Current Accounts. Current accounts are generally understood as deposits that can be withdrawn at any time by check, demand deposit slip, other methods of payment, or bookkeeping. Sharia demand deposits are current accounts managed in accordance with Sharia principles.

In this case, the National Sharia Council issued a fatwa stating that current accounts that are justified by sharia are those based on the principles of Wadia and Mudarabha.

The Mudharabah Current Account Sharia contract is a cooperation contract between the customer as a depositor of funds (Shahibul Maal) and the party managing the funds by a Sharia Bank (Mudharib). The provisions for Sharia Current Accounts using a Mudharabah contract are:

1. In this transaction the customer acts as shahibul maal or owner of funds and the bank acts as mudharib or fund manager.
2. In its capacity as Mudharib, banks can conduct and develop various types of businesses that do not violate Sharia principles. This includes mudharabah with other parties.
3. Capital must be stated in cash and not in debentures.
4. Profit sharing is expressed in the form of a percentage and stated in the Account Opening Agreement.
5. The bank, as Mudharib, finances the operational costs of site deposits with its personal profit margin.
6. Banks cannot reduce customer win rates without proper authorization.

On the other hand, Sharia Current Accounts with Wadiah Contracts are contracts to store customer funds in Islamic Banks, and Islamic Banks can manage these funds without giving compensation to customers when they make a profit. Sharia demand deposits for wadiah contracts are subject to the following conditions:

1. Deposit nature
2. The deposit can be taken at any time (on-call).
3. No compensation is required except in the form of a voluntary contribution (athaya) from the Bank.
4. In practice, most Islamic banks use Wadiah contracts for demand deposits. This is because customers have to open deposit sites for smooth and easy transactions, not for profit. Intermediate mudharabah contracts are usually used for profitable investment contracts.

 5. Sharia Financing (Ijarah)

Leasing is a very familiar part of our daily lives and many people use this service to buy cars, motorbikes and other valuables. Rent was originally known in America, from the word lease which means rent. In Islamic economics, the term associated with flower bouquets is Ijarah (al Ijarah), derived from the word al ajru, which means al iwadhu (change).

According to the Decree of the Minister of Finance No. 1169/KMK.01/1991 dated 21 November 1991, what is meant by lease is a lease with options (financial lease) or lease without options (operating lease).

After we already know about Islamic Economics products in Banking, of course, Readers is also interested in learning more about them. Well, you can read a book entitled ” Development of Islamic Banking Products in Indonesia “. This book discusses the theory and practice of developing sharia products creatively, innovatively and prospectively – the main key to opening the door to the success of the sharia banking industry.

Differences between Islamic Banks and Conventional Banks 

The Indonesian banking system has two bank operating systems. The two banking systems are regular banks and Islamic banks. Traditional banks are indeed very familiar to the ears of the Indonesian people, but what are the differences between Islamic and traditional banks?

Sharia Banks are banks that operate based on Sharia principles or Islamic law as stipulated in the fatwa of the Indonesian Ulema Council (MUI). Thus, every activity carried out by this Islamic bank, both raising funds and in the context of channeling funds, provides and charges rewards based on sharia principles, namely buying and selling and profit sharing.

Meanwhile, conventional banks are banks that carry out their activities conventionally, referring to national and international agreements, and based on state law.

The Financial Services Authority (OJK) explained the difference between Islamic banks and conventional banks, that the principles of Islamic banking regulated in the MUI fatwa include the principles of justice and balance (‘adl wa tawazun), benefit (maslahah), universalism (alamiyah), and not contains gharar, maysir, usury, unjust, and objects that are forbidden.

Islamic banking law also stipulates to perform a social function by performing functions like a biturmal institution, based on the differences between Islamic banks and traditional banks. Manager (Nazhir) at the will of the Waqf giver (Wakif).

In this difference between Islamic and traditional banking, the Islamic banking system and traditional banking work synergistically to support the wider mobilization of public funds to increase the financing capacity of national economic sectors.

In general, the difference between Islamic banks and conventional banks lies in the form of business of Islamic banks, which consist of commercial banks and Islamic People’s Financing Banks (BPRS), the prohibition of accepting deposits.

After we already know about the history, understanding, characteristics, goals, principles, benefits, roles, potential, various products to differences with conventional banks. Surely Readers is very curious besides bank products, is there any investment but Sharia? Of course! Readers can read a book entitled “Sharia Capital Market “. This book is very suitable to read especially for those of you beginners who want to know about the capital market but in Sharia.

Microeconomics: Definition, Scope, Theory and Differences with Macroeconomics – Microeconomics or also known as microeconomics is economics that studies demand and supply curves which then helps to understand the relationship between changes in wages, appropriate employment patterns and understanding variable costs in the production of goods and services. Check out a more complete explanation of Microeconomics below:

A. Definition of Microeconomics

Several aspects of microeconomic analysis include market models, industry, benefit analysis, demand theory, cost and supply analysis, elasticity, production theory and price theory. In addition, microeconomics also plays a role in making company policies regarding resource management such as price management.

The existence of policies within the company can also make the company more strategic and innovative. Microeconomics plays a very important role in predicting and designing a company’s strategy in the future. Microeconomics will make it easier for a company to understand consumer behavior, wants and needs.

The book entitled Theory of Microeconomics Edition 3 from Muh Abdul Halim will help Readers understand more deeply about microeconomics itself. If Readers is interested, click “buy a book” below.

B. Definition of Microeconomics According to Experts

Here are some definitions of microeconomics according to experts:

1. Mary A Marchant and William M Snell

Microeconomics is the study of individuals, households and companies making decisions in the economic process.

2. David A. Moss

Microeconomics as a step for analyzing a decision made by an individual or group starting from the factors to consideration of costs and benefits.

3. Adam Smith

Seeing the existence of various rational considerations in making decisions that are chosen by economic actors.

4. NG Mankiw

In his book he writes, the notion of microeconomics is a science that discusses the role of individual economic actors , how households and companies make decisions, and how they interact in certain markets.

5. Sadono Sukirno

In the book Microeconomics Theory of Introduction, Sadono Sukirno states that the notion of microeconomics is a branch of economics that studies consumer and corporate behavior and determination. Microeconomics itself functions to analyze how all these decisions and behaviors affect the supply and also the demand for goods and services that will determine prices, determine the supply and demand for goods and services further.

6. David Ricardo

According to David Ricardo, the notion of microeconomics is a condition in which economic actors already have information about the ins and outs of a market. That way the macro economy is a determining factor of the global economic market.

7.Marshal and Piqou

According to Marshal and Piqou, the notion of microeconomics is a high level of mobility in the market so that these economic actors can immediately adapt or adjust to changes in the market.

C. Scope of Microeconomics

Microeconomics itself has a broad scope as discussed in the Microeconomics book by Dr. H. Bachrudin Sjaroni, Se., MM Noveria S, SE., MM Edi Djunaedi, SE., MM.

The scope of microeconomics itself studies about matters surrounding consumer and market behavior in the individual or corporate sector. Consumers and producers themselves are individuals in every household, organization, community and company. Know what the scope of microeconomics is, here are some of them:

1. Interaction in the Goods Market

The market is a meeting place between demand and supply. The market is also a place where sellers and buyers can meet to be able to make buying and selling transactions.

2. Seller and Consumer Behavior

Both have a rational nature, where the seller wants maximum profit, and the buyer wants optimal satisfaction in terms of product quality and price. In analyzing the behavior between sellers and buyers, there are 3 assumptions that can be considered, namely economic activity between sellers and buyers occurs in an open and rational manner.

3. Interaction in Factor Markets of Production

From the seller’s point of view, having products that meet human needs also requires factors of production by buying them, while consumers need money to fulfill their needs.

4. Use Value Theory

Studying how an item generates use or satisfaction for consumers who buy or use the product.

5. Market structure theory

Explain market classification based on the number of companies, characteristics or types of products and the convenience of companies or producers to enter and leave a market.

The market structure will be declared as a non-competitive market structure when there are companies that do not have the power and ability to influence the quantity of goods and prices in the market.

Conversely, if the company has the power or ability to influence the amount of goods in circulation or the prices of goods on the market, then the market structure is said to be a competitive market structure.

6. Price Elasticity

Studying how the prices of goods and services are formed in the market. This price is influenced by how many requests.

7. Industry

Study how the flow of circulation of goods and services can be formed. It also Analyzes production, producer, consumer, and distribution goods in terms of rational possibilities in economic decision making.

8. Input Markets

Study how producers can obtain production materials at minimum cost but produce goods or services that have high selling value.

D. Microeconomic Theory

Microeconomic studies aim to analyze the failure of an economic decision, bring up rational analysis and produce theoretical analysis results that enable perfect competition markets.

This behavior is useful in analyzing the effect on demand and supply of goods and services, pricing, and determining the amount of supply and subsequent demand.

Microeconomic Theory – Mathematical Analysis written by Prof. Jogjyanto HM, Akt., MBA., Ph.D. this can help Readers understand various theories that exist in microeconomics.

Analysis from microeconomic studies allows for the emergence of rational explanations for an economic decision, which can be used as a consideration in overcoming a failure in making previous economic decisions. Microeconomic or microeconomic analysis is further divided into four, including:

1. Price Theory

Analysis is carried out on the process of price formation, factors that can affect changes in demand and supply, the relationship between demand and supply prices, market forms and the concept of elasticity of demand and supply.

The price theory itself explains the equilibrium price between sellers and buyers where both of them carry out a bidding process until an agreement is reached at a certain price level.

2. Production Theory

Production theory is also used as a basis for analyzing the level and cost required of a production process.

The analysis is carried out on all matters related to the cost of production of goods and services. The combination of these factors must then be chosen by the producer to get the maximum profit.

3. Distribution Theory

Distribution theory is carried out with the aim of analyzing labor wages, profits and the amount of interest that must be paid to the owners of capital. Distribution theory as the activity of distributing products from producers to final consumers through several distribution channels.

This theory takes into account the time of ordering, product durability, and the distance between producers and consumers. Distribution itself is not only about getting a product from producers to consumers, but also about product promotion and packaging.

4. Consumption Theory

Consumption theory is a theory that refers to the behavior of various consumers in the context of meeting their needs. The market demand curve is derived from the individual consumer demand curve. The decrease in this curve itself is obtained through a consumption theory approach.

Subjects that can be studied in this consumption theory in general are the concept of utility, the relationship between the use of goods and the quantity of goods, consumer behavior, conditions for achieving maximum satisfaction or utility, marginal utility and indifference curves.

E. Examples of Microeconomic Policies

Microeconomics is also useful in making predictions, with microeconomics, companies can then develop strategies or predictions going forward.

Microeconomics can help companies predict what might happen in the market, for example product trends, with microeconomics will also help understand consumer behavior and consumer needs.

With microeconomics it will also help to know Product Turnover. The following are some concrete examples of microeconomic policies:

1. Lowest Price Policy

The lowest price policy is applied when the quantity supplied is greater than the quantity demanded, causing a buildup of products and not all people will buy the product, so the product is then sold at the cheapest possible price. Here the government plays a role in setting a minimum price limit for products so that producers are protected. Concrete examples on:

• Analysis of Demand and Supply of Red Chili in North Sumatra Province
• Analysis of Consumer Satisfaction on Service Quality and Product Prices at Supermarkets Using the Importance Performance Analysis (IPA) Method
• Analysis of Production Factors Affecting Robusta Coffee Production in Sumowono District, Semarang Regency
• Analysis of Business Income of Palm Sugar Craftsmen in Tulo’a Village, North Bulango District, Bone Bolango Regency
• Marketing Analysis of Merang Mushrooms Independent Institution Rooting the Community (Lm3) Agrina in Tanjong Paya, Peusangan District, Bireuen Regency
• Analysis of Calculation of Cost of Production Using the Full Costing Method as a Basis for Calculation of Selling Prices (Case Study on Kertina’s Home Industry)
• Analysis of the Market Structure of the Rubber Industry and Rubber Goods in 2009

2. High Price Policy

The highest price policy is set when market conditions experience price uncertainty, namely price spikes become very high. This policy can then occur because the number of offers is low so that the number of requests increases.

In this situation, the stock of goods is very lacking, so consumers want to buy these products and then resell them at high prices. For example, fuel prices are increasing, but fuel stocks are becoming scarce and difficult to obtain, the government’s role is to set the maximum price because consumer demand is soaring.

F. Examples of Microeconomic Activities

Basically, to understand microeconomics further, we need to know examples of microeconomic activities, namely:

1. Request

Demand is the amount of goods and services demanded by buyers and they are able to buy at a certain time and price level. When the price of goods and services continues to increase, the demand for goods and services will decrease. However, when the price of goods and services decreases, the demand will increase.

2. Offer

Offer can be interpreted if there are goods and services sold to the seller or producer at a certain price and within a certain time. In this case, the offer is made by the manufacturer. In addition, the theory of supply in the applicable economy is that the higher the price of goods and services, the greater the quantity of goods and services supplied, and the opposite applies.

3. Price

The next microeconomic example is price which has a function as a measuring tool for goods and services. In determining the price, it will usually be determined based on production costs, the demand curve, and economic conditions. 

4. Market

The market is a place that consists of sellers and buyers who meet each other to carry out economic transactions. However, the understanding of the market does not have to be buying and selling transactions that are carried out in one place, but can also be done online  .

5. Fees

In this case, costs can be interpreted as an effort made by producers, be they individuals or companies, so that they can get benefits and profits from the economic activities that have been carried out. Therefore, costs will affect price changes which are usually caused by rising raw material prices.

6. Consumer and Producer Behavior

Consumer and producer behavior can be interpreted as an activity carried out to select, search, buy, and use goods and services. Goods and services purchased are usually used to meet the needs of everyday life.

G. How Micro and Macro Economics Affect the Running of Business

1. The Law of Supply and Demand

A Business gains by trying to understand the behavior patterns of its consumers. He observes the interaction between producers and buyers (consumers). The things that affect the demand itself include the price of goods, consumer income, the level of demand and consumer interest.

2. Start-ups

Startups are new companies that are in the research and development stage to find the right market segmentation. When starting a business, industrial research is a very important thing to do. Market interest analysis aims to provide and develop products and services that suit the needs of the intended target market.

For Readers who want to learn how to manage a business and the economics of a business, a book entitled Successfully Managing Micro, Small and Medium Enterprise Finances by Aries Haru Prasetyo will be able to help.

 

3. Economic Cycle

A high level of demand will trigger an increase in prices, which will then affect the smaller amount of the budget issued. Then when the number of offers exceeds the number of requests, this will contribute to the prosperity of the community.

The economic cycle itself is a wave of ups and downs of an economic activity consisting of four elements: an upturn or commonly known as an upturn or expansion, a peak or culmination point, a downward movement or commonly known as a downturn or recession, and a lowest point or nadir.

4. Cost of Goods and Services

In microeconomic theory, companies try to increase their efficiency in production based on the highest level of income, taking into account various additional costs but only minimal.

For example, when production is increased, the need for labor will also increase, this will then increase wage costs and potential changes in selling prices. In microeconomics, labor costs are usually the highest cost of a business.

In the book Microeconomic Analysis on Indonesian Criminal Law by Prof. Dr. Romli Atmasasmita, SH, LL.M. This discussion discusses how microeconomics is used to analyze Indonesian criminal law, which not only affects defendants, but also companies, assets, and employees who are laid off and many more.

 

5. Pricing Decisions

In microeconomics there are ‘equilibrium prices’ or prices that are formed at the meeting point of the supply and demand curves. The price of these products and services will then have an impact on the number of consumers.

For example, setting a price above the average does not mean greater profits, because fewer people will buy the product, so the price of the product must be in accordance with the consumer’s budget according to the predetermined target market.

H. Objectives of Microeconomics

Basically, the main goal of microeconomics is to make it easier for a company to understand consumer needs. Even so, microeconomics also has other goals, namely:

1. To conduct an analysis of the price of a product to be traded. Not only product prices, but can also be applied to service prices.
2. To analyze if there is a market failure. In other words, products that are marketed and then fail can be evaluated to be even better, so that they are able to compete with competitors.

I. Differences in Micro and Macroeconomics

Differences between micro and macroeconomics can be seen through the definition, scope and variables, unit of analysis, and purpose of analysis.

Understanding

Microeconomics as a branch of economics studies various economic variables in a small scope, such as companies and households, it studies starting from smaller economic variables (consumption, investment, and savings).

Macroeconomics is a branch of economics that discusses the economy as a whole, starting from behavior, decision-making processes, and performance.

Scope

The scope studied by microeconomics is consumers and producers. While in macroeconomics we will study various economic variables as a whole. This variable will have a broad impact on employment opportunities, the inflation rate, national income, economic growth, and the international balance of payments.

The foundation of macroeconomic theory is Keynesian theory. The scope of macroeconomic theory is the efforts of society and government to manage factors of production efficiently. In addition to definitions, variables, and scope, things that can explain the differences between micro and macroeconomics are the units and objectives of analysis of each type of economy.

Units of Analysis

The unit of analysis of microeconomics is the discussion of individual economic activities (for example: demand and supply, consumer behavior, producer behavior, markets, revenues, costs and profits or losses from companies), while the unit of analysis of macroeconomics is the discussion of activities the economy as a whole (example: national income, economic growth , inflation, unemployment, investment and economic policy).

Purpose of Analysis

Then the purpose of the analysis of microeconomics is to focus more on the analysis of how to allocate resources so that the right combination can be achieved, while the purpose of the analysis of macroeconomics is to focus more on the analysis of the effect of economic activity on the economy as a whole.

This is information about Microeconomics: Definition, Scope, Theory and Differences with Macroeconomics. Hope it is useful!

Wifi Inventor – In this modern era, of course we are all familiar and familiar with wifi technology. The technology is no longer a luxury tool. Because, almost everywhere we can find it. Starting from coffee shops, small shops, schools, offices, to shopping centers, there are also many that provide wifi.

Even ordinary houses are now starting to have wifi to support the internet network to keep it stable. When viewed from its definition, wifi is short for Wireless Fidelity, which is a wireless computer network that has been widely used to facilitate people’s activities. But, do you know who invented wifi? So, in this article, we will discuss who invented wifi and the history of its development to date. Don’t forget to listen carefully.

So, at first wifi could only be used for wireless device users and also Local Area Network (LAN). However, now wifi has a wider function, which is a technology that can be used to access the internet. Behind the presence of the wifi facility that we can enjoy now, do you believe that the inventor was a beautiful woman from Vienna, Austria named Hedy Lamarr. Not only has a beautiful face, but he also has a very bright brain. So that Hedy Lamarr can make a technology and patent it with the name wifi.

History of Wifi Inventor: Hedy Lamarr

Hedy Lamarr was born on November 9, 1914. She is better known as a popular Hollywood actress who became famous when she played in a film called Ecstasy. That film finally succeeded in making Hedy Lamarr a famous Hollywood artist during the golden age of MGM.

It turns out that besides having a beautiful face, this woman who was born in Vienna, Austria is also considered to have a very genius brain. This was proven in 1942, where Hedy Lamarr succeeded in patenting a product called a secret communication system that uses radio frequency to exchange data. The product is considered to be a very strong and important foundation in communication technology.

This beautiful woman from Vienna has a talent for mathematics, then she tries to fight against the Nazis. Hedy Lamarr, who during World War II was the wife of Fritz Mandl, continued to observe the remote controlled torpedo system. But unfortunately, the technology did not make it to the production stage. Because, at that time such technology was still very vulnerable to jamming originating from enemies. There is one way that can be used to take advantage of the point of weakness, namely by stabilizing the synchronization between the signal from the sender and the signal from the receiver.

In 1940, Hedy Lamarr met George Antheil, a music composer. The meeting between the two people made Hedy Lamarr interested in inviting George to help him in making a tool that could help in synchronization. Then George also made a system based on the frequency of 88. The frequency is based on the number of keys on the piano. In order to avoid jamming, paper is then rolled which can help to synchronize between one and the other.

Obtained a Patent Regarding the Invention of Wifi

After two years of discovering wifi, Hedy Lamarr obtained her patent as someone who invented wifi technology. Initially the name of the invention concept was called Frequency Hopping. However, now the name has been changed to spread spectrum with the same basic idea.

Then in 1997, Hedy Lamarr received an award from the Electronic Frontier Foundation, then three years later on January 19, 2000, Hedy Lamarr passed away. But until now wifi technology is still being used and developed. Almost all gadgets that exist today, ranging from laptops, smartphones, tablets, to even game consoles, are equipped with a wifi feature as a tool used to connect these devices to the internet. Therefore, many places such as airports, shopping centers, offices, restaurants, hotels, and others provide wifi facilities for the public. Usually the wifi facility provided is called a hotspot.

What is Wi-Fi?

Wifi is a form of utilizing wireless communication technology that is quite superior today. Wireless Fidelity or wifi can connect various devices to exchange information in two directions using the help of radio waves. This technology is indeed quite popular among teenagers. According to the Wi-Fi Alliance, namely someone who holds the wifi trademark, this technology has another definition, namely a wireless local area network product or any WLAN based on standards from the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers or IEEE 802.11.

This definition is disclosed because wifi has the ability to operate a Local Area Network or LAN without the use of wires or wireless. Meanwhile, according to experts, wifi also has several other definitions, such as:

a. Definition of Wifi According to Priyambodo

Priyambodo revealed that Wifi is an improvement of the internet network component through wireless wireless networking standards.

b. Definition of Wifi According to Onno W Purbo

According to him, Wifi is a network that uses radio as an intermediary between devices to be able to share information that can be used simultaneously with a certain speed and capacity that can affect it.

c. Definition of Wifi According to Yuhefizar

According to him, Wifi is a standard device used for communication using a wireless local network whose network is based on the IEEE 802.11 standard.

d. Definition of Wifi According to Doni Kurniawan

He revealed that Wifi actually existed since the advent of the Pentium Three netbook. So it can be said that ifi is a technology that has existed for a long time. Until then this technology must be provided in netbooks pentium four and the next generation.

The name Wifi itself was first used as a commercial name in 1991, in August to be precise. The originator of the name Wifi is Interbrand Corporation, a brand consulting company employed by the WiFi Alliance. Interbrand Corporation has been appointed directly by the WiFi Alliance to create a trademark to replace IEEE 802.11b which is considered very difficult to remember by consumers and the general public. With the emergence of a new trademark, namely Wifi, it is hoped that it can become a well-known trademark among the public and certainly easy to remember.

History and Development of WiFi

WiFi itself has a long history. From the beginning of its discovery until it could develop into a sophisticated and popular technology as it is today. WiFi technology has been pioneered in the late 1970s by IBM. At that time, IBM was only releasing test results that they had designed, namely a wireless local area network or WLAN using IR technology. At the same time, Hewlett-Packard or HP companies were doing almost the same trials as IBM. It’s just that the difference is that HP only tests WLAN with RF technology.

But unfortunately, the results of the innovations of the two companies failed to be marketed because they did not meet the IEEE 802.11 LAN standard, namely 1 Mbps. Instead, they can only produce speeds of 100 Kbps. Then in 1985, WLAN development began to enter a more serious stage from a commercial perspective. The FCC designates the ISM band consisting of 5725-5850 MHz, 902-928 Mhz, and 2400-2483.5 MHz to be an unlicensed industrial band. This of course further supports the marketing of WLAN products that were circulating in the market in 1990.

The products being marketed are WLAN products that are equipped with IR technology, frequency 18 to 19 Hz, and have speeds of more than 1 Mbps, and have SS or Spread Spectrum techniques in the ISM band which make them even stronger. Then in 1997, the first WLAN standard was created by the IEEE or the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. The standard contains 802.11 codes. Where devices that meet the qualifications of the 802.11 standard can work with data transmission speeds of up to 2 Mbps with a frequency of 2.4 GHz.

In 1999, to be precise in July, IEEE again presented its innovation which had a new standard entitled 802.11b. However, the 802.11b standard has a drawback, namely that it is easier for intervention to occur when it is used together with other devices that also use radio waves with the same or similar frequencies. It didn’t stop there, at almost the same time, IEEE also launched a new standard, namely 802.11a, which is much better and more capable. This is because these standards use different techniques. Where the standard frequency is 5 GHz. So that it can run fast with a speed of around 54 Mbps it has.

Although technically 802.11a is better than 802.11b, the 802.11a standard has a shorter range. This is because the waves cannot penetrate walls and other obstructions. Then in 2022, IEEE is back with a new standard, namely 802.11g which is the result of combining the advantages of 802.11a and also 802.11b. However, the 802.11g standard can work with speeds of around 54 Mbps and a frequency of 2.4 GHz. The advantage of 802.11g is that the device can be exchanged with the 802.11b standard and vice versa.

Not content to stop there, IEEE is back again with a stronger existence by issuing a new 802.11n standard. It is the result of a merger between 802.11b and 802.11g. This technology eventually became the newest Wifi technology known as MIMO or Multiple Input Multiple Output. MIMO itself has its own advantages compared to several existing technologies, namely 802.11a/b/g. Not only that, MIMO can also run very fast up to 108 Mbps and can penetrate all kinds of obstacles well and has a wider range.

One of the figures that is quite important and has an important role in the history of the development of Wifi, namely Vic Haley, who until now is known as the Father of WiFi. This nickname was given to Vic Haley because he was directly involved in the process of designing the first IEEE standard.

In 1992 and also in 1996, CSIRO, an organization originating from Australia, obtained a patent for a method for dealing with signal interference on WiFi networks. However, there are many other companies that infringe on these patents. So that there were 14 technology companies that ultimately had to pay compensation in the amount of 250 million dollars to CSIRO.

The development of WiFi at this time is quite rapid. As long as humans on this earth still need an internet network, then as long as WiFi will continue to develop to provide the best for society. If based on observer predictions in 2006, it is possible that in the United States there will be 530,000 hotspots that appear. Even in European countries it can reach 800,000 hotspots. Then in the Asian region there will be even more, namely around 1 million more hotspots.

Function From WiFi

As a technology that is loved by many people, WiFi certainly has several useful functions and can make human work easier. The following are some WiFi functions that need to be understood:

a. Make Internet Network Connection Smoother

With the presence of WiFi, users can access the internet more easily and practically, as well as with more capable speeds without using cables or wireless.

b. As File Sharing Media

WiFi can connect two electronic devices so that they can share files more easily and quickly without the need to install intermediary cables.

c. Smartphone and PC connector

By using WiFi, we can connect smartphones to laptops or PCs without the need to use USB.

d. Using a Smartphone As a Modem

If our smartphone is connected to WiFi, we can use the smartphone as a modem or hotspot.

e. Make Internet Connection Faster

The speed of data transmission that is owned by WiFi technology is indeed very high. Even for the latest version now it can reach 54 Mbps. So that it can make the internet connection faster.

f. Print on the Printer

By using WiFi, we can print a document on a PC and transfer it to a printer for later printing without the need to use a USB cable.

g. Transfer Photos or Videos From Digital Cameras

Through WiFi, we can directly transfer photos or videos of our work to a PC or laptop.

How Wi-Fi Works

Generally, WiFi or Wireless Fidelity operates using the help of radio waves. Radio waves are used as a medium for sending data requested or sent by WiFi users. The signal from the radio waves that are used will later be sent to the router which functions as a code translator or usually referred to as a decoder. After being translated by a code translator, the data will be sent to the internet network. How WiFi technology works with a two-way system, where data obtained via the internet at the same time will also pass through the router to be used as a code. It is then sent back to the wireless computer adapter in the form of a radio signal.

Those are some explanations about who invented WiFi, the history of its development, to its functions and how it works. In this increasingly sophisticated era, WiFi technology will certainly always be useful to help with all kinds of work and our affairs anywhere and anytime. So, it is appropriate for us to thank the people who have created and also developed this technology.

Why Should We Live in Harmony? Humans are social beings who live side by side or in groups with one another. Thus, every human being certainly cannot live alone. This can be seen directly in a certain area in every society which consists of a group of people or groups.

Therefore, it is fitting that all people in this world must live in harmony side by side. Living in harmony is a life of mutual respect, respect and love among fellow human beings.

Living in harmony will make between people have a harmonious relationship. The harmonious living atmosphere that is created will make life in society peaceful and peaceful because people can understand each other.

Not only that, harmonious living conditions will prevent us from having disputes or conflicts. This of course also has an impact on increasing the sense of belonging to one another which creates a safe, peaceful and peaceful life.

That is why it is important for every society to be able to live in harmony with each other. Because basically humans are social beings who need the help of each other.

Therefore, there are several important benefits of living in harmony for every community that does it in everyday life. This will certainly form a supportive environment so that the people who live in it will be more comfortable and avoid various disturbances or threats.

In this one article we will discuss why we have to live in harmony, see until the end of the article, Sinaumed’s.

Reasons to Live in Harmony

The following are some of the reasons that every human being can live in harmony in his life, including the following.

1. Creating Peace

Sinaumed’s will get one of the reasons as well as the first benefit if he can live in harmony, namely creating peace in his life. This is because each individual can appreciate and respect the differences that exist in other people.

You can also find out more about the meaning and ways of creating peace through one of the following books, Sinaumed’s. Just click below! Hurry don’t miss it!

2. Mutual Help Attitude

Living in harmony among individuals will create attitudes and behaviors that help each other in solving a problem that is happening at that time. This will certainly minimize the existence of disputes to hostility between each of these individuals.

3. Expanding the Scope of Association

Another reason to get from living in harmony is to broaden the scope of association with one another. Why is that? This can be seen from the existence of communication interactions in relations between humans that can be well established so that they can expand the existence of connections or relations within the scope of the association.

4. Creating Harmony

Living in harmony will certainly make the life you have more harmonious. Thus, every community can respect each other’s differences and help each other to be able to live in harmony side by side.

5. Creating Good Communication

Harmony in life will create better interaction and communication within the community. This is what makes communication from each individual better and of better quality from one side.

6. Creating Prosperity

In a harmonious life, prosperity will be created. Good prosperity for yourself, others, or others. This is because each individual will focus on improving or improving that will make life even better and prosperous.

7. Avoid Conflict or Social Conflict

Good communication will reduce selfishness and prejudice in every human being. This is what fosters an attitude of mutual respect and respect for one another in solving any problems that arise in a calm and deliberative manner so as to avoid a dispute or social conflict in society.

8. Creating a Safe, Peaceful and Peaceful Atmosphere

Of course this is one good reason if you can live in harmony within the community. A safe, peaceful and serene living atmosphere will make the environment around you better and more comfortable to live in for longer.

9. Creating Calm in Life

Living anywhere will feel calm if the environment around it has a harmonious attitude among each other. There is nothing to worry about any conditions or problems that arise around us if peace and harmony in life are well created. This also needs to be accompanied by a good attitude and role involvement in each individual.

Sinaumed’s is still confused even though he has read the explanation above about how the solution is to create peace in life. Don’t worry, because you can make the following two books a solution in creating calm in life. Come on, click on the book below! Buy now, don’t run out!

 

10. Reducing Crime

Basically, an ordinary crime often occurs regardless of age and other categories. Usually various types of crimes occur not from external factors but from internal factors themselves. Therefore, if you have a harmonious life then crime can be reduced because you can be protected from good attitudes and roles in creating an atmosphere around you.

11. Creating an Attitude of Mutual Caring and Helping Each Other

When Sinaumed’s live in harmony, the level of trust and concern among individuals will be very good. This is clearly seen from the avoidance of disputes and the ease with which you can get help from others because of that caring attitude. Living in harmony means being able to respect, help, and care for one another regardless of their background.

12. Tolerance in Appreciating Every Difference

Living in harmony will make Sinaumed’s realize that in this life we ​​must be tolerant of any differences that exist in society. With this attitude, we know that in this world there is so much diversity with all its aspects and categories. Thus we can benefit from this harmonious life.

Well, Sinaumed’s already knows about several reasons why we have to live in harmony through the explanation of the article above. Next, you will find out some of the benefits that you will get if you apply this harmonious life. What are the benefits of that huh? Let’s see below.

Benefits of Living in Harmony

The following are some of the benefits that Sinaumed’s will get if he practices living in harmony in the surrounding environment, including the following.

1. Strengthening brotherhood or hospitality.
2. Keep away from selfish attitudes and racism.
3. Improving welfare within oneself or group.
4. Creating a more conducive and comfortable atmosphere.
5. Support the achievement of shared goals.
6. Increase the progress of a nation.
7. Increase the sense of strength, togetherness, unity and oneness within.

So, that’s the discussion in this article about why it’s important for us to live in harmony in society. Sinaumed’s must already know about some of the reasons and benefits that you will get if you live in harmony through the explanation of the article above.

Hopefully after reading this article you can apply it in your life, Sinaumed’s. Even though it’s hard to change it, try to learn little by little to create a better personality with a good atmosphere too.

If Sinaumed’s has an interest in finding reasons and other benefits about the importance of living in harmony, you can look for references to related books that are only available on the sinaumedia.com website , which are ready to become #Friends Without Borders in accompanying you to grow and move forward every day. Happy learning and hopefully useful!

Author: Elsya Islamay

Why is the sea water salty – know the causes, processes and unique facts about why the sea tastes salty and other unique facts

According to geomarine geology scientists, salt in the sea is the result of rainwater which previously carried mineral ions from land to sea. As a result of carbon dioxide in the air which then dissolves into the rain water it will taste salty.

When rainwater falls, it releases the salt mineral content which separates into ions which are carried by the flow of water from the land to the ocean. The following below are several theories that explain why seawater then tastes salty. Check these out!

 

Causes of Salt Sea Water?

Every part of the ocean tastes salty even though the level of saltiness varies. One of the reasons oceanographers love using salinity to study the oceans is because there are only a few ways that it can change it, and almost everything happens on the surface or on the ocean floor.

For example, surface water in the Mediterranean Sea is usually saltier when compared to the equatorial Pacific, this is due to increased evaporation in dry climates which then concentrates the salt, while rain on the Equator dilutes the salt.

This salinity itself is inherent in sea water. This is the result of the give and take of ions that enter and leave the ocean. The same process occurs in other waters although ion intake is not always high enough to make the water completely salty.

This is the reason why rivers and streams that deliver salt to the sea are still considered fresh water. Dilution from rain tends to offset whatever ions they carry. The oceans meanwhile, act as the salt dumps of the world, and no amount of dilution can change that.

 

1. Mineral Content

According to the National History Museum, seawater is salty because it contains lots of minerals. This mineral is obtained from rocks on the mainland. How did this mineral then get to the sea?

Carbon dioxide in the air that combines with rainwater. This mixture then makes the rainwater slightly acidic. This acidic rainwater then breaks down the minerals and ions in the rocks.

These minerals and ions are then carried by river water to the sea. Because it has been going on for a very long time, minerals and ions keep accumulating. The content of these substances will then cause sea water to become salty.

Another source that causes seawater to taste salty is hydrothermal fluids. Quoted from the US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Institute (NOAA), this liquid comes from vents on the ocean floor.

 

2. Heated sea water

Seawater will seep into the cracks on the ocean floor. This water will then be heated by magma that comes from the earth’s core. This heat will give rise to several chemical reactions. Water will release oxygen, magnesium, sulfate and some iron.

This reaction then adds to the salt content in seawater. Chloride and sodium are the most abundant ions in seawater. Nearly 85% of seawater is sodium and chloride. 10% of seawater contains magnesium and sulfuric acid while the remainder is other ions.

Minerals from rocks and chemical reactions themselves are the main cause of salty seawater. This seawater seeps into the cracks in the ocean floor. This water is then heated by magma that comes from the earth’s core.

The heat causes several chemical reactions. Water will release oxygen, magnesium, sulfate and some iron. This reaction then adds to the salt content in seawater. Chloride and sodium are the most abundant ions found in seawater. Nearly 85% of seawater is sodium and chloride.

10% of seawater contains magnesium and sulfuric acid while the remainder is other ions. So what causes why seawater is salty isn’t fish urine at all, huh. Minerals from rocks and chemical reactions are the main causes of salty seawater.

 

3. Hypersaline

The Dead Sea contains hypersaline waters because the salt content is very large due to inequilibrium evaporation processes so that humans easily float on the surface of the Dead Sea.

In the Dead Sea there are also various types of water between salty and fresh, namely in the area between the sea and rivers, namely brackish water. Currently, on average every 1 kilogram of seawater contains 35 grams of salt.

The saltiness of the oceans on Earth also varies, the most foreign ocean water is the Atlantic ocean, because there is more evaporation than falling rainwater and rivers that flow into it.

However, the variation in the level of saltiness of each ocean is very small, but has an impact on the circulation of ocean currents. So it turns out that at first the ocean was a bit salty and the water from the rivers just kept making the sea water even saltier. Researchers don’t know for sure what will happen next, whether the sea water is getting saltier or vice versa.

 

5 Processes Causing Salty Seawater

Since school we have studied the cycle of rotation of water (hydrology). But maybe you are wondering, why does sea water taste salty? It is from these stages that the sea water tastes salty.

That is, when water flows through objects on land such as soil and rocks, the salts and minerals contained therein are carried away by the water flow.

Mineral content that flows like mineral salts: potassium, calcium and sodium will then remain in seawater, while H2O (hydrogen dioxide) will turn into clouds. This is another reason why sea water tastes salty.

 

1. Temperature Level

The temperature level for each area is different. The Dead Sea in Israel for example, the sea water there is 30% saltier than other sea water, with very hot temperatures, the evaporation process then becomes bigger resulting in a very high level of saltiness of sea water.

Vice versa, when the air temperature is cold, the sea water is not so salty, for example in Finland. The sea water is not salty so it won’t hurt your eyes when swimming.

 

2. Rainfall

Rain as the most basic process why sea water is salty. When the water seeps into the ground, then flows in the rivers, and passes through the rocks, the mineral salt content will then be carried away by the water currents to the sea.

Thus, the mineral content will be concentrated in the ocean. Even though in fact the ground water produced from the rain process also contains salt, only in very small amounts.

 

3. Hydrothermal ventilation

It turns out that the seabed also has various processes and stages that support the nature and workings of the sea. Other reasons why seawater is salty include hydrothermal vents, a seafloor process in which jets of extremely hot water occur.

In addition, the process of volcanism is also the cause of salty sea water. With this process water then dissolves a lot of mineral content.

 

4. Salinity of Each Region Is Different

Salinity or saltiness (salt content) dissolved in water also affects the saltiness of seawater somewhere. However, every ocean certainly has a different salinity, one of which is influenced by the temperature in the area.

 

5. Evaporation

The temperature in an area not only affects the saltiness of seawater, but also affects the evaporation process. For example, the Dead Sea in Israel is 30% saltier than other seas, meaning that the evaporation process that occurs is greater.

Therefore sea water has a salty taste. This is because the salt content on the mainland is also carried away by the flow of water towards the sea and is concentrated in the ocean. Thus causing seawater to taste salty.

 

Unique Facts of the World’s Oceans

 

1. Glowing Sea Water Phenomenon

Have you ever found the phenomenon of sea water that can glow. This turns out to be due to a chemical reaction between plankton and oxygen where they will then produce “bioluminescence” or commonly known as light emission which causes seawater to glow.

Bioluminescence (Bioluminescence) is the light produced by sea creatures as a defense mechanism. The chemicals in this creature’s body when balanced with atmospheric oxygen will then produce light.

 

2. Phenomenon of the Red Sea

The next most amazing phenomenon is where the sea water turns red. This is caused by the presence of red algae which are rich in the pigment phycoerythrin.

This algae will also multiply and make the water look red. This algae itself can actually harm fish populations because it can deplete oxygen stocks.

 

3. Ice Flower in the Ocean

Ice flowers are not only in the Frozen cartoon. In the real world there is a phenomenon of ice flowers over the ocean. This phenomenon also occurs because the temperature around the ocean is very cold with little wind speed.

 

4. Expanse of Red Salt

Red Salt Expanse as is one of the marine phenomena that rarely occurs in the world. This salt bed suddenly changed color. The red algae attack and make the salt across the ocean turn red.

 

5. The Milky Sea Phenomenon

Milky Sea refers to the unique milky radiance in the waters of the Indian Ocean. This phenomenon occurs due to the action of luminous bacteria and in turn, causes the water to turn blue, which to the naked eye appears milky white in the dark. The Milky Sea phenomenon has been documented and exists for more than four centuries.

 

6. Convergence of the Baltic and North Seas

This marine phenomenon has become a highly debated topic. The North and Baltic Sea convergence point occurs in the Skagen Province in Denmark. However, due to the different levels of density in the ocean waters, the ocean waters remain separated or split apart even though convergence occurs.

 

7. Steam phenomenon in the Black Sea

This steam phenomenon in the Black Sea is also known as sea smoke, steam that comes out of the Black Sea due to the humidity of the ocean water which is opposite to the coolness of the wind above the surface of the water.

Apart from explaining the ocean mystery behind the steam rising from the Black Sea, experts have also proven that the phenomenon is quite common in smaller bodies of water.

8. The phenomenon of Green Flashes or Lightning

Green The phenomenon of green flashes occurs at sunset and sunrise. Usually visible for only a few seconds, these green flashes are the result of a natural prismatic effect from Earth’s atmosphere.

As the sun sets and rises, the light emitted by the sun diverges into several colors, which are seen by flashing a green flash.

 

Baltic Sea Anomaly

The Baltic Sea was accidentally discovered by a team of diving experts in 2011. Divers found a 60-meter-thick coiled entity at nearly 90 meters deep in the Baltic Sea.

A track seemed to lead to the entity, which the divers measured to be around 300 meters. Although various scientists have provided innumerable suggestions about the origins of the entity, the Baltic Sea anomaly still remains one of the world’s oceanic intrigues and unsolved mysteries.

 

1. The Brinicle Phenomenon

This phenomenon occurs when concentrated salty water that comes out of the frozen ice that forms above sea level seeps into the depths of the water. However, once the concentrated salt gets under the surface of the water, due to natural processes it freezes and brinicles form.

Brinicle or brinickel occurs in cold ocean waters around the poles. Many refer to it as an underwater ice tornado or cold finger of death, others as ice stalactites and underwater crystals.

 

2. The Red Tide Phenomenon

Red tides or often also referred to as phytoplankton blooms are a natural phenomenon that often occurs because the frequency, intensity and distribution of phytoplankton blooms have increased in the last 10 years.

Red tide itself can be defined as a condition where small single cell plants that live in the sea grow very quickly and accumulate in a collection that is easily visible on the surface of the sea water.

Red tide itself is closely related to eutrophication and environmental conditions that support it, such as adequacy of light, suitable temperature conditions, and input of organic matter from the mainland after heavy rains.

The direct effects of red tides on fish themselves can damage the gills, either mechanically or through the formation of toxic chemicals, neurotoxins, hemolytic or blood clotting agents, which can cause physiological damage to the gills, major organs (such as the liver), intestines, circulatory or respiratory systems, or interfere with the process of osmoregulation.

Conversely, the indirect effect of red tides is the excessive use of oxygen for respiration and the decay of the phytoplankton assemblage. Some of the organisms that cause red tides can harm humans if humans eat filter feeder animals (such as fish or shellfish) that contain the toxins of red tide organisms that have been eaten by the fish or shellfish.

 

4. Sea Foam

Sea foam or sea form occurs due to the disturbance of organisms on the surface of the water, this occurs due to constant tides. Or, in certain cases, this sea foam is also caused by disturbances caused by various human activities such as dumping toxic waste into sea waters.

 

5. Underwater Crop Circles

Once thought of as objects of high intrigue, crop circles or circles under the sea are later described as creative demonstrations of the pufferfish’s search for mates.

This crop circle also has a circumference of more than six feet or about 1.8 meters. Often decorated with shells and other decorative items found on the ocean floor. Underwater crop circles found under the waters of the Japanese island of Amami Oshima.

That’s all the info about the Causes, Processes and Unique Facts About Why the Sea Tastes Salty and Other Unique Facts. If you want to know about the unique facts of the universe, you must have this encyclopedia. sinaumedia is always here as #FriendsWithoutLimits for you to accompany you during the pandemic by presenting quality books and products while staying at home.

Hope it is useful!

Why is Unity So Important for the Indonesian Nation? – What comes to your mind when you hear the word unity? The word unity is often associated as an important thing that must be owned by every nation. If interpreted, unity comes from the word ‘one’ which means whole and not divided.

In a broader sense, unity is the gathering of various styles from various backgrounds, races, customs and cultures in a unified society. The question is, why is unity so important for the Indonesian nation?

A number of basic concepts, such as unity, unity, nationalism, nation, national integration, and patriotism are contained in the substance of national unity. Simply put, unity means the combination of several parts into something whole.

The unity of the Indonesian nation living in the territory of the homeland means national unity. A conscious and responsible will to achieve national life in an independent state has encouraged the unity of the Indonesian nation.

National unity needs to be fostered to produce a complete condition that demonstrates security, glory and peace. Maintaining national unity is very important. Unity reflects one picture of the integrity of the state.

Quoted from the Ministry of Education and Culture’s website, NKRI is a broad form of country and has a diversity of tribes, customs, beliefs, and cultures. The Indonesian nation needs to cultivate a sense of unity because this nation is an archipelago that is spread out with many differences.

The basic objective of the establishment of the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia is to become an independent, united, sovereign, just and prosperous nation. The birth of the spirit of the Republic of Indonesia which is related to the diversity of the Indonesian nation is the values ​​of unity and oneness.

In fact, the values ​​of unity can be clearly understood from the state constitution and Pancasila as the basis of the state. The third precept of Pancasila has reflected the condition of Indonesian unity which is intact and not divided.

The meaning of the importance of unity cannot be separated from the struggle for independence that has been achieved by the Indonesian nation. With unity, the Indonesian people will have the determination to live together and will not be swayed.

Unity has an important meaning for the Indonesian nation to avoid conflict and divisions between social groups. This relates to the condition of Indonesia which consists of various cultures.

The Indonesian nation must uphold unity between peoples and groups to maintain sovereignty and independence. As previously stated, this principle has been stated in the third point of Pancasila.

The motto ‘United we stand, divided we fall’ is one of the behaviors of unity in society. This motto can be interpreted as an effort to respect each other, respect fellow citizens, maintain good relations with others, and behave politely to fellow local people.

The Indonesian nation can create pluralism in society through unity. The simple word ‘unity’ will make motherland difficult for other parties to divide.

The motto ‘Unity in Diversity’ has upheld the unity of the Indonesian nation. This motto was formulated by the founding fathers of the nation to serve as a reminder to the people that life in Indonesia is inseparable from what is called unity.

6 Reasons for the Importance of Unity for the Indonesian Nation

1. Not Easily Divided by Other Nations

One of the reasons for the importance of maintaining unity is so that it is not easily divided by other nations. The politics of devide et impera or in Indonesian is called the politics of pitting one against the other will remind us of the importance of unity.

In the past, the Dutch divided the indigenous archipelago into two groups, namely those who were helped and those who were fought. The Archipelago group that ganged up on and defeated the embattled group was one of the groups assisted by the Dutch.

After successfully defeating the group that was being fought, the group that was helped would be charged by the Dutch. It’s like ‘no free lunch’. Then the Netherlands will ask for special privileges to the group it helps.

The privileges obtained usually took the form of interfering in family matters, trade monopolies, and interfering in the affairs of the empire. This picture, of course, occurs because there is no sense of unity.

 

2. Strengthening Indonesian National Identity

Strengthening national identity is another reason for the importance of unity for the Indonesian people. Strengthening national identity will maintain regional culture in every tribe in the country.

In addition, unity can help strengthen national identity from cultural attacks from other nations in the era of globalization which seems to erase boundaries between countries. Then unity can strengthen national identity so that there are no prominent differences between people.

3. National Development will Run More Smoothly and Safely

The Indonesian nation will progress more easily if national development runs smoothly. In addition, unity will also make it easier to achieve the national goals contained in the 4th paragraph of the 1945 Constitution. Without unity, civil disorder is likely to ensue.

This condition will make the government’s focus in national development shift to alleviating societal chaos. For this reason, national unity is needed to facilitate national development.

4. Maintaining harmony and establishing hospitality

A sense of unity is important to create an atmosphere of peace, security and serenity. With unity, the Indonesian people can create a balanced, harmonious and harmonious life among themselves. It can be concluded that unity will overcome all differences that arise with full awareness.

5. Strengthening National Resilience in Defending the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia

The unity and integrity of the nation is very important for a country so that national resilience has a strong foundation. Colonialists and imperialists once colonized our nation in the era of exploration.

At that time, the Indonesian national hero fought invaders from Portugal, Spain, the Netherlands, England and Japan. For example, Teuku Umar and Cut Nyak Dhien fought to expel invaders for the sake of Aceh’s own land.

National heroes try to rise up against the actions of the invaders with regional struggles and wars. This description is one of the proofs that a sense of unity is important to strengthen national resilience.

 

6. Prevent War or Conflict from Occurring

In order to avoid the occurrence of a conflict that will harm both parties, unity is important for the integrity of a country. Without a sense of unity, short-term and long-term social relations will be damaged.

Back to the question in the title. Why is unity so important for the Indonesian nation? The main answer is that the Indonesian people can live side by side and avoid conflict. National unity can be said to be a very powerful weapon to seize, defend and fill independence.

• Dimensions of Pancasila as an Open Ideology
• History of Pancasila
• Understanding Pancasila as a Source of Value
• The Meaning and Meaning of Pancasila as State Ideology
• Understanding Pancasila Democracy
• History of the Garuda Pancasila Coat of Arms
• Purpose of APBN Preparation
• Understanding Archipelagic Insight
• The Meaning of Pancasila as the Source of All Sources of Law
• Meaning of the Youth Pledge
• The Practice of Pancasila Values

Why is the Sun Called the Biggest Source of Energy on Earth? – The benefits of solar energy can be felt by all living things, both humans, animals and plants. Previously, did you know why the sun is called the largest source of energy on earth? Check out the full reasons in this article.

The sun is a celestial body in the form of a gas-filled ball that can bring heat and light to the earth during the day. In science, the sun is known as a planet or celestial body which is the center point of the solar system’s circulation.

The sun as the closest star that provides the much-needed energy to support life on earth. As a celestial body, the sun is a giant ball with a diameter of 1.4 million km which has a fairly dense core and produces thermonuclear reactions.

The sun as the center of the solar system has a very large gravity. This causes the members of the solar system to revolve around the sun. The core, photosphere, chromosphere and corona are the layers inside the sun.

The sun is the closest star that has its own light source due to a fusion reaction process in its core. Therefore, the sun is often referred to as the only star that shines during the day. The sun is composed of 75% hydrogen and 20% helium. While the rest of the mass is heavy elements, such as carbon and oxygen.

The temperature of the sun is closely related to the color of the sun. Morning sunlight will be red to yellow because it has a high wavelength. The light will pass through the thick atmosphere to reach our eyes.

Later in the afternoon and evening, the sun will appear white to yellowish-orange at sunrise and sunset because it emits the entire spectrum in visible light. The atmosphere also plays an important role in changing the color of the sun.

As the main source of energy for planet earth, the sun can cause various physical and biological processes. The sun emits a source of energy that is formed through a nuclear reaction. If traced deeper, the surface of the sun has a temperature of around 5,500 degrees Celsius.

This energy is then emitted by the sun to planet Earth in the form of electromagnetic wave radiation. As a star with an intermediate mass, the sun is estimated to be 4.6 billion years old.

Not only is it the largest source of energy on earth, the sun is the largest source of energy in the Milky Way Galaxy, you know, Sinaumed’s. Humans can experience the various benefits of the sun’s heat to generate electricity, a source for the formation of vitamin D, and so on.

Why is the Sun Called the Biggest Source of Energy on Earth?

Sinaumed’s, please note that the energy that is around you can be felt all the time. Energy can come from many different sources. The sun is one of the most important and largest sources of energy on planet earth.

The sun produces rays that warm the earth. This allows air and water to circulate. The following are some of the reasons why the sun is called the largest source of energy on earth.

1. The Sun Keeps Earth Warm

The sun plays an important role in providing the right temperature for the survival of organisms on planet earth. The sun maintains the temperature of the earth to make it a comfortable place to live. Earth as the third planet receives just the right amount of solar energy to keep water liquid.

Water itself is one of the supports of life on earth. The sun will move to heat the earth’s surface and the earth will heat the air above it. Then the sun’s heat allows the cycles of rain, wind, weather, and climate. Furthermore, wind will be used by humans to become the newest energy source that is environmentally friendly.

2. The sun helps plants photosynthesize

The light produced by the sun can be used directly by plants to carry out photosynthesis. Where photosynthesis plays an important role as a producer of oxygen and a source of food for plants.

Photosynthesis itself can be interpreted as the process of plants processing food for their survival. For plants, sunlight is the best source of nutrients that must be met to carry out photosynthesis.

The green substance of the leaves will absorb the energy of sunlight along with the water and mineral content in the soil. As living things, plants are the main producers on planet earth. It can be concluded that plants photosynthesize using solar energy.

After that, plants would form the basis of the food chain that could provide energy for all higher forms of life. Then indirectly the sun’s energy can make living things that have died into fossils. After that, fossils produce petroleum and coal as energy sources.

3. The sun produces a source of electrical energy

To sustain life and support daily activities, humans need energy. The condition of the earth that is getting hotter makes people turn to think about environmentally friendly fuels.

The sun is a source of energy in large quantities that will not run out. Humans can take advantage of sunlight and convert it into electrical energy through solar panels installed on the roof of the house.

As a model of the newest energy source, solar power plants utilize solar heat. This latest model of power plant consists of large mirrors or panels that will catch sunlight to a point.

Then the captured solar heat can be used to produce pressurized hot steam. The hot steam can be used to run turbines that produce electricity.

Photovolataic cells made of silicon are the principle of solar panels used to capture sunlight. Now solar cells are widely used as solar power calculators. Many solar panels have been installed on the roofs of houses or buildings in urban areas to get free electricity.

4. The Sun Holds Back the Entire System

The sun, as the closest star, becomes a unifier for planets and other celestial bodies in the solar system that move around it. The sun’s immense gravitational force can hold entire rotating systems in outer space.

5. The Sun Regulates the Weather and Provides a Livable Environment

Solar radiation is useful for regulating the weather and providing a livable environment for living things. Without the sun, life will not run.

6. The sun as a timepiece

To determine the time, the phenomenon of alternation of day and night is needed as a guide. The sun as a celestial body that has a dominant role on other planets can be used as a basis for calculating time. In ancient times, humans watched the movement of the sun to see the time.

There are three main divisions of time in history, namely the time when the sun rises to show the morning, the highest position of the sun to show the time of the afternoon, and when the sun descends to sunset shows the time of the afternoon. Then the three main divisions of time are followed by the disappearance of the sun becoming dark as a marker of night time.

7. The Sun is the Source of Earth’s Lighting

Earth would be very dark and cold without sunlight. This gas-filled ball can help produce light and maintain the temperature of the earth where living things live. Living things, both humans, animals and plants will freeze to death without the presence of sunlight.

Those are some reasons that can be proof why the sun is called the greatest energy on earth. Sinaumed’s can see and feel directly the sun as a source of life which plays an important role for living things.

Why Debating Texts Are Classified as Expositions – Surely Sinaumed’s already understands that debate and exposition texts are material in Indonesian language courses. Yep, both texts use valid data and facts before writing them according to the structure of the text.

Then, did Sinaumed’s know that the debate text is one of the types of exposition text? Therefore, it can be said that the debate text is a “child” of the exposition text.

why that thing could happen? What are the reasons behind the fact that the debate text is included in the type of expository text? So, so you don’t get confused, let’s look at the following reviews!

Reasons Why Debate Texts Are Included in the Exposition

Previously, we must know what debate text and exposition text are. Simply put, a debate text is a text that contains an argument by comparing the opinions of other parties related to a particular discussion. Meanwhile, expository text is an essay that is useful for conveying arguments with the aim of convincing others.

So, here are three reasons why the debate text is included in the expository essay.

1. Text Structure

The debate text and the exposition text actually have the same structure, you know … Namely, they contain statements of opinion, a series of arguments, and reaffirmations.

This statement of opinion or often referred to as a thesis “acts” as an essay opener. Then, a series of arguments that contain various arguments about a particular topic. Then, reaffirmation which contains conclusions from the previous explanation.

So, because both of them need arguments whose data must be valid, in conveying an opinion, it must also be accompanied by supporting facts so that the reader can be sure of your argument. Therefore, the debate text is classified as expository essay, because it is not permissible to have an opinion based on a particular topic.

2. Linguistic Rules

As with structure, debate text and exposition text also have more or less the same linguistic rules. The linguistic rules are related to the use of technical words in the text.

One of the language rules is to use persuasive words to influence and convince the reader, for example ” expected “, ” should “, ” necessary “, preferably , and so on.

3. Common Goals

Both the debate text and the exposition text have judgments, encouragement, opinions, and certain invitations to the reader to be sure of what has been conveyed through the writing.

Therefore, a debate text can be a type of expository text because there are three things in common between the two.

 

 

 

Recognizing Debate Texts

The debate text is one of the texts in the Indonesian material. This debate text can indirectly train students for writing, speaking, and listening skills.

According to Tarigan (2015), debate is an argument made to determine whether or not a proposal is good or bad, with the presence of two parties, namely as supporters or affirmative; and the other party as a denier. Through this opinion, it can be concluded that in a debate there must be two parties who have opposing arguments about a topic.

Furthermore, according to Semi (2003), debate is a skill of arguing by complaining or comparing opinions face to face. The meaning of the word “complain” does not mean something negative, but can also be interpreted as an activity to compare opinions with other parties regarding a topic being discussed.

Now, based on the understanding conveyed by these two figures, it can be concluded that a debate text is a text or writing that contains arguments, both pros and cons, based on data validity, related to the topic that has been given so that the reader can be sure and believe in what is said. has been stated in this article.

Debate Text Structure

1. Introduction to Issues , this section will contain an introduction to the topic or issue to be discussed.
2. Series of Arguments , in this section will contain a series of arguments or reasons that state whether the author agrees or denies the topic being discussed. The argument must be supported by valid data evidence.
3. Reaffirmation , in this section will contain statements stating conclusions and reaffirming the arguments that have been presented previously.

Variety of Languages ​​in Debate Texts

• Using standard language rules, both spelling and grammar (covering the formation of words, phrases, clauses, sentences and paragraphs).
• Arguments must be based on facts and acceptable to common sense.
• The arguments conveyed have one meaning that can and directly go to the target, in a systematic order so that they can form effective sentences.
• The selected vocabulary has real meaning.

Debate Text Language Rules

1. Using Mental Verbs

Please note that the debate text is an argumentative text, so that in writing it will use a lot of opinion sentences. Well, mental verbs that are usually found in debate texts, for example predict, assume, argue, guess, want, understand, know, agree, and so on.

 

2. Using Personal Pronouns

The debate text is indirectly a form of communication that involves two parties directly, so that in writing you have to use first person and second person pronouns. For example, we, I, we, you, and you .

3. Use of Conjunctions

As with other texts, debate texts must also have conjunctions in their writing. The conjunction needed is a causality conjunction, namely one that is convincing or conclusive. For example, cause, effect, so, thus , and so on.

In addition, chronological conjunctions are also needed or which express time relationships, for example before, finally, after, then , and so on.

4. Use of Sentence Definitions

If you look at the structure of the discussion text, at the beginning it will contain an explanation of a concept related to the topic or issue to be discussed. Therefore, there will be the use of sentences that state the definition of a thing, for example, that is, is, is, that is , and so on.

5. Use of Terms

The debate text has many focus themes, for example education, environment, to religion. So, in explaining the argument, it is necessary to use terms related to certain fields.

For example, in an environmental theme that takes the topic of illegal logging, it would be natural to use the words reforestation, afforestation and protected forest.

6. Use of Persuasive Words

Persuasive words are words that aim to influence and convince the reader or listener regarding the arguments presented. For example the words need, should, should, and expected .

Things To Look For In Compiling Debate Texts

A good debate text is when there are solid and effective issues, arguments, and conclusions. So, here are the things that must be considered in compiling a good debate text.

1. Problems or Issues to be Discussed

The issues that will be discussed in the debate text should be issues that are currently happening and which are likely to raise pros and cons. The criteria that determine the issue get the pros and cons are:

• Touching the emotional side of the public
• Get the attention of the masses in terms of humanity
• Issues are in demand and discussed by many people

2. Viewpoints or Arguments Presented

After determining the issues to be discussed, the next is the point of view or argumentation which will be structured in a concrete, logical, and scientifically justifiable manner.

In compiling this argument there must be two parties, namely:

• The pro party, namely the one who gives a statement of agreement related to the problem that has been determined.
• Counter parties, namely those who provide rebuttals or statements of disapproval regarding the issues that have been determined.

So, when compiling an argument, both the pros and cons, it must contain the following:

• The reasons stated are logical by showing a causal relationship related to the problem.
• The reasons stated are logical by showing real examples of these arguments.
• Can be trusted and can be proven that the arguments presented are true as they are, accompanied by valid evidence.

3. Conclusion

After compiling valid arguments, the last step is drawing conclusions. In compiling conclusions, it must be objective both from the pros and cons.

 

Getting to Know What Expository Text Is

After discussing the debate text, next is the exposition text. The exposition text is more or less the same as the debate text, because both have valid arguments in their delivery.

The most striking difference between these two texts is that the expository text does not try to convince the reader or listener of the arguments that have been presented. This is because the expository text only provides information and knowledge.

According to Kosasih (2016), expository text is a text that expresses opinions or ideas from the point of view of the author, and serves to convince other parties that the arguments they have conveyed are true and based on facts.

Then, according to Rusyana (2012), expository text is a type of essay that explains the main ideas so that it can broaden the reader’s knowledge.

Now, based on the understanding that has been conveyed by these two figures, it can be concluded that expository text is a text or writing that contains an explanation of the main contents of the author’s thoughts, ideas or ideas accompanied by facts so that readers can easily understand them.

Exposition Text Function

As with the debate text, this exposition text is also included in the type of text that is argumentative. Therefore, indirectly, expository text serves to raise awareness or provide information to readers and listeners.

Characteristics of Expository Text

• Writing that conveys knowledge or information related to a subject to readers or listeners.
• Does not affect the reader, so that it seems to leave the decision to the reader whether they will believe and believe in the arguments that have been presented.
• Not subjective and emotional in its delivery.
• It seems to be able to answer the questions about what, when, why, and how of the matter being discussed.
• Do not impose the reader’s attitude on the reader.
• Don’t take sides with any of the facts.

Expository Text Structure

Previously, it has been explained that the structure of the debate text and the exposition text are the same, so that the debate text can of course be included in the exposition text.

1. Introduction to the Issue or Thesis 

This section will contain an introduction to the topic or issue to be discussed. This section tends to introduce issues or even general opinions related to the issues to be discussed. Opinions expressed in this part of the thesis are usually general truths that cannot be disputed.

2. Argument Series

This section will contain a series of arguments or reasons that state whether the author agrees or denies the topic being discussed. The argument must be supported by valid factual evidence.

3. Reaffirmation or Conclusion

This section will contain statements stating conclusions and reaffirming the arguments previously presented, starting from the beginning to the series of arguments.

Expository Text Language Rules

Likewise with the rules of language, the debate text and exposition text have more or less the same things.

1. Using statements that contain facts to prove the truth of the author’s argument.
2. Using statements that contain expressions that are judging or commenting.
3. Use of causality and chronological conjunctions.
4. Use of mental verbs.
5. Using standard language.

Types of Expository Text

According to Kurniasari (2014), exposition text has eight types, namely:

1. Definition Exposition Text, namely writing that focuses on the theme or topic to be discussed.
2. Process Exposition Text , that is, the writing contains certain processes related to the theme or topic being discussed.
3. Classification Exposition Text , that is, the writing contains categories related to the theme or topic discussed.
4. Comparative Exposition Text , namely writing that contains comparisons between the ideas or opinions of the author and other things.
5. Analytical Exposition Text , namely writing that contains an analysis of a particular topic.
6. Illustrated Exposition Text , which contains a simple description of a topic with other topics. Through this simple description, it will usually make the reader understand the intent of the author.
7. Contradictory Exposition Text , which contains arguments that are contradictory to one another with regard to certain matters or topics.
8. News Exposition Text , which contains notifications of an event that has occurred, such as news.

Well, that’s the explanation why the debate text is included in the exposition text. The similarity between the two texts is the use of arguments which must be based on the validity of data or facts, so that the writing of the arguments should not be arbitrary. Meanwhile, the difference between the two lies in their purpose, namely whether to entice readers to believe or not.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Source:

Joseph, Muhammad. (2020). Indonesian High School Learning Module: Content Analysis of Indonesian Class X Debates . Jakarta: Ministry of Education and Culture.

Sihombing, YK (2020). The Use of the Learning Cycle Learning Model in Learning to Write Expositional Texts.

Rosdiana, DS (2018). Learning to Analyze Oriented Exposition Texts on Thesis Sentences Using a Problem Based Learning Model for Class X Students of SMA Negeri 27 Bandung in the Academic Year 2018/2019 (Doctoral dissertation, FKIP UNPAS).

Nurahmat, SD (2019). Learning to Analyze the Content of Debate Texts Oriented to Motions and Arguments Using the Creative Problem Solving Method in Class X SMA Nusantara Bandung in the 2018/2019 Academic Year . (Doctoral dissertation, FKIP UNPAS).

 

Why is Indonesia’s population not evenly distributed? Following are the reasons and causative factors – The distribution of the population in general is the distribution or distribution of the population. This population distribution is closely related to the occupancy rate and population density in Indonesia, which is not evenly distributed. Approximately 60% of the population who live on the island of Java only has an area of ​​approximately 6.9% of the total land area of ​​Indonesia.

In general, the level of population density is defined as the ratio of the number of residents to the area or area they occupy based on a certain unit area. The population density in each region in Indonesia is not the same, this of course can lead to population problems.

A. Factors Why Indonesia’s Population Is Not Evenly Distributed

This problem relates to the provision of social facilities and infrastructure, employment opportunities, security stability, and equitable development. As a result, the distribution of the population in Indonesia is uneven. The following are several factors that affect the uneven distribution of the population, including:

1. Physical Factors

Areas that have easy-to-build landscapes tend to have more population than areas that are difficult to develop.

2. Climate Factors

Regions with ideal climate conditions have a much higher population density than areas with extreme climate conditions.

3. Soil Factor

Areas with high soil quality can accommodate more people than areas with marginal soils.

4. Vegetation Factor

Areas with dense vegetation tend to find it difficult to support a larger population.

5. Water Supply Factor

Areas with adequate and well-maintained water supplies will be able to support more people than areas without water sources.

6. Factors of disaster and disease

Areas that are not in areas prone to disasters or diseases that tend to have a fairly high population density.

7. Natural Resource Factors

Regions with abundant natural resources tend to have a higher population concentration than areas with poor resources.

8. Communication Factor

Areas that are easy to build communication and transportation facilities tend to have a higher population concentration than remote areas.

9. Economic Factors

Economic factors have a very high influence on population density. Subsistence economies tend to require large areas to meet people’s needs while intensive commercial economies require only a small amount of space.

B. The Impact of Indonesia’s Unequal Population

The existence of an unequal population distribution can be influenced by the attractiveness of cities with all social, business and cultural facilities that have economic opportunities to encourage urbanization. This is common in a number of countries, especially in developing countries, and Indonesia is no exception.

So it is not imaginary that many densely populated urban communities will have various negative impacts on the management of the state system. The following are some of the impacts that are the result of uneven population distribution, including:

1. Social, economic and cultural gaps

Life in society sometimes experiences social, economic and cultural inequalities. Migration often occurs which is characterized by reduced population which means rural areas will often be abandoned by young people. This will affect the cultural sector in an area because there is pressure on certain areas with high densities. In general, a city is an area or area that requires a lot of space to accommodate a large population. But not all areas can afford it, because there are some areas or areas that are so urbanized that they only have a small amount of green space left. The region includes the northeastern United States, eastern China and central Japan. The good or bad quality of the environment is influenced by the amount of available green space.

2. Depleting resources and increasing air pollution

Environmental conditions are very important in everyday life. Therefore, the resources needed by humans are of various types and benefits. A large population requires large and abundant natural resources, for example water, energy and food resources. Ineffective and inefficient ways of using it will use up various types of natural resources. Besides that, it can increase pollution and damage the surrounding environment, for example, if an area is densely populated, it will result in high fumes from motorized vehicles and industrial areas.

3. Lack of contact with nature

Today many big cities build housing complexes by clearing a green area. This is one example that in the city area they are starting to create an environment without any contact with nature and its benefits. These changes have a negative impact on nature by losing green open spaces that have benefits in human life.

4. Exploitation of natural resources

Humans now do a lot of exploitation of natural resources owned by an area. Dense population can lead to excessive exploitation of natural resources. Increasing needs (clothing, food and shelter) are able to do something to meet these needs. Forests are the target of the community to meet their needs. Illegal logging, emptying of forest land and so on will cause natural disasters without us knowing it, for example floods, landslides, forest fires and so on. Destruction of nature will disrupt the balance of nature itself, so be wise in exploiting natural resources.

5. The emergence of illegal settlements (slum areas) in densely populated areas

Dense population will result in the emergence of poverty if it is not matched by the existence of adequate abilities and skills. The bad impact of experiencing poverty will have an impact on environmental conditions, for example a place to live or a slum area (slum area). This happens a lot in urban areas, because of the high competition for survival, it will be difficult, so in the end they choose to live in makeshift places. Slum areas are often found in riverside areas or in narrow alleys. The presence of a slum area will reduce green open space and the surrounding environment will be prone to pollution. One of them is that in Indonesia there are many slum areas that do not have proper sanitation and in the end the disposal will go straight to the river.

6. Social problems (theft, robbery and prostitution)

In densely populated areas there will be competition for jobs. It is likely that many will experience unemployment (not getting a job), so in this case they will have difficulty surviving. From this point of view, it is possible for them to commit theft, robbery and even become prostitutes to make ends meet. Therefore social problems are very dangerous, so be careful in taking care of yourself in social problems and in relationships. Associating can also have a bad impact if you can’t sort out friends to hang out with.

7. Water pollution

Water pollution often occurs, starting from households and ending in the sea. The increasing population will affect the amount of waste production or domestic waste which becomes environmental pollution. In general, many people tend to throw garbage directly into the river. This will result in the accumulation of waste and is accompanied by a change in the quality of the water which becomes dirty because it is polluted due to the materials contained in the waste.

8. Lack of manpower in an area

Areas that have a low population will have an unfavorable impact. In the development system, it will experience a relative slowdown due to the lack of labor availability. In addition, the community will also urbanize with the aim of getting decent jobs with higher and appropriate salaries. This will cause the area of ​​origin to lose a productive workforce that gradually disappears. This will have an impact on decreasing productivity and a relatively low rate of product growth which will eventually slow down the development of the economic structure in a particular village or area. Industrial areas in Indonesia are currently numerous and require a large number of workers, so it is necessary to have an even distribution of population throughout the region.

9. Inadequate education

Education is very important in life, there are still many areas where the development of education is lagging behind, especially in remote areas. This will make it difficult for children to get an education in general. Education is an asset that must be owned and it is even better to get a higher education. In remote areas, in general, education for them is an ordinary thing, but education is important. In addition, remote areas have facilities and infrastructure that are inadequate and fulfill the existing conditions, therefore many of them are left behind in education. But for now there are many government activities that carry out education in remote areas,

10. Traffic jams

In a city, it often experiences traffic jams due to the dense population that drives motorbikes, cars and so on. Congestion often occurs and is a problem for everyone going to or coming home from work and so on. Traffic jams are also a waste of time and this often happens in big cities like Jakarta. The higher the population of an area, the higher the volume of vehicles with less possible road capacity and traffic jams cannot be avoided. In addition, the problem of congestion can also result in traffic accidents either intentionally or unintentionally. Congestion that can not be avoided can make a solution in the use of public transportation,